dm00105879

UM1725
User Manual
Description of STM32F4xx HAL drivers
Introduction
TM
STM32Cube is an STMicroelectronics original initiative to ease developers life by reducing
TM
development efforts, time and cost. STM32Cube covers STM32 portfolio.
TM
STM32Cube Version 1.x includes:


The STM32CubeMX, a graphical software configuration tool that allows generating C initialization
code using graphical wizards.
A comprehensive embedded software platform, delivered per series (such as STM32CubeF4 for
STM32F4 series)

The STM32Cube HAL, an STM32 abstraction layer embedded software, ensuring maximized
portability across STM32 portfolio

A consistent set of middleware components such as RTOS, USB, TCP/IP, Graphics

All embedded software utilities coming with a full set of examples.
The HAL drivers layer provides a generic multi instance simple set of APIs (application programming
interfaces) to interact with the upper layer (application, libraries and stacks). It is composed of generic
and extension APIs. It is directly built around a generic architecture and allows the built-upon layers,
such as the middleware layer, to implement their functions without knowing in-depth how to use the
MCU. This structure improves the library code reusability and guarantees an easy portability on other
devices.
The HAL drivers include a complete set of ready-to-use APIs which simplify the user application
implementation. As an example, the communication peripherals contain APIs to initialize and configure
the peripheral, to manage data transfers based on polling, to handle interrupts or DMA, and to manage
communication errors.
The HAL drivers APIs are split into two categories: generic APIs which provide common and generic
functions for all the STM32 series and extension APIs which include specific and customized functions
for a given family or part number.
The HAL drivers are feature-oriented instead of IP-oriented. As an example, the timer APIs are split into
several categories following the functions offered by the IP: basic timer, capture, pulse width modulation
(PWM), etc..
The drivers source code is developed in Strict ANSI-C which makes it independent from the
TM
development tools. It is checked with CodeSonar static analysis tool. It is fully documented and is
MISRA-C 2004 compliant.
The HAL drivers layer implements run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all
functions. Such dynamic checking contributes to enhance the firmware robustness. Run-time detection
is also suitable for user application development and debugging.
This user manual is structured as follows:


Overview of the HAL drivers
Detailed description of each peripheral driver: configuration structures, functions, and how to use
the given API to build your application.
September 2015
DOCID025834 Rev 3
1/963
www.st.com
Contents
UM1725
Contents
1
Acronyms and definitions............................................................. 59
2
Overview of HAL drivers ............................................................... 61
2.1
2.2
2/963
2.1.1
HAL driver files ................................................................................. 61
2.1.2
User-application files ........................................................................ 63
HAL data structures ........................................................................ 64
2.2.1
Peripheral handle structures ............................................................ 65
2.2.2
Initialization and configuration structure ........................................... 66
2.2.3
Specific process structures .............................................................. 66
2.3
API classification ............................................................................. 66
2.4
Devices supported by HAL drivers .................................................. 68
2.5
HAL drivers rules............................................................................. 70
2.5.1
HAL API naming rules ...................................................................... 70
2.5.2
HAL general naming rules ................................................................ 71
2.5.3
HAL interrupt handler and callback functions ................................... 72
2.6
HAL generic APIs ............................................................................ 73
2.7
HAL extension APIs ........................................................................ 74
2.7.1
HAL extension model overview ........................................................ 74
2.7.2
HAL extension model cases ............................................................. 75
2.8
File inclusion model......................................................................... 77
2.9
HAL common resources .................................................................. 77
2.10
HAL configuration............................................................................ 78
2.11
HAL system peripheral handling ..................................................... 79
2.12
3
HAL and user-application files......................................................... 61
2.11.1
Clock ................................................................................................. 79
2.11.2
GPIOs ............................................................................................... 80
2.11.3
Cortex NVIC and SysTick timer........................................................ 82
2.11.4
PWR ................................................................................................. 82
2.11.5
EXTI .................................................................................................. 83
2.11.6
DMA .................................................................................................. 84
How to use HAL drivers .................................................................. 85
2.12.1
HAL usage models ........................................................................... 85
2.12.2
HAL initialization ............................................................................... 86
2.12.3
HAL IO operation process ................................................................ 88
2.12.4
Timeout and error management ....................................................... 91
HAL System Driver ........................................................................ 96
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
3.1
HAL System Driver .......................................................................... 96
3.2
HAL Firmware driver API description .............................................. 96
3.3
3.2.1
How to use this driver ....................................................................... 96
3.2.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ....................................... 96
3.2.3
HAL Control functions....................................................................... 96
3.2.4
HAL_Init ............................................................................................ 97
3.2.5
HAL_DeInit ....................................................................................... 97
3.2.6
HAL_MspInit ..................................................................................... 97
3.2.7
HAL_MspDeInit ................................................................................ 98
3.2.8
HAL_InitTick ..................................................................................... 98
3.2.9
HAL_IncTick ..................................................................................... 98
3.2.10
HAL_GetTick .................................................................................... 98
3.2.11
HAL_Delay ....................................................................................... 98
3.2.12
HAL_SuspendTick ............................................................................ 99
3.2.13
HAL_ResumeTick............................................................................. 99
3.2.14
HAL_GetHalVersion ......................................................................... 99
3.2.15
HAL_GetREVID ................................................................................ 99
3.2.16
HAL_GetDEVID ................................................................................ 99
3.2.17
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode ....................................... 100
3.2.18
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode ...................................... 100
3.2.19
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode ......................................... 100
3.2.20
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode ........................................ 100
3.2.21
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode ................................... 100
3.2.22
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode .................................. 100
3.2.23
HAL_EnableCompensationCell ...................................................... 100
3.2.24
HAL_DisableCompensationCell ..................................................... 101
3.2.25
HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank .............................................. 101
3.2.26
HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank ............................................. 101
HAL Firmware driver defines ......................................................... 101
3.3.1
4
HAL ................................................................................................. 101
HAL ADC Generic Driver ............................................................. 104
4.1
HAL ADC Generic Driver .............................................................. 104
4.2
ADC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 104
4.2.1
ADC_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 104
4.2.2
ADC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 105
4.2.3
ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef ........................................................... 106
4.2.4
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef ..................................................... 106
DOCID025834 Rev 3
3/963
Contents
UM1725
4.3
4.4
ADC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 107
4.3.1
ADC Peripheral features................................................................. 107
4.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 107
4.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 109
4.3.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 110
4.3.5
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 110
4.3.6
Peripheral State and errors functions ............................................. 110
4.3.7
HAL_ADC_Init ................................................................................ 110
4.3.8
HAL_ADC_DeInit ............................................................................ 111
4.3.9
HAL_ADC_MspInit ......................................................................... 111
4.3.10
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 111
4.3.11
HAL_ADC_Start ............................................................................. 111
4.3.12
HAL_ADC_Stop .............................................................................. 112
4.3.13
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion ....................................................... 112
4.3.14
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent ................................................................ 112
4.3.15
HAL_ADC_Start_IT ........................................................................ 112
4.3.16
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT ........................................................................ 113
4.3.17
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler .................................................................. 113
4.3.18
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA ................................................................... 113
4.3.19
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA.................................................................... 113
4.3.20
HAL_ADC_GetValue ...................................................................... 114
4.3.21
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback ........................................................ 114
4.3.22
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback .................................................. 114
4.3.23
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback ........................................ 114
4.3.24
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback ............................................................... 114
4.3.25
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel ............................................................. 115
4.3.26
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig ...................................................... 115
4.3.27
HAL_ADC_GetState ....................................................................... 115
4.3.28
HAL_ADC_GetError ....................................................................... 115
ADC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 116
4.4.1
5
HAL ADC Extension Driver ......................................................... 124
5.1
HAL ADC Extension Driver ........................................................... 124
5.2
ADCEx Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 124
5.3
5.2.1
ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef ........................................................... 124
5.2.2
ADC_MultiModeTypeDef ................................................................ 125
ADCEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 125
5.3.1
4/963
ADC ................................................................................................ 116
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 125
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
5.4
5.3.2
Extended features functions ........................................................... 126
5.3.3
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart ............................................................ 127
5.3.4
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT ....................................................... 127
5.3.5
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop ............................................................. 127
5.3.6
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion ...................................... 128
5.3.7
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT ....................................................... 128
5.3.8
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue ..................................................... 128
5.3.9
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA .............................................. 128
5.3.10
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA ............................................... 129
5.3.11
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue ................................................. 129
5.3.12
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback ....................................... 129
5.3.13
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel ............................................ 129
5.3.14
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel ........................................ 130
ADCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 130
5.4.1
6
ADCEx ............................................................................................ 130
HAL CAN Generic Driver ............................................................. 133
6.1
HAL CAN Generic Driver .............................................................. 133
6.2
CAN Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 133
6.3
6.2.1
CAN_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 133
6.2.2
CAN_FilterConfTypeDef ................................................................. 134
6.2.3
CanTxMsgTypeDef......................................................................... 135
6.2.4
CanRxMsgTypeDef ........................................................................ 135
6.2.5
CAN_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 136
CAN Firmware driver API description ............................................ 137
6.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 137
6.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 138
6.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 138
6.3.4
Peripheral State and Error functions .............................................. 138
6.3.5
HAL_CAN_Init ................................................................................ 139
6.3.6
HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter................................................................... 139
6.3.7
HAL_CAN_DeInit ............................................................................ 139
6.3.8
HAL_CAN_MspInit ......................................................................... 139
6.3.9
HAL_CAN_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 139
6.3.10
HAL_CAN_Transmit ....................................................................... 140
6.3.11
HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT .................................................................. 140
6.3.12
HAL_CAN_Receive ........................................................................ 140
6.3.13
HAL_CAN_Receive_IT ................................................................... 140
6.3.14
HAL_CAN_Sleep ............................................................................ 140
DOCID025834 Rev 3
5/963
Contents
6.4
6.3.15
UM1725
HAL_CAN_WakeUp ....................................................................... 141
6.3.16
HAL_CAN_IRQHandler .................................................................. 141
6.3.17
HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback ............................................................. 141
6.3.18
HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback ............................................................ 141
6.3.19
HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback ............................................................... 141
6.3.20
HAL_CAN_GetState ....................................................................... 142
6.3.21
HAL_CAN_GetError ....................................................................... 142
CAN Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 142
6.4.1
7
HAL CEC Generic Driver ............................................................. 150
7.1
HAL CEC Generic Driver .............................................................. 150
7.2
CEC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 150
7.3
7.4
7.2.1
CEC_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 150
7.2.2
CEC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 151
CEC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 152
7.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 152
7.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 152
7.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 152
7.3.4
Peripheral Control function ............................................................. 153
7.3.5
HAL_CEC_Init ................................................................................ 153
7.3.6
HAL_CEC_DeInit ............................................................................ 153
7.3.7
HAL_CEC_MspInit ......................................................................... 153
7.3.8
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 153
7.3.9
HAL_CEC_Transmit ....................................................................... 153
7.3.10
HAL_CEC_Receive ........................................................................ 154
7.3.11
HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT .................................................................. 154
7.3.12
HAL_CEC_Receive_IT ................................................................... 154
7.3.13
HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize ............................................... 155
7.3.14
HAL_CEC_IRQHandler .................................................................. 155
7.3.15
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback ............................................................. 155
7.3.16
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback ............................................................ 155
7.3.17
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback ............................................................... 155
7.3.18
HAL_CEC_GetState ....................................................................... 155
7.3.19
HAL_CEC_GetError ....................................................................... 156
CEC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 156
7.4.1
8
6/963
CAN ................................................................................................ 142
CEC ................................................................................................ 156
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver ...................................................... 166
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
8.1
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver ....................................................... 166
8.2
CORTEX Firmware driver registers structures .............................. 166
8.2.1
8.3
8.4
CORTEX Firmware driver API description .................................... 167
8.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 167
8.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 168
8.3.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 168
8.3.4
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping .................................................... 168
8.3.5
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority ................................................................... 168
8.3.6
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ .................................................................. 169
8.3.7
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ.................................................................. 169
8.3.8
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset............................................................... 169
8.3.9
HAL_SYSTICK_Config ................................................................... 169
8.3.10
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion ............................................................... 170
8.3.11
HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping .................................................... 170
8.3.12
HAL_NVIC_GetPriority ................................................................... 170
8.3.13
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ ........................................................... 170
8.3.14
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ .......................................................... 171
8.3.15
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ ........................................................ 171
8.3.16
HAL_NVIC_GetActive .................................................................... 171
8.3.17
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig ................................................ 171
8.3.18
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler .......................................................... 172
8.3.19
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback ............................................................... 172
CORTEX Firmware driver defines ................................................. 172
8.4.1
9
MPU_Region_InitTypeDef .............................................................. 166
CORTEX ......................................................................................... 172
HAL CRC Generic Driver ............................................................. 176
9.1
HAL CRC Generic Driver .............................................................. 176
9.2
CRC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 176
9.2.1
9.3
CRC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 176
CRC Firmware driver API description ........................................... 176
9.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 176
9.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 176
9.3.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 177
9.3.4
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 177
9.3.5
HAL_CRC_Init ................................................................................ 177
9.3.6
HAL_CRC_DeInit ........................................................................... 177
9.3.7
HAL_CRC_MspInit ......................................................................... 177
DOCID025834 Rev 3
7/963
Contents
9.4
9.3.8
UM1725
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit..................................................................... 177
9.3.9
HAL_CRC_Accumulate .................................................................. 178
9.3.10
HAL_CRC_Calculate ...................................................................... 178
9.3.11
HAL_CRC_GetState....................................................................... 178
CRC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 178
9.4.1
10
HAL CRYP Generic Driver........................................................... 180
10.1
HAL CRYP Generic Driver ............................................................ 180
10.2
CRYP Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 180
10.3
8/963
CRC ................................................................................................ 178
10.2.1
CRYP_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 180
10.2.2
CRYP_HandleTypeDef................................................................... 181
CRYP Firmware driver API description ......................................... 181
10.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 181
10.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 182
10.3.3
AES processing functions .............................................................. 182
10.3.4
DES processing functions .............................................................. 183
10.3.5
TDES processing functions ............................................................ 184
10.3.6
DMA callback functions .................................................................. 184
10.3.7
CRYP IRQ handler management ................................................... 184
10.3.8
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 184
10.3.9
HAL_CRYP_Init .............................................................................. 184
10.3.10
HAL_CRYP_DeInit ......................................................................... 185
10.3.11
HAL_CRYP_MspInit ....................................................................... 185
10.3.12
HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit .................................................................. 185
10.3.13
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt ...................................................... 185
10.3.14
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt ..................................................... 186
10.3.15
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt ...................................................... 186
10.3.16
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt ..................................................... 186
10.3.17
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt ..................................................... 186
10.3.18
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt ..................................................... 187
10.3.19
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT ................................................ 187
10.3.20
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT ................................................ 187
10.3.21
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT ................................................ 188
10.3.22
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT ................................................ 188
10.3.23
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT ................................................ 188
10.3.24
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT ................................................ 189
10.3.25
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA ............................................ 189
10.3.26
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA ........................................... 189
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
10.4
10.3.27
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA ............................................ 189
10.3.28
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA ........................................... 190
10.3.29
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA ........................................... 190
10.3.30
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA ........................................... 190
10.3.31
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt ..................................................... 191
10.3.32
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt ..................................................... 191
10.3.33
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt ..................................................... 191
10.3.34
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt ..................................................... 191
10.3.35
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT ................................................ 192
10.3.36
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT ................................................ 192
10.3.37
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT ................................................ 192
10.3.38
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT ................................................ 193
10.3.39
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_DMA ........................................... 193
10.3.40
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_DMA ........................................... 193
10.3.41
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_DMA ........................................... 194
10.3.42
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_DMA ........................................... 194
10.3.43
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt ................................................... 194
10.3.44
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt ................................................... 194
10.3.45
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt ................................................... 195
10.3.46
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt ................................................... 195
10.3.47
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT .............................................. 195
10.3.48
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT .............................................. 196
10.3.49
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT .............................................. 196
10.3.50
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT .............................................. 196
10.3.51
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_DMA ......................................... 196
10.3.52
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_DMA ......................................... 197
10.3.53
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_DMA ......................................... 197
10.3.54
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_DMA ......................................... 197
10.3.55
HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback ........................................................... 198
10.3.56
HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback ........................................................ 198
10.3.57
HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 198
10.3.58
HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler................................................................ 198
10.3.59
HAL_CRYP_GetState .................................................................... 198
CRYP Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 199
10.4.1
11
CRYP .............................................................................................. 199
HAL CRYP Extension Driver ....................................................... 203
11.1
HAL CRYP Extension Driver ......................................................... 203
11.2
CRYPEx Firmware driver API description ..................................... 203
DOCID025834 Rev 3
9/963
Contents
11.3
11.2.1
UM1725
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 203
11.2.2
Extended AES processing functions .............................................. 204
11.2.3
CRYPEx IRQ handler management ............................................... 204
11.2.4
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt ................................................. 204
11.2.5
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt ................................................ 205
11.2.6
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt ................................................ 205
11.2.7
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Finish ................................................... 205
11.2.8
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish ................................................... 205
11.2.9
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt ................................................ 206
11.2.10
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT ........................................... 206
11.2.11
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT ........................................... 206
11.2.12
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT ........................................... 207
11.2.13
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT ........................................... 207
11.2.14
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA ...................................... 207
11.2.15
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_DMA....................................... 208
11.2.16
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_DMA ...................................... 208
11.2.17
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_DMA ...................................... 208
11.2.18
HAL_CRYPEx_GCMCCM_IRQHandler ......................................... 208
CRYPEx Firmware driver defines.................................................. 209
11.3.1
12
HAL DAC Generic Driver ............................................................. 210
12.1
HAL DAC Generic Driver .............................................................. 210
12.2
DAC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 210
12.3
10/963
CRYPEx ......................................................................................... 209
12.2.1
DAC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 210
12.2.2
DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef ........................................................... 210
DAC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 211
12.3.1
DAC Peripheral features................................................................. 211
12.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 212
12.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 213
12.3.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 213
12.3.5
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 213
12.3.6
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 213
12.3.7
HAL_DAC_Init ................................................................................ 214
12.3.8
HAL_DAC_DeInit ............................................................................ 214
12.3.9
HAL_DAC_MspInit ......................................................................... 214
12.3.10
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 214
12.3.11
HAL_DAC_Start ............................................................................. 215
12.3.12
HAL_DAC_Stop .............................................................................. 215
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
12.4
12.3.13
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA ................................................................... 215
12.3.14
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA.................................................................... 215
12.3.15
HAL_DAC_GetValue ...................................................................... 216
12.3.16
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler .................................................................. 216
12.3.17
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 .................................................. 216
12.3.18
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 ........................................... 216
12.3.19
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 ........................................................ 217
12.3.20
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 ......................................... 217
12.3.21
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel ............................................................. 217
12.3.22
HAL_DAC_SetValue ...................................................................... 217
12.3.23
HAL_DAC_GetState ....................................................................... 218
12.3.24
HAL_DAC_GetError ....................................................................... 218
12.3.25
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler .................................................................. 218
12.3.26
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 .................................................. 218
12.3.27
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 ........................................... 218
12.3.28
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 ........................................................ 219
12.3.29
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 ......................................... 219
DAC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 219
12.4.1
13
HAL DAC Extension Driver ......................................................... 224
13.1
HAL DAC Extension Driver ........................................................... 224
13.2
DACEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 224
13.3
13.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 224
13.2.2
Extended features functions ........................................................... 224
13.2.3
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue .......................................................... 224
13.2.4
HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate ........................................... 224
13.2.5
HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate ............................................... 225
13.2.6
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue ........................................................... 226
13.2.7
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 ............................................. 226
13.2.8
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 ....................................... 226
13.2.9
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 .................................................... 227
13.2.10
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 ..................................... 227
DACEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 227
13.3.1
14
DAC ................................................................................................ 219
DACEx ............................................................................................ 227
HAL DCMI Generic Driver ........................................................... 229
14.1
HAL DCMI Generic Driver ............................................................. 229
14.2
DCMI Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 229
DOCID025834 Rev 3
11/963
Contents
14.2.1
14.3
14.4
DCMI Firmware driver API description .......................................... 230
14.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 230
14.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 230
14.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 230
14.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 231
14.3.5
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 231
14.3.6
HAL_DCMI_Init ............................................................................... 231
14.3.7
HAL_DCMI_DeInit .......................................................................... 231
14.3.8
HAL_DCMI_MspInit ........................................................................ 232
14.3.9
HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit ................................................................... 232
14.3.10
HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA .................................................................. 232
14.3.11
HAL_DCMI_Stop ............................................................................ 232
14.3.12
HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler ................................................................ 232
14.3.13
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 233
14.3.14
HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback ..................................................... 233
14.3.15
HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback .................................................. 233
14.3.16
HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback .................................................. 233
14.3.17
HAL_DCMI_ConfigCROP............................................................... 233
14.3.18
HAL_DCMI_DisableCROP ............................................................. 234
14.3.19
HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP .............................................................. 234
14.3.20
HAL_DCMI_GetState ..................................................................... 234
14.3.21
HAL_DCMI_GetError...................................................................... 234
DCMI Firmware driver defines....................................................... 235
14.4.1
15
DCMI............................................................................................... 235
HAL DCMI Extension Driver ........................................................ 240
15.1
HAL DCMI Extension Driver .......................................................... 240
15.2
DCMIEx Firmware driver registers structures................................ 240
15.3
15.4
15.2.1
DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef................................................................ 240
15.2.2
DCMI_InitTypeDef .......................................................................... 240
DCMIEx Firmware driver API description ...................................... 241
15.3.1
DCMI peripheral extension features ............................................... 241
15.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 241
15.3.3
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 241
15.3.4
HAL_DCMI_Init ............................................................................... 242
DCMIEx Firmware driver defines .................................................. 242
15.4.1
12/963
UM1725
DCMI_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 229
DCMIEx .......................................................................................... 242
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
16
Contents
HAL DMA2D Generic Driver ........................................................ 243
16.1
HAL DMA2D Generic Driver.......................................................... 243
16.2
DMA2D Firmware driver registers structures ................................ 243
16.3
16.4
16.2.1
DMA2D_ColorTypeDef ................................................................... 243
16.2.2
DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef ............................................................ 243
16.2.3
DMA2D_InitTypeDef....................................................................... 244
16.2.4
DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef ............................................................. 244
16.2.5
__DMA2D_HandleTypeDef ............................................................ 244
DMA2D Firmware driver API description ....................................... 245
16.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 245
16.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 246
16.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 247
16.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 247
16.3.5
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 247
16.3.6
HAL_DMA2D_Init ........................................................................... 248
16.3.7
HAL_DMA2D_DeInit....................................................................... 248
16.3.8
HAL_DMA2D_MspInit .................................................................... 248
16.3.9
HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit ................................................................ 248
16.3.10
HAL_DMA2D_Start ........................................................................ 248
16.3.11
HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT ................................................................... 249
16.3.12
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart .......................................................... 249
16.3.13
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT ..................................................... 249
16.3.14
HAL_DMA2D_Abort ....................................................................... 250
16.3.15
HAL_DMA2D_Suspend .................................................................. 250
16.3.16
HAL_DMA2D_Resume................................................................... 250
16.3.17
HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer ....................................................... 250
16.3.18
HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler ............................................................. 251
16.3.19
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer ............................................................ 251
16.3.20
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT ............................................................ 251
16.3.21
HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT ........................................................... 251
16.3.22
HAL_DMA2D_DisableCLUT .......................................................... 252
16.3.23
HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent .................................................. 252
16.3.24
HAL_DMA2D_GetState .................................................................. 252
16.3.25
HAL_DMA2D_GetError .................................................................. 252
DMA2D Firmware driver defines ................................................... 253
16.4.1
17
DMA2D ........................................................................................... 253
HAL DMA Generic Driver ............................................................ 259
DOCID025834 Rev 3
13/963
Contents
UM1725
17.1
HAL DMA Generic Driver .............................................................. 259
17.2
DMA Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 259
17.3
17.4
17.2.1
DMA_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 259
17.2.2
__DMA_HandleTypeDef................................................................. 260
DMA Firmware driver API description ........................................... 261
17.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 261
17.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 262
17.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 262
17.3.4
State and Errors functions .............................................................. 263
17.3.5
HAL_DMA_Init ................................................................................ 263
17.3.6
HAL_DMA_DeInit ........................................................................... 263
17.3.7
HAL_DMA_Start ............................................................................. 263
17.3.8
HAL_DMA_Start_IT ........................................................................ 264
17.3.9
HAL_DMA_Abort ............................................................................ 264
17.3.10
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer ............................................................ 264
17.3.11
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler.................................................................. 265
17.3.12
HAL_DMA_GetState ...................................................................... 265
17.3.13
HAL_DMA_GetError ....................................................................... 265
DMA Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 265
17.4.1
18
HAL DMA Extension Driver......................................................... 269
18.1
HAL DMA Extension Driver ........................................................... 269
18.2
DMAEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 269
18.3
18.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 269
18.2.2
Extended features functions ........................................................... 269
18.2.3
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart ....................................................... 269
18.2.4
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT .................................................. 269
18.2.5
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory ....................................................... 270
DMAEx Firmware driver defines.................................................... 270
18.3.1
19
14/963
DMA ................................................................................................ 265
DMAEx............................................................................................ 270
HAL DSI Generic Driver .............................................................. 271
19.1
HAL DSI Generic Driver ................................................................ 271
19.2
DSI Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 271
19.2.1
DSI_InitTypeDef ............................................................................. 271
19.2.2
DSI_PLLInitTypeDef ....................................................................... 271
19.2.3
DSI_VidCfgTypeDef ....................................................................... 271
19.2.4
DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef ..................................................................... 273
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
19.3
19.2.5
DSI_LPCmdTypeDef ...................................................................... 274
19.2.6
DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef ............................................................... 275
19.2.7
DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef ......................................................... 276
19.2.8
DSI_HandleTypeDef....................................................................... 277
DSI Firmware driver API description ............................................. 277
19.3.1
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 277
19.3.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 278
19.3.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 278
19.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 279
19.3.5
HAL_DSI_Init .................................................................................. 279
19.3.6
HAL_DSI_DeInit ............................................................................. 279
19.3.7
HAL_DSI_GetError ......................................................................... 279
19.3.8
HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor ........................................................ 279
19.3.9
HAL_DSI_MspInit ........................................................................... 280
19.3.10
HAL_DSI_MspDeInit ...................................................................... 280
19.3.11
HAL_DSI_IRQHandler.................................................................... 280
19.3.12
HAL_DSI_TearingEffectCallback ................................................... 280
19.3.13
HAL_DSI_EndOfRefreshCallback .................................................. 280
19.3.14
HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 281
19.3.15
HAL_DSI_SetGenericVCID ............................................................ 281
19.3.16
HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode .......................................................... 281
19.3.17
HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode ..................................... 281
19.3.18
HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand ........................................................... 281
19.3.19
HAL_DSI_ConfigFlowControl ......................................................... 282
19.3.20
HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer ............................................................. 282
19.3.21
HAL_DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts ...................................................... 282
19.3.22
HAL_DSI_Start ............................................................................... 282
19.3.23
HAL_DSI_Stop ............................................................................... 283
19.3.24
HAL_DSI_Refresh .......................................................................... 283
19.3.25
HAL_DSI_ColorMode ..................................................................... 283
19.3.26
HAL_DSI_Shutdown....................................................................... 283
19.3.27
HAL_DSI_ShortWrite...................................................................... 284
19.3.28
HAL_DSI_LongWrite ...................................................................... 284
19.3.29
HAL_DSI_Read .............................................................................. 284
19.3.30
HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData ............................................................ 285
19.3.31
HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData ............................................................... 285
19.3.32
HAL_DSI_EnterULPM .................................................................... 285
19.3.33
HAL_DSI_ExitULPM....................................................................... 285
DOCID025834 Rev 3
15/963
Contents
19.4
19.3.34
UM1725
HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStart ................................................... 285
19.3.35
HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStop ................................................... 286
19.3.36
HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning ....................................... 286
19.3.37
HAL_DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter ................................................... 286
19.3.38
HAL_DSI_SetSDD.......................................................................... 286
19.3.39
HAL_DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration ............................................. 287
19.3.40
HAL_DSI_SetPHYTimings ............................................................. 287
19.3.41
HAL_DSI_ForceTXStopMode ........................................................ 287
19.3.42
HAL_DSI_ForceRXLowPower ....................................................... 288
19.3.43
HAL_DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX .................................................... 288
19.3.44
HAL_DSI_SetPullDown .................................................................. 288
19.3.45
HAL_DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff............................................ 288
19.3.46
HAL_DSI_GetState ........................................................................ 288
DSI Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 289
19.4.1
20
HAL ETH Generic Driver ............................................................. 298
20.1
HAL ETH Generic Driver ............................................................... 298
20.2
ETH Firmware driver registers structures ...................................... 298
20.3
16/963
DSI .................................................................................................. 289
20.2.1
ETH_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 298
20.2.2
ETH_MACInitTypeDef .................................................................... 298
20.2.3
ETH_DMAInitTypeDef .................................................................... 301
20.2.4
ETH_DMADescTypeDef................................................................. 302
20.2.5
ETH_DMARxFrameInfos ................................................................ 303
20.2.6
ETH_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 304
ETH Firmware driver API description ............................................ 304
20.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 304
20.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 305
20.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 305
20.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 306
20.3.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 306
20.3.6
HAL_ETH_Init ................................................................................. 306
20.3.7
HAL_ETH_DeInit ............................................................................ 306
20.3.8
HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit ....................................................... 306
20.3.9
HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit ...................................................... 307
20.3.10
HAL_ETH_MspInit .......................................................................... 307
20.3.11
HAL_ETH_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 307
20.3.12
HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame ............................................................. 307
20.3.13
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame ...................................................... 307
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
20.4
20.3.14
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT ................................................. 308
20.3.15
HAL_ETH_IRQHandler .................................................................. 308
20.3.16
HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback ............................................................. 308
20.3.17
HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback ............................................................. 308
20.3.18
HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback................................................................ 308
20.3.19
HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister ........................................................ 309
20.3.20
HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister ........................................................ 309
20.3.21
HAL_ETH_Start .............................................................................. 309
20.3.22
HAL_ETH_Stop .............................................................................. 309
20.3.23
HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC ................................................................... 310
20.3.24
HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA ................................................................... 310
20.3.25
HAL_ETH_GetState ....................................................................... 310
ETH Firmware driver defines......................................................... 310
20.4.1
21
ETH................................................................................................. 310
HAL FLASH Generic Driver......................................................... 342
21.1
HAL FLASH Generic Driver........................................................... 342
21.2
FLASH Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 342
21.2.1
21.3
21.4
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef ............................................................... 342
FLASH Firmware driver API description ........................................ 342
21.3.1
FLASH peripheral features ............................................................. 342
21.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 343
21.3.3
Programming operation functions .................................................. 343
21.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 343
21.3.5
Peripheral Errors functions ............................................................. 343
21.3.6
HAL_FLASH_Program ................................................................... 344
21.3.7
HAL_FLASH_Program_IT .............................................................. 344
21.3.8
HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler .............................................................. 344
21.3.9
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback ......................................... 344
21.3.10
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback ........................................... 344
21.3.11
HAL_FLASH_Unlock ...................................................................... 345
21.3.12
HAL_FLASH_Lock ......................................................................... 345
21.3.13
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock ............................................................... 345
21.3.14
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock .................................................................. 345
21.3.15
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch .............................................................. 345
21.3.16
HAL_FLASH_GetError ................................................................... 345
21.3.17
FLASH_WaitForLastOperation ....................................................... 346
FLASH Firmware driver defines .................................................... 346
DOCID025834 Rev 3
17/963
Contents
21.4.1
22
HAL FLASH Extension Driver ..................................................... 352
22.1
HAL FLASH Extension Driver ....................................................... 352
22.2
FLASHEx Firmware driver registers structures ............................. 352
22.3
22.4
22.2.1
FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef .............................................................. 352
22.2.2
FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef .................................................... 352
22.2.3
FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef .............................................. 353
FLASHEx Firmware driver API description.................................... 354
22.3.1
Flash Extension features ................................................................ 354
22.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 354
22.3.3
Extended programming operation functions .................................. 354
22.3.4
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase ................................................................... 355
22.3.5
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT .............................................................. 355
22.3.6
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram .......................................................... 355
22.3.7
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig ....................................................... 355
22.3.8
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram ................................................... 355
22.3.9
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig ................................................. 356
22.3.10
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP ............................................... 356
22.3.11
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP .......................................... 356
22.3.12
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_GetBank2WRP ............................................. 357
FLASHEx Firmware driver defines ................................................ 357
22.4.1
23
23.1
HAL FLASH__RAMFUNC Generic Driver ..................................... 362
23.2
FLASH__RAMFUNC Firmware driver API description .................. 362
23.2.1
APIs executed from Internal RAM .................................................. 362
23.2.2
ramfunc functions ........................................................................... 362
23.2.3
HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk ......................................... 362
23.2.4
HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk ......................................... 362
23.2.5
HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode ...................................... 363
23.2.6
HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode...................................... 363
FLASH__RAMFUNC Firmware driver defines .............................. 363
23.3.1
FLASH__RAMFUNC ...................................................................... 363
HAL FMPI2C Generic Driver ....................................................... 364
24.1
HAL FMPI2C Generic Driver ......................................................... 364
24.2
FMPI2C Firmware driver registers structures ................................ 364
24.2.1
18/963
FLASHEx ........................................................................................ 357
HAL FLASH__RAMFUNC Generic Driver ................................... 362
23.3
24
UM1725
FLASH ............................................................................................ 346
FMPI2C_InitTypeDef ...................................................................... 364
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
24.2.2
24.3
FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef ............................................................... 365
FMPI2C Firmware driver API description ...................................... 365
24.3.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 365
24.3.2
IO operation functions .................................................................... 366
24.3.3
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 367
24.3.4
HAL_FMPI2C_Init........................................................................... 367
24.3.5
HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit ...................................................................... 367
24.3.6
HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit .................................................................... 368
24.3.7
HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit ............................................................... 368
24.3.8
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit .................................................... 368
24.3.9
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive ..................................................... 368
24.3.10
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit ...................................................... 369
24.3.11
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive ....................................................... 369
24.3.12
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT ............................................... 369
24.3.13
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT ................................................ 370
24.3.14
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT ................................................. 370
24.3.15
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT .................................................. 370
24.3.16
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA .......................................... 370
24.3.17
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA ........................................... 371
24.3.18
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA ............................................ 371
24.3.19
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA ............................................. 371
24.3.20
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write ............................................................. 372
24.3.21
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read ............................................................. 372
24.3.22
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT ........................................................ 372
24.3.23
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT ....................................................... 373
24.3.24
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA ................................................... 373
24.3.25
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA ................................................... 374
24.3.26
HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady ....................................................... 374
24.3.27
HAL_FMPI2C_EV_IRQHandler ..................................................... 374
24.3.28
HAL_FMPI2C_ER_IRQHandler ..................................................... 374
24.3.29
HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback ............................................ 375
24.3.30
HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback ............................................ 375
24.3.31
HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback .............................................. 375
24.3.32
HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback .............................................. 375
24.3.33
HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback ............................................... 375
24.3.34
HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback ............................................... 376
24.3.35
HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback ......................................................... 376
24.3.36
HAL_FMPI2C_GetState ................................................................. 376
DOCID025834 Rev 3
19/963
Contents
24.3.37
24.4
FMPI2C Firmware driver defines................................................... 377
24.4.1
25
25.1
HAL FMPI2C Extension Driver ...................................................... 383
25.2
FMPI2CEx Firmware driver API description .................................. 383
25.2.1
Extension features functions .......................................................... 383
25.2.2
HAL_FMPI2CEx_AnalogFilter_Config ........................................... 383
25.2.3
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DigitalFilter_Config ............................................. 383
25.2.4
HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableWakeUp .................................................. 383
25.2.5
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableWakeUp ................................................. 384
25.2.6
HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableFastModePlus ......................................... 384
25.2.7
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableFastModePlus ........................................ 384
FMPI2CEx Firmware driver defines .............................................. 384
25.3.1
26.1
HAL GPIO Generic Driver ............................................................. 385
26.2
GPIO Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 385
26.3
26.4
GPIO_InitTypeDef .......................................................................... 385
GPIO Firmware driver API description .......................................... 385
26.3.1
GPIO Peripheral features ............................................................... 385
26.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 386
26.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 386
26.3.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 387
26.3.5
HAL_GPIO_Init ............................................................................... 387
26.3.6
HAL_GPIO_DeInit .......................................................................... 387
26.3.7
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin ...................................................................... 387
26.3.8
HAL_GPIO_WritePin ...................................................................... 388
26.3.9
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin ................................................................... 388
26.3.10
HAL_GPIO_LockPin ....................................................................... 388
26.3.11
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler ...................................................... 389
26.3.12
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback ............................................................ 389
GPIO Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 389
26.4.1
20/963
FMPI2CEx ...................................................................................... 384
HAL GPIO Generic Driver............................................................ 385
26.2.1
27
FMPI2C .......................................................................................... 377
HAL FMPI2C Extension Driver .................................................... 383
25.3
26
UM1725
HAL_FMPI2C_GetError.................................................................. 376
GPIO ............................................................................................... 389
HAL GPIO Extension Driver ........................................................ 394
27.1
HAL GPIO Extension Driver .......................................................... 394
27.2
GPIOEx Firmware driver defines................................................... 394
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
27.2.1
28
GPIOEx .......................................................................................... 394
HAL HASH Generic Driver .......................................................... 395
28.1
HAL HASH Generic Driver ............................................................ 395
28.2
HASH Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 395
28.3
28.2.1
HASH_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 395
28.2.2
HASH_HandleTypeDef................................................................... 395
HASH Firmware driver API description ......................................... 396
28.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 396
28.3.2
HASH processing using polling mode functions ............................ 397
28.3.3
HASH processing using interrupt mode functions .......................... 397
28.3.4
HASH processing using DMA mode functions ............................... 397
28.3.5
HMAC processing using polling mode functions ............................ 398
28.3.6
HMAC processing using DMA mode functions .............................. 398
28.3.7
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 398
28.3.8
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 398
28.3.9
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start ................................................................. 399
28.3.10
HAL_HASH_MD5_Accumulate ...................................................... 399
28.3.11
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start................................................................ 399
28.3.12
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate .................................................... 400
28.3.13
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT ............................................................ 400
28.3.14
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT .......................................................... 400
28.3.15
HAL_HASH_IRQHandler................................................................ 401
28.3.16
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start ............................................................... 401
28.3.17
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start ................................................................. 401
28.3.18
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA ....................................................... 401
28.3.19
HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish ............................................................... 402
28.3.20
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA ..................................................... 402
28.3.21
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish ............................................................. 402
28.3.22
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT .......................................................... 403
28.3.23
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT ............................................................ 403
28.3.24
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start ................................................................. 403
28.3.25
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start ............................................................... 404
28.3.26
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA ..................................................... 404
28.3.27
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish ............................................................. 404
28.3.28
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA ....................................................... 404
28.3.29
HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish ............................................................... 405
28.3.30
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA ....................................................... 405
28.3.31
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA ..................................................... 405
DOCID025834 Rev 3
21/963
Contents
28.4
28.3.32
UM1725
HAL_HASH_GetState .................................................................... 406
28.3.33
HAL_HASH_IRQHandler................................................................ 406
28.3.34
HAL_HASH_Init .............................................................................. 406
28.3.35
HAL_HASH_DeInit ......................................................................... 406
28.3.36
HAL_HASH_MspInit ....................................................................... 406
28.3.37
HAL_HASH_MspDeInit .................................................................. 407
28.3.38
HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback ........................................................... 407
28.3.39
HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 407
28.3.40
HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback ....................................................... 407
28.3.41
HAL_HASH_GetState .................................................................... 407
28.3.42
HAL_HASH_MspInit ....................................................................... 408
28.3.43
HAL_HASH_MspDeInit .................................................................. 408
28.3.44
HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback ........................................................... 408
28.3.45
HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback ....................................................... 408
28.3.46
HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 408
HASH Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 409
28.4.1
29
22/963
HASH .............................................................................................. 409
HAL HASH Extension Driver ....................................................... 412
29.1
HAL HASH Extension Driver ......................................................... 412
29.2
HASHEx Firmware driver API description ..................................... 412
29.2.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 412
29.2.2
HASH processing using polling mode functions ............................ 413
29.2.3
HMAC processing using polling mode functions ............................ 413
29.2.4
HASH processing using interrupt functions .................................... 413
29.2.5
HASH processing using DMA functions ......................................... 413
29.2.6
HMAC processing using DMA functions ........................................ 414
29.2.7
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start ....................................................... 414
29.2.8
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start ....................................................... 414
29.2.9
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate ............................................ 414
29.2.10
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate ............................................ 415
29.2.11
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start ....................................................... 415
29.2.12
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start ....................................................... 415
29.2.13
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT .................................................. 416
29.2.14
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT .................................................. 416
29.2.15
HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler ........................................................... 416
29.2.16
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA ............................................. 417
29.2.17
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish ..................................................... 417
29.2.18
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA ............................................. 417
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
29.3
29.2.19
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish ..................................................... 417
29.2.20
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA ............................................. 418
29.2.21
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA ............................................. 418
29.2.22
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start ....................................................... 418
29.2.23
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start ....................................................... 419
29.2.24
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate ............................................ 419
29.2.25
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate ............................................ 419
29.2.26
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start ....................................................... 419
29.2.27
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start ....................................................... 420
29.2.28
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT .................................................. 420
29.2.29
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT .................................................. 420
29.2.30
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA ............................................. 421
29.2.31
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish ..................................................... 421
29.2.32
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA ............................................. 421
29.2.33
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish ..................................................... 422
29.2.34
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA ............................................. 422
29.2.35
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA ............................................. 422
29.2.36
HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler ........................................................... 423
HASHEx Firmware driver defines.................................................. 423
29.3.1
30
HASHEx ......................................................................................... 423
HAL HCD Generic Driver ............................................................. 424
30.1
HAL HCD Generic Driver .............................................................. 424
30.2
HCD Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 424
30.2.1
30.3
HCD_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 424
HCD Firmware driver API description ........................................... 424
30.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 424
30.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 425
30.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 425
30.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 425
30.3.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 425
30.3.6
HAL_HCD_Init ................................................................................ 425
30.3.7
HAL_HCD_HC_Init ......................................................................... 426
30.3.8
HAL_HCD_HC_Halt ....................................................................... 426
30.3.9
HAL_HCD_DeInit ........................................................................... 426
30.3.10
HAL_HCD_MspInit ......................................................................... 427
30.3.11
HAL_HCD_MspDeInit..................................................................... 427
30.3.12
HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest ..................................................... 427
30.3.13
HAL_HCD_IRQHandler .................................................................. 427
DOCID025834 Rev 3
23/963
Contents
30.4
30.3.14
UM1725
HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback ............................................................. 427
30.3.15
HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback ....................................................... 428
30.3.16
HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback ................................................... 428
30.3.17
HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback ................................ 428
30.3.18
HAL_HCD_Start ............................................................................. 428
30.3.19
HAL_HCD_Stop ............................................................................. 428
30.3.20
HAL_HCD_ResetPort ..................................................................... 429
30.3.21
HAL_HCD_GetState....................................................................... 429
30.3.22
HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState ........................................................ 429
30.3.23
HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount ....................................................... 429
30.3.24
HAL_HCD_HC_GetState ............................................................... 429
30.3.25
HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame ........................................................ 430
30.3.26
HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed ........................................................ 430
HCD Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 430
30.4.1
31
HAL I2C Generic Driver ............................................................... 432
31.1
HAL I2C Generic Driver ................................................................ 432
31.2
I2C Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 432
31.3
24/963
HCD ................................................................................................ 430
31.2.1
I2C_InitTypeDef .............................................................................. 432
31.2.2
I2C_HandleTypeDef ....................................................................... 432
I2C Firmware driver API description .............................................. 433
31.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 433
31.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 436
31.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 436
31.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 438
31.3.5
HAL_I2C_Init .................................................................................. 438
31.3.6
HAL_I2C_DeInit .............................................................................. 438
31.3.7
HAL_I2C_MspInit ........................................................................... 438
31.3.8
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 438
31.3.9
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit ............................................................ 439
31.3.10
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive ............................................................. 439
31.3.11
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit .............................................................. 439
31.3.12
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive ............................................................... 440
31.3.13
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT ....................................................... 440
31.3.14
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT ........................................................ 440
31.3.15
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT ......................................................... 440
31.3.16
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT .......................................................... 441
31.3.17
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA .................................................. 441
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
31.4
31.3.18
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA ................................................... 441
31.3.19
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA .................................................... 441
31.3.20
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA ..................................................... 442
31.3.21
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write..................................................................... 442
31.3.22
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read .................................................................... 442
31.3.23
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT ............................................................... 443
31.3.24
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT ............................................................... 443
31.3.25
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA .......................................................... 443
31.3.26
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA .......................................................... 444
31.3.27
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady ............................................................... 444
31.3.28
HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler ............................................................. 444
31.3.29
HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler ............................................................. 445
31.3.30
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback .................................................... 445
31.3.31
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback ................................................... 445
31.3.32
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback ...................................................... 445
31.3.33
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback ..................................................... 445
31.3.34
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback ....................................................... 445
31.3.35
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback ...................................................... 446
31.3.36
HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 446
31.3.37
HAL_I2C_GetState ......................................................................... 446
31.3.38
HAL_I2C_GetError ......................................................................... 446
I2C Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 446
31.4.1
32
HAL I2C Extension Driver ........................................................... 453
32.1
HAL I2C Extension Driver ............................................................. 453
32.2
I2CEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 453
32.3
32.2.1
I2C peripheral extension features .................................................. 453
32.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 453
32.2.3
Extension features functions .......................................................... 453
32.2.4
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter ..................................................... 453
32.2.5
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter ...................................................... 453
I2CEx Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 454
32.3.1
33
I2C .................................................................................................. 446
I2CEx .............................................................................................. 454
HAL I2S Generic Driver ............................................................... 455
33.1
HAL I2S Generic Driver ................................................................. 455
33.2
I2S Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 455
33.2.1
I2S_InitTypeDef .............................................................................. 455
DOCID025834 Rev 3
25/963
Contents
33.2.2
33.3
33.4
I2S Firmware driver API description .............................................. 456
33.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 456
33.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 458
33.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 458
33.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 459
33.3.5
HAL_I2S_Init .................................................................................. 459
33.3.6
HAL_I2S_DeInit .............................................................................. 460
33.3.7
HAL_I2S_MspInit............................................................................ 460
33.3.8
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 460
33.3.9
HAL_I2S_Transmit ......................................................................... 460
33.3.10
HAL_I2S_Receive .......................................................................... 460
33.3.11
HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT .................................................................... 461
33.3.12
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT ..................................................................... 461
33.3.13
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA ............................................................... 462
33.3.14
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA ................................................................ 462
33.3.15
HAL_I2S_DMAPause ..................................................................... 463
33.3.16
HAL_I2S_DMAResume .................................................................. 463
33.3.17
HAL_I2S_DMAStop ........................................................................ 463
33.3.18
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler .................................................................... 463
33.3.19
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 463
33.3.20
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback ............................................................... 464
33.3.21
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 464
33.3.22
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback .............................................................. 464
33.3.23
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 464
33.3.24
HAL_I2S_GetState ......................................................................... 464
33.3.25
HAL_I2S_GetError ......................................................................... 464
33.3.26
HAL_I2S_GetState ......................................................................... 465
33.3.27
HAL_I2S_GetError ......................................................................... 465
I2S Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 465
33.4.1
34
26/963
UM1725
I2S_HandleTypeDef ....................................................................... 455
I2S .................................................................................................. 465
HAL I2S Extension Driver ........................................................... 470
34.1
HAL I2S Extension Driver ............................................................. 470
34.2
I2SEx Firmware driver API description .......................................... 470
34.2.1
I2S Extension features ................................................................... 470
34.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 470
34.2.3
Extension features Functions ......................................................... 471
34.2.4
HAL_I2S_Init .................................................................................. 471
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
34.3
34.2.5
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive ........................................................ 472
34.2.6
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT ................................................... 472
34.2.7
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA .............................................. 473
34.2.8
HAL_I2S_DMAPause ..................................................................... 473
34.2.9
HAL_I2S_DMAResume .................................................................. 473
34.2.10
HAL_I2S_DMAStop ........................................................................ 473
34.2.11
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler .................................................................... 474
34.2.12
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive ........................................................ 474
34.2.13
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT ................................................... 474
34.2.14
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA .............................................. 475
I2SEx Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 475
34.3.1
35
I2SEx .............................................................................................. 475
HAL IRDA Generic Driver ............................................................ 476
35.1
HAL IRDA Generic Driver ............................................................. 476
35.2
IRDA Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 476
35.3
35.2.1
IRDA_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 476
35.2.2
IRDA_HandleTypeDef .................................................................... 476
IRDA Firmware driver API description ........................................... 477
35.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 477
35.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 478
35.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 479
35.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 480
35.3.5
HAL_IRDA_Init ............................................................................... 480
35.3.6
HAL_IRDA_DeInit........................................................................... 480
35.3.7
HAL_IRDA_MspInit ........................................................................ 481
35.3.8
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit .................................................................... 481
35.3.9
HAL_IRDA_Transmit ...................................................................... 481
35.3.10
HAL_IRDA_Receive ....................................................................... 481
35.3.11
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT ................................................................. 482
35.3.12
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT .................................................................. 482
35.3.13
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA ............................................................ 482
35.3.14
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA ............................................................. 482
35.3.15
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause .................................................................. 483
35.3.16
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume............................................................... 483
35.3.17
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop..................................................................... 483
35.3.18
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler ................................................................. 483
35.3.19
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback ............................................................ 483
35.3.20
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback ..................................................... 484
DOCID025834 Rev 3
27/963
Contents
35.4
35.3.21
UM1725
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback ........................................................... 484
35.3.22
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback ..................................................... 484
35.3.23
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback .............................................................. 484
35.3.24
HAL_IRDA_GetState ...................................................................... 484
35.3.25
HAL_IRDA_GetError ...................................................................... 485
IRDA Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 485
35.4.1
36
HAL IWDG Generic Driver ........................................................... 492
36.1
HAL IWDG Generic Driver ............................................................ 492
36.2
IWDG Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 492
36.3
36.4
36.2.1
IWDG_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 492
36.2.2
IWDG_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 492
IWDG Firmware driver API description ......................................... 492
36.3.1
IWDG Specific features .................................................................. 492
36.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 493
36.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 494
36.3.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 494
36.3.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 494
36.3.6
HAL_IWDG_Init .............................................................................. 494
36.3.7
HAL_IWDG_MspInit ....................................................................... 494
36.3.8
HAL_IWDG_Start ........................................................................... 494
36.3.9
HAL_IWDG_Refresh ...................................................................... 495
36.3.10
HAL_IWDG_GetState..................................................................... 495
IWDG Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 495
36.4.1
37
IWDG .............................................................................................. 495
HAL LPTIM Generic Driver .......................................................... 498
37.1
HAL LPTIM Generic Driver............................................................ 498
37.2
LPTIM Firmware driver registers structures .................................. 498
37.3
28/963
IRDA ............................................................................................... 485
37.2.1
LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef .......................................................... 498
37.2.2
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef ................................................... 498
37.2.3
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef ....................................................... 498
37.2.4
LPTIM_InitTypeDef......................................................................... 499
37.2.5
LPTIM_HandleTypeDef .................................................................. 499
LPTIM Firmware driver API description ......................................... 500
37.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 500
37.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 501
37.3.3
LPTIM Start Stop operation functions ............................................ 501
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
37.3.4
LPTIM Read operation functions .................................................... 502
37.3.5
LPTIM IRQ handler ......................................................................... 502
37.3.6
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 503
37.3.7
HAL_LPTIM_Init ............................................................................. 503
37.3.8
HAL_LPTIM_DeInit......................................................................... 503
37.3.9
HAL_LPTIM_MspInit ...................................................................... 503
37.3.10
HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit .................................................................. 503
37.3.11
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start................................................................ 503
37.3.12
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop ................................................................ 504
37.3.13
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT .......................................................... 504
37.3.14
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT .......................................................... 504
37.3.15
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start ........................................................ 504
37.3.16
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop ......................................................... 504
37.3.17
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT ................................................... 505
37.3.18
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT ................................................... 505
37.3.19
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start .......................................................... 505
37.3.20
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop .......................................................... 505
37.3.21
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT ..................................................... 506
37.3.22
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT ..................................................... 506
37.3.23
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start ........................................................... 506
37.3.24
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop ........................................................... 506
37.3.25
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT ...................................................... 506
37.3.26
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT ...................................................... 507
37.3.27
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start .......................................................... 507
37.3.28
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop ........................................................... 507
37.3.29
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT ..................................................... 507
37.3.30
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT ..................................................... 508
37.3.31
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start ........................................................... 508
37.3.32
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop ............................................................ 508
37.3.33
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT ...................................................... 508
37.3.34
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT ...................................................... 508
37.3.35
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter ............................................................ 509
37.3.36
HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload ...................................................... 509
37.3.37
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare .......................................................... 509
37.3.38
HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler ............................................................... 509
37.3.39
HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback ........................................... 509
37.3.40
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback ....................................... 509
37.3.41
HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback ......................................................... 510
DOCID025834 Rev 3
29/963
Contents
37.4
37.3.42
UM1725
HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback ............................................. 510
37.3.43
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback ......................................... 510
37.3.44
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback ................................................. 510
37.3.45
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback ............................................. 510
37.3.46
HAL_LPTIM_GetState .................................................................... 511
LPTIM Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 511
37.4.1
38
HAL LTDC Generic Driver ........................................................... 522
38.1
HAL LTDC Generic Driver ............................................................. 522
38.2
LTDC Firmware driver registers structures.................................... 522
38.3
30/963
LPTIM ............................................................................................. 511
38.2.1
LTDC_ColorTypeDef ...................................................................... 522
38.2.2
LTDC_InitTypeDef .......................................................................... 522
38.2.3
LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef ................................................................ 523
38.2.4
LTDC_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 524
LTDC Firmware driver API description .......................................... 525
38.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 525
38.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 526
38.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 526
38.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 526
38.3.5
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 527
38.3.6
HAL_LTDC_Init .............................................................................. 527
38.3.7
HAL_LTDC_DeInit .......................................................................... 527
38.3.8
HAL_LTDC_MspInit........................................................................ 527
38.3.9
HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit ................................................................... 528
38.3.10
HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 528
38.3.11
HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback ..................................................... 528
38.3.12
HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler ................................................................ 528
38.3.13
HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 528
38.3.14
HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback ..................................................... 529
38.3.15
HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer ................................................................ 529
38.3.16
HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying ..................................................... 529
38.3.17
HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT ............................................................... 529
38.3.18
HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying .................................................... 530
38.3.19
HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying ................................................... 530
38.3.20
HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT .............................................................. 530
38.3.21
HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT .............................................................. 530
38.3.22
HAL_LTDC_EnableDither .............................................................. 531
38.3.23
HAL_LTDC_DisableDither ............................................................. 531
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
38.4
38.3.24
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize .......................................................... 531
38.3.25
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition .................................................... 531
38.3.26
HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat .......................................................... 531
38.3.27
HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha..................................................................... 532
38.3.28
HAL_LTDC_SetAddress................................................................. 532
38.3.29
HAL_LTDC_SetPitch ...................................................................... 532
38.3.30
HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent ..................................................... 533
38.3.31
HAL_LTDC_GetState ..................................................................... 533
38.3.32
HAL_LTDC_GetError ..................................................................... 533
LTDC Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 533
38.4.1
39
HAL LTDC Extension Driver ....................................................... 540
39.1
HAL LTDC Extension Driver.......................................................... 540
39.2
LTDCEx Firmware driver API description ...................................... 540
39.3
40
LTDC .............................................................................................. 533
39.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 540
39.2.2
HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromVideoConfig ......................................... 540
39.2.3
HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig .................... 540
LTDCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................. 541
HAL NAND Generic Driver .......................................................... 542
40.1
HAL NAND Generic Driver ............................................................ 542
40.2
NAND Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 542
40.3
40.2.1
NAND_IDTypeDef .......................................................................... 542
40.2.2
NAND_AddressTypeDef................................................................. 542
40.2.3
NAND_InfoTypeDef ........................................................................ 542
40.2.4
NAND_HandleTypeDef .................................................................. 543
NAND Firmware driver API description ......................................... 543
40.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 543
40.3.2
NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions .......................... 544
40.3.3
NAND Input and Output functions .................................................. 544
40.3.4
NAND Control functions ................................................................. 545
40.3.5
NAND State functions..................................................................... 545
40.3.6
HAL_NAND_Init .............................................................................. 545
40.3.7
HAL_NAND_DeInit ......................................................................... 545
40.3.8
HAL_NAND_MspInit ....................................................................... 545
40.3.9
HAL_NAND_MspDeInit .................................................................. 546
40.3.10
HAL_NAND_IRQHandler ............................................................... 546
40.3.11
HAL_NAND_ITCallback ................................................................. 546
DOCID025834 Rev 3
31/963
Contents
40.3.12
UM1725
HAL_NAND_Read_ID .................................................................... 546
40.3.13
HAL_NAND_Reset ......................................................................... 546
40.3.14 HAL_NAND_Read_Page ............................................................... 546
40.4
40.3.15
HAL_NAND_Write_Page................................................................ 547
40.3.16
HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea ...................................................... 547
40.3.17
HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea ....................................................... 547
40.3.18
HAL_NAND_Erase_Block .............................................................. 548
40.3.19
HAL_NAND_Read_Status ............................................................. 548
40.3.20
HAL_NAND_Address_Inc .............................................................. 548
40.3.21
HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable ............................................................. 548
40.3.22
HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable ............................................................. 548
40.3.23
HAL_NAND_GetECC ..................................................................... 549
40.3.24
HAL_NAND_GetState .................................................................... 549
40.3.25
HAL_NAND_Read_Status ............................................................. 549
NAND Firmware driver defines...................................................... 549
40.4.1
41
HAL NOR Generic Driver............................................................. 552
41.1
HAL NOR Generic Driver .............................................................. 552
41.2
NOR Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 552
41.3
32/963
NAND.............................................................................................. 549
41.2.1
NOR_IDTypeDef ............................................................................ 552
41.2.2
NOR_CFITypeDef .......................................................................... 552
41.2.3
NOR_HandleTypeDef..................................................................... 553
NOR Firmware driver API description ........................................... 553
41.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 553
41.3.2
NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions ........................... 554
41.3.3
NOR Input and Output functions .................................................... 554
41.3.4
NOR Control functions.................................................................... 554
41.3.5
NOR State functions ....................................................................... 554
41.3.6
HAL_NOR_Init ................................................................................ 554
41.3.7
HAL_NOR_DeInit ........................................................................... 555
41.3.8
HAL_NOR_MspInit ......................................................................... 555
41.3.9
HAL_NOR_MspDeInit .................................................................... 555
41.3.10
HAL_NOR_MspWait....................................................................... 555
41.3.11
HAL_NOR_Read_ID ...................................................................... 555
41.3.12
HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode .................................................... 556
41.3.13
HAL_NOR_Read ............................................................................ 556
41.3.14
HAL_NOR_Program ....................................................................... 556
41.3.15
HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer .................................................................. 556
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
41.4
41.3.16
HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer ............................................................. 557
41.3.17
HAL_NOR_Erase_Block ................................................................ 557
41.3.18
HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip .................................................................. 557
41.3.19
HAL_NOR_Read_CFI .................................................................... 557
41.3.20
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable ............................................... 557
41.3.21
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable .............................................. 558
41.3.22
HAL_NOR_GetState ...................................................................... 558
41.3.23
HAL_NOR_GetStatus..................................................................... 558
NOR Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 558
41.4.1
42
HAL PCCARD Generic Driver ..................................................... 561
42.1
HAL PCCARD Generic Driver ....................................................... 561
42.2
PCCARD Firmware driver registers structures .............................. 561
42.2.1
42.3
42.4
PCCARD_HandleTypeDef ............................................................. 561
PCCARD Firmware driver API description .................................... 561
42.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 561
42.3.2
PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................... 562
42.3.3
PCCARD Input and Output functions ............................................. 562
42.3.4
PCCARD State functions................................................................ 562
42.3.5
HAL_PCCARD_Init......................................................................... 562
42.3.6
HAL_PCCARD_DeInit .................................................................... 563
42.3.7
HAL_PCCARD_MspInit .................................................................. 563
42.3.8
HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit ............................................................. 563
42.3.9
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID ............................................................... 563
42.3.10
HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector ........................................................ 563
42.3.11
HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector ........................................................ 564
42.3.12
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector ....................................................... 564
42.3.13
HAL_PCCARD_Reset .................................................................... 564
42.3.14
HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler .......................................................... 565
42.3.15
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback ............................................................ 565
42.3.16
HAL_PCCARD_GetState ............................................................... 565
42.3.17
HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus ............................................................. 565
42.3.18
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus .......................................................... 565
PCCARD Firmware driver defines................................................. 566
42.4.1
43
NOR ................................................................................................ 558
PCCARD ........................................................................................ 566
HAL PCD Generic Driver ............................................................. 568
43.1
HAL PCD Generic Driver .............................................................. 568
DOCID025834 Rev 3
33/963
Contents
UM1725
43.2
PCD Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 568
43.2.1
43.3
34/963
PCD_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 568
PCD Firmware driver API description............................................ 568
43.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 568
43.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 569
43.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 569
43.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 569
43.3.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 570
43.3.6
HAL_PCD_Init ................................................................................ 570
43.3.7
HAL_PCD_DeInit ............................................................................ 570
43.3.8
HAL_PCD_MspInit ......................................................................... 570
43.3.9
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 570
43.3.10
HAL_PCD_Start ............................................................................. 570
43.3.11
HAL_PCD_Stop .............................................................................. 571
43.3.12
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler .................................................................. 571
43.3.13
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback ................................................ 571
43.3.14
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback ................................................... 571
43.3.15
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback .................................................... 571
43.3.16
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback ................................................................ 571
43.3.17
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback .............................................................. 572
43.3.18
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback ......................................................... 572
43.3.19
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback .......................................................... 572
43.3.20
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback ........................................ 572
43.3.21
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback ............................................ 572
43.3.22
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback .......................................................... 573
43.3.23
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback ..................................................... 573
43.3.24
HAL_PCD_DevConnect ................................................................. 573
43.3.25
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect ............................................................. 573
43.3.26
HAL_PCD_SetAddress .................................................................. 573
43.3.27
HAL_PCD_EP_Open ..................................................................... 573
43.3.28
HAL_PCD_EP_Close ..................................................................... 574
43.3.29
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive ................................................................. 574
43.3.30
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount .......................................................... 574
43.3.31
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit ................................................................ 574
43.3.32
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall .................................................................. 575
43.3.33
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall................................................................... 575
43.3.34
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush ..................................................................... 575
43.3.35
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup .............................................. 575
43.3.36
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup.......................................... 575
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
43.3.37
43.4
PCD Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 576
43.4.1
44
PCD ................................................................................................ 576
HAL PCD Extension Driver ......................................................... 578
44.1
HAL PCD Extension Driver ........................................................... 578
44.2
PCDEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 578
44.3
44.2.1
Extended features functions ........................................................... 578
44.2.2
HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo ................................................................ 578
44.2.3
HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo ................................................................ 578
44.2.4
HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM ............................................................ 578
44.2.5
HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM ........................................................ 578
44.2.6
HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback ......................................................... 579
PCDEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 579
44.3.1
45
HAL_PCD_GetState ....................................................................... 576
PCDEx ............................................................................................ 579
HAL PWR Generic Driver ............................................................ 580
45.1
HAL PWR Generic Driver .............................................................. 580
45.2
PWR Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 580
45.2.1
45.3
PWR_PVDTypeDef ........................................................................ 580
PWR Firmware driver API description ........................................... 580
45.3.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 580
45.3.2
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 580
45.3.3
HAL_PWR_DeInit ........................................................................... 582
45.3.4
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess .................................................... 583
45.3.5
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess.................................................... 583
45.3.6
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD .................................................................. 583
45.3.7
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD.................................................................. 583
45.3.8
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD ................................................................. 583
45.3.9
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin ...................................................... 583
45.3.10
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin ..................................................... 584
45.3.11
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode ....................................................... 584
45.3.12
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode ......................................................... 584
45.3.13
HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode ................................................. 585
45.3.14
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler ........................................................ 585
45.3.15
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback ............................................................... 585
45.3.16
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit ..................................................... 585
45.3.17
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit .................................................... 586
45.3.18
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend .................................................... 586
DOCID025834 Rev 3
35/963
Contents
45.3.19
45.4
PWR Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 586
45.4.1
46
46.1
HAL PWR Extension Driver........................................................... 592
46.2
PWREx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 592
46.2.1
Peripheral extended features functions .......................................... 592
46.2.2
HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg ..................................................... 593
46.2.3
HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg .................................................... 593
46.2.4
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown ........................................ 593
46.2.5
HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown........................................ 593
46.2.6
HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange ................................................... 594
46.2.7
HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling ............................................ 594
46.2.8
HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityRisingEdge ................... 595
46.2.9
HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityFallingEdge .................. 595
46.2.10
HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive .................................................... 595
46.2.11
HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive .................................................... 595
46.2.12
HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode .................................. 595
PWREx Firmware driver defines ................................................... 596
46.3.1
PWREx ........................................................................................... 596
HAL QSPI Generic Driver ............................................................ 600
47.1
HAL QSPI Generic Driver ............................................................. 600
47.2
QSPI Firmware driver registers structures .................................... 600
47.3
36/963
PWR ............................................................................................... 586
HAL PWR Extension Driver ........................................................ 592
46.3
47
UM1725
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend .................................................... 586
47.2.1
QSPI_InitTypeDef ........................................................................... 600
47.2.2
QSPI_HandleTypeDef .................................................................... 600
47.2.3
QSPI_CommandTypeDef ............................................................... 601
47.2.4
QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef ............................................................. 602
47.2.5
QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef ..................................................... 602
QSPI Firmware driver API description ........................................... 602
47.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 602
47.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 605
47.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 605
47.3.4
Peripheral Control and State functions ........................................... 605
47.3.5
HAL_QSPI_Init ............................................................................... 606
47.3.6
HAL_QSPI_DeInit........................................................................... 606
47.3.7
HAL_QSPI_MspInit ........................................................................ 606
47.3.8
HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit .................................................................... 606
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
47.3.9
HAL_QSPI_IRQHandler ................................................................. 606
47.3.10
HAL_QSPI_Command ................................................................... 607
47.3.11
HAL_QSPI_Command_IT .............................................................. 607
47.3.12
HAL_QSPI_Transmit ...................................................................... 607
47.3.13
HAL_QSPI_Receive ....................................................................... 607
47.3.14
HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT ................................................................. 608
47.3.15
HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT .................................................................. 608
47.3.16
HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA ............................................................ 608
47.3.17
HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA ............................................................. 608
47.3.18
HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling .................................................................. 609
47.3.19
HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT ............................................................ 609
47.3.20
HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped .......................................................... 609
47.3.21
HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback .............................................................. 610
47.3.22
HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback ........................................................ 610
47.3.23
HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback ........................................................... 610
47.3.24
HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback ............................................................ 610
47.3.25
HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback ..................................................... 610
47.3.26
HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback ..................................................... 610
47.3.27
HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback ................................................ 611
47.3.28
HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback .................................................. 611
47.3.29
HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback ........................................................ 611
47.3.30
HAL_QSPI_GetState ...................................................................... 611
47.3.31
HAL_QSPI_GetError ...................................................................... 611
47.3.32
HAL_QSPI_Abort ........................................................................... 611
47.3.33
HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout.................................................................. 612
47.3.34
HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback .............................................................. 612
47.3.35
HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback ................................................ 612
47.3.36
HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback ........................................................ 612
47.3.37
HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback ........................................................... 612
47.3.38
HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback ............................................................ 612
47.3.39
HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback ..................................................... 613
47.3.40
HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback ..................................................... 613
47.3.41
HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback .................................................. 613
47.3.42
HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback ........................................................ 613
47.3.43
HAL_QSPI_GetState ...................................................................... 613
47.3.44
HAL_QSPI_GetError ...................................................................... 614
47.3.45
HAL_QSPI_Abort ........................................................................... 614
47.3.46
HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout.................................................................. 614
DOCID025834 Rev 3
37/963
Contents
UM1725
47.4
QSPI Firmware driver defines ....................................................... 614
47.4.1
48
HAL RCC Generic Driver ............................................................. 622
48.1
HAL RCC Generic Driver .............................................................. 622
48.2
RCC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 622
48.3
48.4
48.2.1
RCC_OscInitTypeDef ..................................................................... 622
48.2.2
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef ...................................................................... 622
RCC Firmware driver API description ........................................... 623
48.3.1
RCC specific features ..................................................................... 623
48.3.2
RCC Limitations .............................................................................. 623
48.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 624
48.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 625
48.3.5
HAL_RCC_DeInit ........................................................................... 625
48.3.6
HAL_RCC_OscConfig .................................................................... 625
48.3.7
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig ................................................................. 625
48.3.8
HAL_RCC_MCOConfig .................................................................. 626
48.3.9
HAL_RCC_EnableCSS .................................................................. 627
48.3.10
HAL_RCC_DisableCSS ................................................................. 627
48.3.11
HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq ........................................................ 627
48.3.12
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq .............................................................. 628
48.3.13
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq ............................................................ 628
48.3.14
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq ............................................................ 628
48.3.15
HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig .............................................................. 628
48.3.16
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig ........................................................... 629
48.3.17
HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler ......................................................... 629
48.3.18
HAL_RCC_CSSCallback................................................................ 629
RCC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 629
48.4.1
49
RCC ................................................................................................ 629
HAL RCC Extension Driver ......................................................... 647
49.1
HAL RCC Extension Driver ........................................................... 647
49.2
RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 647
49.3
49.2.1
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef ..................................................................... 647
49.2.2
RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef................................................................ 647
49.2.3
RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef ............................................................... 648
49.2.4
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef .......................................................... 648
RCCEx Firmware driver API description ....................................... 649
49.3.1
38/963
QSPI ............................................................................................... 614
Extended Peripheral Control functions ........................................... 649
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
49.4
49.3.2
HAL_RCC_DeInit ........................................................................... 650
49.3.3
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig ..................................................... 650
49.3.4
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig ............................................... 650
49.3.5
HAL_RCC_OscConfig .................................................................... 651
49.3.6
HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig .............................................................. 651
49.3.7
HAL_RCCEx_SelectLSEMode ....................................................... 651
RCCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 651
49.4.1
50
HAL RNG Generic Driver............................................................. 658
50.1
HAL RNG Generic Driver .............................................................. 658
50.2
RNG Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 658
50.2.1
50.3
50.4
RNG_HandleTypeDef..................................................................... 658
RNG Firmware driver API description ........................................... 658
50.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 658
50.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 658
50.3.3
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 659
50.3.4
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 659
50.3.5
HAL_RNG_Init ................................................................................ 659
50.3.6
HAL_RNG_DeInit ........................................................................... 659
50.3.7
HAL_RNG_MspInit ......................................................................... 659
50.3.8
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit .................................................................... 660
50.3.9
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber ........................................... 660
50.3.10
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT ...................................... 660
50.3.11
HAL_RNG_IRQHandler.................................................................. 660
50.3.12
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber .................................................... 661
50.3.13
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT ............................................... 661
50.3.14
HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber........................................... 661
50.3.15
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback ..................................................... 661
50.3.16
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback ............................................................... 662
50.3.17
HAL_RNG_GetState ...................................................................... 662
RNG Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 662
50.4.1
51
RCCEx ............................................................................................ 651
RNG ................................................................................................ 662
HAL RTC Generic Driver ............................................................. 666
51.1
HAL RTC Generic Driver ............................................................... 666
51.2
RTC Firmware driver registers structures ..................................... 666
51.2.1
RTC_InitTypeDef ............................................................................ 666
51.2.2
RTC_TimeTypeDef......................................................................... 666
DOCID025834 Rev 3
39/963
Contents
51.3
51.4
51.2.3
UM1725
RTC_DateTypeDef ......................................................................... 667
51.2.4
RTC_AlarmTypeDef ....................................................................... 668
51.2.5
RTC_HandleTypeDef ..................................................................... 668
RTC Firmware driver API description ............................................ 669
51.3.1
Backup Domain Operating Condition ............................................. 669
51.3.2
Backup Domain Reset .................................................................... 669
51.3.3
Backup Domain Access.................................................................. 670
51.3.4
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 670
51.3.5
RTC and low power modes ............................................................ 670
51.3.6
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 670
51.3.7
RTC Time and Date functions ........................................................ 671
51.3.8
RTC Alarm functions ...................................................................... 671
51.3.9
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 671
51.3.10
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 672
51.3.11
HAL_RTC_Init ................................................................................ 672
51.3.12
HAL_RTC_DeInit ............................................................................ 672
51.3.13
HAL_RTC_MspInit.......................................................................... 672
51.3.14
HAL_RTC_MspDeInit ..................................................................... 672
51.3.15
HAL_RTC_SetTime ........................................................................ 672
51.3.16
HAL_RTC_GetTime ....................................................................... 673
51.3.17
HAL_RTC_SetDate ........................................................................ 673
51.3.18
HAL_RTC_GetDate ........................................................................ 674
51.3.19
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm ...................................................................... 674
51.3.20
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT ................................................................. 674
51.3.21
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm ........................................................... 675
51.3.22
HAL_RTC_GetAlarm ...................................................................... 675
51.3.23
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler ......................................................... 675
51.3.24
HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback .................................................. 675
51.3.25
HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent ..................................................... 675
51.3.26
HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro ........................................................... 676
51.3.27
HAL_RTC_GetState ....................................................................... 676
RTC Firmware driver defines ........................................................ 676
51.4.1
52
HAL RTC Extension Driver ......................................................... 687
52.1
HAL RTC Extension Driver............................................................ 687
52.2
RTCEx Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 687
52.2.1
52.3
40/963
RTC ................................................................................................ 676
RTC_TamperTypeDef .................................................................... 687
RTCEx Firmware driver API description ........................................ 688
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
52.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 688
52.3.2
RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions ......................................... 688
52.3.3
RTC Wake-up functions ................................................................. 689
52.3.4
Extension Peripheral Control functions .......................................... 689
52.3.5
Extended features functions ........................................................... 690
52.3.6
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp ......................................................... 690
52.3.7
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT .................................................... 690
52.3.8
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp ............................................. 691
52.3.9
HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp ......................................................... 691
52.3.10
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper ............................................................... 691
52.3.11
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT .......................................................... 692
52.3.12
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper ................................................... 692
52.3.13
HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler ............................... 692
52.3.14
HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback ....................................... 692
52.3.15
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback ........................................... 692
52.3.16
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback ........................................... 693
52.3.17
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent .......................................... 693
52.3.18
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event .............................................. 693
52.3.19
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event .............................................. 693
52.3.20
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer .................................................... 694
52.3.21
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT ............................................... 694
52.3.22
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer ......................................... 694
52.3.23
HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer .................................................... 694
52.3.24
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler ....................................... 694
52.3.25
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback ................................... 695
52.3.26
HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent ..................................... 695
52.3.27
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite ............................................................... 695
52.3.28
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead .............................................................. 695
52.3.29
HAL_RTCEx_SetCoarseCalib ........................................................ 696
52.3.30
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCoarseCalib ............................................ 696
52.3.31
HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib ....................................................... 696
52.3.32
HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift ....................................................... 697
52.3.33
HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut ............................................... 697
52.3.34
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut ................................... 697
52.3.35
HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock ............................................................. 698
52.3.36
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock ................................................. 698
52.3.37
HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow ............................................. 698
52.3.38
HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow ............................................ 698
DOCID025834 Rev 3
41/963
Contents
52.4
52.3.39
UM1725
HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback .............................................. 699
52.3.40
HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent ................................................ 699
RTCEx Firmware driver defines .................................................... 699
52.4.1
53
RTCEx ............................................................................................ 699
HAL SAI Generic Driver .............................................................. 719
53.1
HAL SAI Generic Driver ................................................................ 719
53.2
SAI Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 719
53.3
53.2.1
SAI_InitTypeDef ............................................................................. 719
53.2.2
SAI_FrameInitTypeDef ................................................................... 720
53.2.3
SAI_SlotInitTypeDef ....................................................................... 721
53.2.4
__SAI_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 721
SAI Firmware driver API description ............................................. 722
53.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 722
53.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 725
53.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 725
53.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 726
53.3.5
HAL_SAI_InitProtocol ..................................................................... 726
53.3.6
HAL_SAI_Init .................................................................................. 726
53.3.7
HAL_SAI_DeInit ............................................................................. 727
53.3.8
HAL_SAI_MspInit ........................................................................... 727
53.3.9
HAL_SAI_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 727
53.3.10
HAL_SAI_Transmit ......................................................................... 727
53.3.11
HAL_SAI_Receive .......................................................................... 727
53.3.12
HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT.................................................................... 728
53.3.13
HAL_SAI_Receive_IT..................................................................... 728
53.3.14
HAL_SAI_DMAPause..................................................................... 728
53.3.15
HAL_SAI_DMAResume ................................................................. 728
53.3.16
HAL_SAI_DMAStop ....................................................................... 729
53.3.17
HAL_SAI_Abort .............................................................................. 729
53.3.18 HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA ............................................................... 729
42/963
53.3.19
HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA ................................................................ 729
53.3.20
HAL_SAI_EnableTxMuteMode ...................................................... 729
53.3.21
HAL_SAI_DisableTxMuteMode ...................................................... 730
53.3.22
HAL_SAI_EnableRxMuteMode ...................................................... 730
53.3.23
HAL_SAI_DisableRxMuteMode ..................................................... 730
53.3.24
HAL_SAI_IRQHandler .................................................................... 730
53.3.25
HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback .............................................................. 730
53.3.26
HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 731
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
53.4
53.3.27
HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback .............................................................. 731
53.3.28
HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 731
53.3.29
HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 731
53.3.30
HAL_SAI_GetState......................................................................... 731
53.3.31
HAL_SAI_GetError ......................................................................... 732
SAI Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 732
53.4.1
54
HAL SAI Extension Driver ........................................................... 740
54.1
HAL SAI Extension Driver ............................................................. 740
54.2
SAIEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 740
54.3
54.2.1
SAI peripheral extension features .................................................. 740
54.2.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 740
54.2.3
Extension features Functions ......................................................... 740
54.2.4
SAI_BlockSynchroConfig ............................................................... 740
54.2.5
SAI_GetInputClock ......................................................................... 740
SAIEx Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 740
54.3.1
55
SAI .................................................................................................. 732
SAIEx .............................................................................................. 740
HAL SDRAM Generic Driver ....................................................... 741
55.1
HAL SDRAM Generic Driver ......................................................... 741
55.2
SDRAM Firmware driver registers structures ................................ 741
55.2.1
55.3
SDRAM_HandleTypeDef................................................................ 741
SDRAM Firmware driver API description ...................................... 741
55.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 741
55.3.2
SDRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions ...................... 742
55.3.3
SDRAM Input and Output functions ............................................... 742
55.3.4
SDRAM Control functions............................................................... 742
55.3.5
SDRAM State functions .................................................................. 743
55.3.6
HAL_SDRAM_Init ........................................................................... 743
55.3.7
HAL_SDRAM_DeInit ...................................................................... 743
55.3.8
HAL_SDRAM_MspInit .................................................................... 743
55.3.9
HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit ............................................................... 743
55.3.10
HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler ............................................................ 744
55.3.11
HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback ............................................. 744
55.3.12
HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback ........................................... 744
55.3.13
HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback ......................................... 744
55.3.14
HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b ................................................................. 744
55.3.15
HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b ................................................................. 745
DOCID025834 Rev 3
43/963
Contents
55.4
55.3.16
UM1725
HAL_SDRAM_Read_16b ............................................................... 745
55.3.17
HAL_SDRAM_Write_16b ............................................................... 745
55.3.18
HAL_SDRAM_Read_32b ............................................................... 745
55.3.19
HAL_SDRAM_Write_32b ............................................................... 746
55.3.20
HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA ............................................................. 746
55.3.21
HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA ............................................................. 746
55.3.22
HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable .......................................... 747
55.3.23
HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable ......................................... 747
55.3.24
HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand ...................................................... 747
55.3.25
HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate ............................................. 747
55.3.26
HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber ......................................... 747
55.3.27
HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus ...................................................... 748
55.3.28
HAL_SDRAM_GetState ................................................................. 748
SDRAM Firmware driver defines ................................................... 748
55.4.1
56
HAL SD Generic Driver ............................................................... 749
56.1
HAL SD Generic Driver ................................................................. 749
56.2
SD Firmware driver registers structures ........................................ 749
56.3
44/963
SDRAM ........................................................................................... 748
56.2.1
SD_HandleTypeDef........................................................................ 749
56.2.2
HAL_SD_CSDTypedef ................................................................... 750
56.2.3
HAL_SD_CIDTypedef .................................................................... 752
56.2.4
HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef ........................................................ 753
56.2.5
HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef ............................................................. 753
SD Firmware driver API description .............................................. 754
56.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 754
56.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 756
56.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 756
56.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 757
56.3.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 757
56.3.6
HAL_SD_Init ................................................................................... 757
56.3.7
HAL_SD_DeInit .............................................................................. 757
56.3.8
HAL_SD_MspInit ............................................................................ 757
56.3.9
HAL_SD_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 757
56.3.10
HAL_SD_ReadBlocks .................................................................... 758
56.3.11
HAL_SD_WriteBlocks..................................................................... 758
56.3.12
HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA .......................................................... 758
56.3.13
HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA .......................................................... 759
56.3.14
HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation ..................................................... 759
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
56.4
56.3.15
HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation ..................................................... 759
56.3.16
HAL_SD_Erase .............................................................................. 759
56.3.17
HAL_SD_IRQHandler..................................................................... 760
56.3.18
HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback ............................................................. 760
56.3.19
HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback ........................................................... 760
56.3.20
HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback ..................................................... 760
56.3.21
HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback ................................................... 760
56.3.22
HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback ..................................................... 760
56.3.23
HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback .................................................... 761
56.3.24
HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo .................................................................. 761
56.3.25
HAL_SD_WideBusOperation_Config ............................................. 761
56.3.26
HAL_SD_StopTransfer ................................................................... 761
56.3.27
HAL_SD_HighSpeed ...................................................................... 762
56.3.28
HAL_SD_SendSDStatus ................................................................ 762
56.3.29
HAL_SD_GetStatus........................................................................ 762
56.3.30
HAL_SD_GetCardStatus ................................................................ 762
SD Firmware driver defines ........................................................... 763
56.4.1
57
SD ................................................................................................... 763
HAL SMARTCARD Generic Driver.............................................. 776
57.1
HAL SMARTCARD Generic Driver ............................................... 776
57.2
SMARTCARD Firmware driver registers structures ...................... 776
57.3
57.2.1
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef ............................................................ 776
57.2.2
SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef ...................................................... 777
SMARTCARD Firmware driver API description............................. 778
57.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 778
57.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 779
57.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 780
57.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 782
57.3.5
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init ................................................................. 782
57.3.6
HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit ............................................................ 782
57.3.7
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit .......................................................... 782
57.3.8
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit ..................................................... 783
57.3.9
HAL_SMARTCARD_ReInit ............................................................ 783
57.3.10
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit ........................................................ 783
57.3.11
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive ......................................................... 783
57.3.12
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT .................................................. 784
57.3.13
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT ................................................... 784
57.3.14
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA.............................................. 784
DOCID025834 Rev 3
45/963
Contents
57.4
57.3.15
UM1725
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA ............................................... 784
57.3.16
HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler ................................................... 785
57.3.17
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback ............................................. 785
57.3.18
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback ............................................. 785
57.3.19
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback ................................................ 785
57.3.20
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState ....................................................... 786
57.3.21
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError ........................................................ 786
SMARTCARD Firmware driver defines ......................................... 786
57.4.1
58
HAL SPDIFRX Generic Driver ..................................................... 795
58.1
HAL SPDIFRX Generic Driver....................................................... 795
58.2
SPDIFRX Firmware driver registers structures ............................. 795
58.3
46/963
SMARTCARD ................................................................................. 786
58.2.1
SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef.................................................................... 795
58.2.2
SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef ................................................ 796
58.2.3
SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef ............................................................. 796
SPDIFRX Firmware driver API description .................................... 797
58.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 797
58.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 799
58.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 799
58.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 800
58.3.5
HAL_SPDIFRX_Init ........................................................................ 800
58.3.6
HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit.................................................................... 800
58.3.7
HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit ................................................................. 801
58.3.8
HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit ............................................................. 801
58.3.9
HAL_SPDIFRX_SetDataFormat .................................................... 801
58.3.10
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow ................................................. 801
58.3.11
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow ............................................. 801
58.3.12
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT ........................................... 802
58.3.13
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT ....................................... 802
58.3.14
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA ....................................... 802
58.3.15
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA................................... 802
58.3.16
HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop ............................................................. 803
58.3.17
HAL_SPDIFRX_IRQHandler .......................................................... 803
58.3.18
HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback .............................................. 803
58.3.19
HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback .................................................... 803
58.3.20
HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback .............................................. 803
58.3.21
HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback .................................................... 804
58.3.22
HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback ....................................................... 804
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
58.4
58.3.23
HAL_SPDIFRX_GetState ............................................................... 804
58.3.24
HAL_SPDIFRX_GetError ............................................................... 804
SPDIFRX Firmware driver defines ................................................ 804
58.4.1
59
SPDIFRX ........................................................................................ 804
HAL SPI Generic Driver ............................................................... 810
59.1
HAL SPI Generic Driver ................................................................ 810
59.2
SPI Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 810
59.3
59.2.1
SPI_InitTypeDef ............................................................................. 810
59.2.2
__SPI_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 811
SPI Firmware driver API description ............................................. 812
59.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 812
59.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 812
59.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 813
59.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 813
59.3.5
HAL_SPI_Init .................................................................................. 814
59.3.6
HAL_SPI_DeInit ............................................................................. 814
59.3.7
HAL_SPI_MspInit ........................................................................... 814
59.3.8
HAL_SPI_MspDeInit ....................................................................... 814
59.3.9
HAL_SPI_Transmit ......................................................................... 814
59.3.10
HAL_SPI_Receive .......................................................................... 815
59.3.11
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive ............................................................ 815
59.3.12
HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT.................................................................... 815
59.3.13
HAL_SPI_Receive_IT..................................................................... 815
59.3.14
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT ...................................................... 816
59.3.15
HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA ............................................................... 816
59.3.16
HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA ................................................................ 816
59.3.17
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA .................................................. 816
59.3.18
HAL_SPI_DMAPause..................................................................... 817
59.3.19
HAL_SPI_DMAResume ................................................................. 817
59.3.20
HAL_SPI_DMAStop ....................................................................... 817
59.3.21
HAL_SPI_IRQHandler .................................................................... 817
59.3.22
HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback .............................................................. 818
59.3.23
HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback .............................................................. 818
59.3.24
HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback .......................................................... 818
59.3.25
HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 818
59.3.26
HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback ........................................................ 818
59.3.27
HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback .................................................... 818
59.3.28
HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback ................................................................. 819
DOCID025834 Rev 3
47/963
Contents
59.4
59.3.29
UM1725
HAL_SPI_GetState......................................................................... 819
59.3.30
HAL_SPI_GetError ......................................................................... 819
SPI Firmware driver defines .......................................................... 819
59.4.1
60
HAL SRAM Generic Driver .......................................................... 825
60.1
HAL SRAM Generic Driver ............................................................ 825
60.2
SRAM Firmware driver registers structures................................... 825
60.2.1
60.3
60.4
60.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 825
60.3.2
SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions ......................... 826
60.3.3
SRAM Input and Output functions .................................................. 826
60.3.4
SRAM Control functions ................................................................. 826
60.3.5
SRAM State functions .................................................................... 827
60.3.6
HAL_SRAM_Init ............................................................................. 827
60.3.7
HAL_SRAM_DeInit ......................................................................... 827
60.3.8
HAL_SRAM_MspInit....................................................................... 827
60.3.9
HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit .................................................................. 827
60.3.10
HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback ............................................. 828
60.3.11
HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback ............................................ 828
60.3.12
HAL_SRAM_Read_8b.................................................................... 828
60.3.13
HAL_SRAM_Write_8b .................................................................... 828
60.3.14
HAL_SRAM_Read_16b.................................................................. 828
60.3.15
HAL_SRAM_Write_16b .................................................................. 829
60.3.16
HAL_SRAM_Read_32b.................................................................. 829
60.3.17
HAL_SRAM_Write_32b .................................................................. 829
60.3.18
HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA................................................................ 830
60.3.19
HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA ................................................................ 830
60.3.20
HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable ............................................. 830
60.3.21
HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable ............................................ 830
60.3.22
HAL_SRAM_GetState .................................................................... 830
SRAM Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 831
SRAM ............................................................................................. 831
HAL TIM Generic Driver .............................................................. 832
61.1
HAL TIM Generic Driver ................................................................ 832
61.2
TIM Firmware driver registers structures ....................................... 832
61.2.1
48/963
SRAM_HandleTypeDef .................................................................. 825
SRAM Firmware driver API description ......................................... 825
60.4.1
61
SPI .................................................................................................. 819
TIM_Base_InitTypeDef ................................................................... 832
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
61.3
61.2.2
TIM_OC_InitTypeDef...................................................................... 832
61.2.3
TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef ........................................................... 833
61.2.4
TIM_IC_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 834
61.2.5
TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef ............................................................. 834
61.2.6
TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef .............................................................. 835
61.2.7
TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef ....................................................... 836
61.2.8
TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef .............................................................. 836
61.2.9
TIM_HandleTypeDef ...................................................................... 837
TIM Firmware driver API description ............................................. 837
61.3.1
TIMER Generic features ................................................................. 837
61.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 838
61.3.3
Time Base functions ....................................................................... 838
61.3.4
Time Output Compare functions .................................................... 839
61.3.5
Time PWM functions ...................................................................... 839
61.3.6
Time Input Capture functions ......................................................... 840
61.3.7
Time One Pulse functions .............................................................. 840
61.3.8
Time Encoder functions .................................................................. 841
61.3.9
IRQ handler management .............................................................. 841
61.3.10
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 841
61.3.11
TIM Callbacks functions ................................................................. 842
61.3.12
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 842
61.3.13
HAL_TIM_Base_Init ....................................................................... 842
61.3.14
HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit ................................................................... 843
61.3.15
HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit................................................................. 843
61.3.16
HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit ............................................................ 843
61.3.17
HAL_TIM_Base_Start..................................................................... 843
61.3.18
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop ..................................................................... 843
61.3.19
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT ............................................................... 843
61.3.20
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT................................................................ 844
61.3.21
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA .......................................................... 844
61.3.22
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA ........................................................... 844
61.3.23
HAL_TIM_OC_Init .......................................................................... 844
61.3.24
HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit...................................................................... 845
61.3.25
HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit ................................................................... 845
61.3.26
HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit ............................................................... 845
61.3.27
HAL_TIM_OC_Start ....................................................................... 845
61.3.28
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop........................................................................ 845
61.3.29
HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT .................................................................. 846
DOCID025834 Rev 3
49/963
Contents
50/963
61.3.30
UM1725
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT .................................................................. 846
61.3.31
HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA ............................................................. 846
61.3.32
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA ............................................................. 847
61.3.33
HAL_TIM_PWM_Init ....................................................................... 847
61.3.34
HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit .................................................................. 847
61.3.35
HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit ................................................................ 847
61.3.36
HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit ........................................................... 847
61.3.37
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start .................................................................... 848
61.3.38
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop .................................................................... 848
61.3.39
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT ............................................................... 848
61.3.40
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT ............................................................... 849
61.3.41
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA .......................................................... 849
61.3.42
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA .......................................................... 849
61.3.43
HAL_TIM_IC_Init ............................................................................ 849
61.3.44
HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit ....................................................................... 850
61.3.45
HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit ..................................................................... 850
61.3.46
HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit................................................................. 850
61.3.47
HAL_TIM_IC_Start ......................................................................... 850
61.3.48
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop ......................................................................... 850
61.3.49
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT .................................................................... 851
61.3.50
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT .................................................................... 851
61.3.51
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA ............................................................... 851
61.3.52
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA ............................................................... 852
61.3.53
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init ................................................................ 852
61.3.54
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit ........................................................... 852
61.3.55
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit ......................................................... 852
61.3.56
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit .................................................... 853
61.3.57
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start ............................................................. 853
61.3.58
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop ............................................................. 853
61.3.59
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT ........................................................ 853
61.3.60
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT ........................................................ 854
61.3.61
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init .................................................................. 854
61.3.62
HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit ............................................................. 854
61.3.63
HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit ........................................................... 854
61.3.64
HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit ....................................................... 855
61.3.65
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start ............................................................... 855
61.3.66
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop ............................................................... 855
61.3.67
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT .......................................................... 855
61.3.68
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT .......................................................... 856
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
61.4
61.3.69
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA ..................................................... 856
61.3.70
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA ..................................................... 856
61.3.71
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler ................................................................... 857
61.3.72
HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel ....................................................... 857
61.3.73
HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel ......................................................... 857
61.3.74
HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel .................................................... 857
61.3.75
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel ............................................. 858
61.3.76
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart .................................................... 858
61.3.77
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop .................................................... 859
61.3.78
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart .................................................... 859
61.3.79
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop .................................................... 860
61.3.80
HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent .............................................................. 860
61.3.81
HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear .......................................................... 860
61.3.82
HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource ....................................................... 861
61.3.83
HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input ............................................................... 861
61.3.84
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization ......................................... 861
61.3.85
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT .................................... 862
61.3.86
HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue ...................................................... 862
61.3.87
HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ................................................. 862
61.3.88
HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback ........................................... 862
61.3.89
HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback ...................................................... 863
61.3.90
HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback ....................................... 863
61.3.91
HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback ............................................................. 863
61.3.92
HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback................................................................. 863
61.3.93
HAL_TIM_Base_GetState .............................................................. 863
61.3.94
HAL_TIM_OC_GetState ................................................................. 864
61.3.95
HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState ............................................................. 864
61.3.96
HAL_TIM_IC_GetState................................................................... 864
61.3.97
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState ...................................................... 864
61.3.98
HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState ......................................................... 864
TIM Firmware driver defines.......................................................... 865
61.4.1
62
TIM.................................................................................................. 865
HAL TIM Extension Driver........................................................... 880
62.1
HAL TIM Extension Driver ............................................................. 880
62.2
TIMEx Firmware driver registers structures................................... 880
62.2.1
TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef ......................................................... 880
62.2.2
TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef ............................................................ 880
62.2.3
TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef ............................................. 881
DOCID025834 Rev 3
51/963
Contents
UM1725
62.3
52/963
TIMEx Firmware driver API description ......................................... 881
62.3.1
TIMER Extended features .............................................................. 881
62.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 882
62.3.3
Timer Hall Sensor functions ........................................................... 882
62.3.4
Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ......................... 883
62.3.5
Timer Complementary PWM functions ........................................... 883
62.3.6
Timer Complementary One Pulse functions................................... 884
62.3.7
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 884
62.3.8
Extension Callbacks functions ........................................................ 884
62.3.9
Extension Peripheral State functions ............................................. 884
62.3.10
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init .......................................................... 884
62.3.11
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit ..................................................... 885
62.3.12
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit ................................................... 885
62.3.13
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit .............................................. 885
62.3.14
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start ....................................................... 885
62.3.15
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop ....................................................... 885
62.3.16
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT .................................................. 886
62.3.17
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT .................................................. 886
62.3.18
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA ............................................. 886
62.3.19
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA ............................................. 886
62.3.20
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start................................................................. 887
62.3.21
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop ................................................................. 887
62.3.22
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT ........................................................... 887
62.3.23
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT ........................................................... 887
62.3.24
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA ...................................................... 888
62.3.25
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA ....................................................... 888
62.3.26
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start ............................................................. 888
62.3.27
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop ............................................................. 889
62.3.28
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT ........................................................ 889
62.3.29
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT ........................................................ 889
62.3.30
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA ................................................... 890
62.3.31
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA ................................................... 890
62.3.32
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start ...................................................... 890
62.3.33
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop ...................................................... 891
62.3.34
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT ................................................. 891
62.3.35
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT ................................................. 891
62.3.36
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent ......................................... 891
62.3.37
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT .................................... 892
62.3.38
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA ............................... 893
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
62.4
62.3.39
HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization ................................... 893
62.3.40
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime.............................................. 894
62.3.41
HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig ............................................................ 894
62.3.42
HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback ............................................... 894
62.3.43
HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback ........................................................... 895
62.3.44
TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt ....................................................... 895
62.3.45
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState ................................................ 895
TIMEx Firmware driver defines ..................................................... 895
62.4.1
63
TIMEx ............................................................................................. 895
HAL UART Generic Driver........................................................... 897
63.1
HAL UART Generic Driver ............................................................ 897
63.2
UART Firmware driver registers structures ................................... 897
63.3
63.2.1
UART_InitTypeDef ......................................................................... 897
63.2.2
UART_HandleTypeDef ................................................................... 898
UART Firmware driver API description ......................................... 899
63.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 899
63.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 901
63.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 901
63.3.4
Peripheral Control functions ........................................................... 902
63.3.5
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 902
63.3.6
HAL_UART_Init .............................................................................. 903
63.3.7
HAL_HalfDuplex_Init ...................................................................... 903
63.3.8
HAL_LIN_Init .................................................................................. 903
63.3.9
HAL_MultiProcessor_Init ................................................................ 903
63.3.10
HAL_UART_DeInit ......................................................................... 904
63.3.11
HAL_UART_MspInit ....................................................................... 904
63.3.12
HAL_UART_MspDeInit................................................................... 904
63.3.13
HAL_UART_Transmit ..................................................................... 904
63.3.14
HAL_UART_Receive ...................................................................... 905
63.3.15
HAL_UART_Transmit_IT................................................................ 905
63.3.16
HAL_UART_Receive_IT................................................................. 905
63.3.17
HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA ........................................................... 905
63.3.18
HAL_UART_Receive_DMA ............................................................ 906
63.3.19
HAL_UART_DMAPause................................................................. 906
63.3.20
HAL_UART_DMAResume ............................................................. 906
63.3.21
HAL_UART_DMAStop ................................................................... 906
63.3.22
HAL_UART_IRQHandler ................................................................ 907
63.3.23
HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback .......................................................... 907
DOCID025834 Rev 3
53/963
Contents
63.4
63.3.24
UM1725
HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback .................................................... 907
63.3.25
HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback .......................................................... 907
63.3.26
HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback .................................................... 907
63.3.27
HAL_UART_ErrorCallback ............................................................. 908
63.3.28
HAL_LIN_SendBreak ..................................................................... 908
63.3.29
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode ........................................... 908
63.3.30
HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode .............................................. 908
63.3.31
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter ............................................. 909
63.3.32
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver ................................................. 909
63.3.33
HAL_UART_GetState..................................................................... 909
63.3.34
HAL_UART_GetError ..................................................................... 909
UART Firmware driver defines ...................................................... 909
63.4.1
64
HAL USART Generic Driver ........................................................ 921
64.1
HAL USART Generic Driver .......................................................... 921
64.2
USART Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 921
64.3
54/963
UART .............................................................................................. 909
64.2.1
USART_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 921
64.2.2
USART_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 922
USART Firmware driver API description ....................................... 922
64.3.1
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 922
64.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions ........................................ 924
64.3.3
IO operation functions .................................................................... 925
64.3.4
Peripheral State and Errors functions ............................................ 926
64.3.5
HAL_USART_Init ............................................................................ 926
64.3.6
HAL_USART_DeInit ....................................................................... 926
64.3.7
HAL_USART_MspInit ..................................................................... 926
64.3.8
HAL_USART_MspDeInit ................................................................ 927
64.3.9
HAL_USART_Transmit .................................................................. 927
64.3.10
HAL_USART_Receive ................................................................... 927
64.3.11
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive ..................................................... 927
64.3.12
HAL_USART_Transmit_IT ............................................................. 928
64.3.13
HAL_USART_Receive_IT .............................................................. 928
64.3.14
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT ................................................ 928
64.3.15
HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA ........................................................ 929
64.3.16
HAL_USART_Receive_DMA ......................................................... 929
64.3.17
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA ........................................... 929
64.3.18
HAL_USART_DMAPause .............................................................. 930
64.3.19
HAL_USART_DMAResume ........................................................... 930
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Contents
64.4
64.3.20
HAL_USART_DMAStop ................................................................. 930
64.3.21
HAL_USART_IRQHandler ............................................................. 930
64.3.22
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback ........................................................ 930
64.3.23
HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback .................................................. 931
64.3.24
HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback ........................................................ 931
64.3.25
HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback ................................................. 931
64.3.26
HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback .................................................... 931
64.3.27
HAL_USART_ErrorCallback .......................................................... 932
64.3.28
HAL_USART_GetState .................................................................. 932
64.3.29
HAL_USART_GetError................................................................... 932
USART Firmware driver defines.................................................... 932
64.4.1
65
HAL WWDG Generic Driver ........................................................ 940
65.1
HAL WWDG Generic Driver .......................................................... 940
65.2
WWDG Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 940
65.3
65.4
65.2.1
WWDG_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 940
65.2.2
WWDG_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 940
WWDG Firmware driver API description ....................................... 941
65.3.1
WWDG specific features ................................................................ 941
65.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 941
65.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 941
65.3.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 942
65.3.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 942
65.3.6
HAL_WWDG_Init............................................................................ 942
65.3.7
HAL_WWDG_DeInit ....................................................................... 942
65.3.8
HAL_WWDG_MspInit ..................................................................... 943
65.3.9
HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit ................................................................ 943
65.3.10
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback ..................................................... 943
65.3.11
HAL_WWDG_Start ......................................................................... 943
65.3.12
HAL_WWDG_Start_IT.................................................................... 943
65.3.13
HAL_WWDG_Refresh .................................................................... 944
65.3.14
HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler ............................................................. 944
65.3.15
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback ..................................................... 944
65.3.16
HAL_WWDG_GetState .................................................................. 944
WWDG Firmware driver defines.................................................... 945
65.4.1
66
USART............................................................................................ 932
WWDG............................................................................................ 945
HAL WWDG Generic Driver ........................................................ 949
DOCID025834 Rev 3
55/963
Contents
UM1725
66.1
HAL WWDG Generic Driver .......................................................... 949
66.2
WWDG Firmware driver registers structures ................................. 949
66.3
66.4
66.2.1
WWDG_InitTypeDef ....................................................................... 949
66.2.2
WWDG_HandleTypeDef ................................................................ 949
WWDG Firmware driver API description ....................................... 950
66.3.1
WWDG specific features ................................................................ 950
66.3.2
How to use this driver ..................................................................... 950
66.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions ..................................... 950
66.3.4
IO operation functions .................................................................... 951
66.3.5
Peripheral State functions .............................................................. 951
66.3.6
HAL_WWDG_Init............................................................................ 951
66.3.7
HAL_WWDG_DeInit ....................................................................... 951
66.3.8
HAL_WWDG_MspInit ..................................................................... 952
66.3.9
HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit ................................................................ 952
66.3.10
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback ..................................................... 952
66.3.11
HAL_WWDG_Start ......................................................................... 952
66.3.12
HAL_WWDG_Start_IT.................................................................... 952
66.3.13
HAL_WWDG_Refresh .................................................................... 953
66.3.14
HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler ............................................................. 953
66.3.15
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback ..................................................... 953
66.3.16
HAL_WWDG_GetState .................................................................. 953
WWDG Firmware driver defines.................................................... 954
66.4.1
WWDG............................................................................................ 954
67
FAQs............................................................................................. 958
68
Revision history .......................................................................... 962
56/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
List of tables
List of tables
Table 1: Acronyms and definitions ............................................................................................................ 59
Table 2: HAL drivers files .......................................................................................................................... 61
Table 3: User-application files .................................................................................................................. 63
Table 4: APis classification ....................................................................................................................... 67
Table 5: List of devices supported by HAL drivers ................................................................................... 68
Table 6: HAL API naming rules ................................................................................................................ 70
Table 7: Macros handling interrupts and specific clock configurations .................................................... 71
Table 8: Callback functions ....................................................................................................................... 72
Table 9: HAL generic APIs ....................................................................................................................... 73
Table 10: HAL extension APIs .................................................................................................................. 74
Table 11: Define statements used for HAL configuration ......................................................................... 78
Table 12: Description of GPIO_InitTypeDef structure .............................................................................. 80
Table 13: Description of EXTI configuration macros ................................................................................ 83
Table 14: MSP functions ........................................................................................................................... 88
Table 15: Timeout values ......................................................................................................................... 91
Table 16: USART frame formats ............................................................................................................ 780
Table 17: Document revision history ...................................................................................................... 962
DOCID025834 Rev 3
57/963
List of figures
UM1725
List of figures
Figure 1: Example of project template ...................................................................................................... 64
Figure 2: Adding device-specific functions ............................................................................................... 75
Figure 3: Adding family-specific functions ................................................................................................ 75
Figure 4: Adding new peripherals ............................................................................................................. 76
Figure 5: Updating existing APIs .............................................................................................................. 76
Figure 6: File inclusion model ................................................................................................................... 77
Figure 7: HAL driver model ....................................................................................................................... 85
58/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
1
Acronyms and definitions
Table 1: Acronyms and definitions
Acronym
Definition
ADC
Analog-to-digital converter
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
API
Application Programming Interface
BSP
Board Support Package
CAN
Controller area network
CEC
Consumer Electronics Control
CMSIS
Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CRYP
Cryptographic processor unit
CRC
CRC calculation unit
DAC
Digital to analog converter
DCMI
Digital Camera Module Interface
DMA
Direct Memory Access
DMA2D
Chrom-Art Accelerator™ controller
DSI
Display Serial Interface
ETH
Ethernet controller
EXTI
External interrupt/event controller
FLASH
Flash memory
FSMC
Flexible Static Memory controller
FMC
Flexible Memory controller
FMPI2C
Fast-mode Plus inter-integrated circuit
GPIO
General purpose I/Os
HAL
Hardware abstraction layer
HASH
Hash processor
HCD
USB Host Controller Driver
I2C
Inter-integrated circuit
I2S
Inter-integrated sound
IRDA
InfraRed Data Association
IWDG
Independent watchdog
LPTIM
Low-power Timer
LTDC
LCD TFT Display Controller
MSP
MCU Specific Package
NAND
NAND external Flash memory
NOR
NOR external Flash memory
DOCID025834 Rev 3
59/963
UM1725
60/963
Acronym
Definition
NVIC
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller
PCCARD
PCCARD external memory
PCD
USB Peripheral Controller Driver
PWR
Power controller
QSPI
QuadSPI Flash memory Interface
RCC
Reset and clock controller
RNG
Random Number Generator
RTC
Real-time clock
SAI
Serial Audio Interface
SD
Secure Digital
SDRAM
SDRAM external memory
SRAM
SRAM external memory
SMARTCARD
Smartcard IC
SPDIFRX
SPDIF-RX Receiver Interface
SPI
Serial Peripheral interface
SysTick
System tick timer
TIM
Advanced-control, general-purpose or basic timer
UART
Universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
USART
Universal synchronous receiver/transmitter
WWDG
Window watchdog
USB
Universal Serial Bus
PPP
STM32 peripheral or block
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2
Overview of HAL drivers
The HAL drivers were designed to offer a rich set of APIs and to interact easily with the
application upper layers.
Each driver consists of a set of functions covering the most common peripheral features.
The development of each driver is driven by a common API which standardizes the driver
structure, the functions and the parameter names.
The HAL drivers consist of a set of driver modules, each module being linked to standalone
peripheral. However, in some cases, the module is linked to a peripheral functional mode.
As an example, several modules exist for the USART peripheral: UART driver module,
USART driver module, SMARTCARD driver module and IRDA driver module.
The HAL main features are the following:







Cross-family portable set of APIs covering the common peripheral features as well as
extension APIs in case of specific peripheral features.
Three API programming models: polling, interrupt and DMA.
APIs are RTOS compliant:

Fully reentrant APIs

Systematic usage of timeouts in polling mode.
Peripheral multi-instance support allowing concurrent API calls for multiple instances
of a given peripheral (USART1, USART2...)
All HAL APIs implement user-callback functions mechanism:

Peripheral Init/DeInit HAL APIs can call user-callback functions to perform
peripheral system level Initialization/De-Initialization (clock, GPIOs, interrupt,
DMA)

Peripherals interrupt events

Error events.
Object locking mechanism: safe hardware access to prevent multiple spurious
accesses to shared resources.
Timeout used for all blocking processes: the timeout can be a simple counter or a
timebase.
2.1
HAL and user-application files
2.1.1
HAL driver files
HAL drivers are composed of the following set of files:
Table 2: HAL drivers files
File
Description
stm32f4xx_hal_ppp.c
Main peripheral/module driver file.
It includes the APIs that are common to all STM32 devices.
Example: stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c, stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c, …
stm32f4xx_hal_ppp.h
Header file of the main driver C file
It includes common data, handle and enumeration structures,
define statements and macros, as well as the exported generic
APIs.
Example: stm32f4xx_hal_adc.h, stm32f4xx_hal_irda.h, …
DOCID025834 Rev 3
61/963
UM1725
File
Description
stm32f4xx_hal_ppp_ex.c
Extension file of a peripheral/module driver. It includes the specific
APIs for a given part number or family, as well as the newly
defined APIs that overwrite the default generic APIs if the internal
process is implemented in different way.
Example: stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c, stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c, …
stm32f4xx_hal_ppp_ex.h
Header file of the extension C file.
It includes the specific data and enumeration structures, define
statements and macros, as well as the exported device part
number specific APIs
Example: stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.h, stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h, …
stm32f4xx_ll_ppp.c
Peripheral low layer driver that can be accessed from one or more
HAL drivers. It offers a set of APIs and services used by the upper
driver. From the user point of view, low-level drivers are not
accessible directly. They are used only by the HAL drivers built
upon them.
Example: stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c offers a set of API used by
stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c, stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c,
stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c, stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c,…
stm32f4xx_ll_ppp.h
Header file of the low layer C file. It is included in the HAL driver
header file, thus making the low-level driver an intrinsic add-on of
the HAL driver that is not visible from the application.
Example: stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.h, stm32f4xx_ll_usb.h,...
stm32f4xx_hal.c
This file is used for HAL initialization and contains DBGMCU,
Remap and Time Delay based on systick APIs.
stm32f4xx_hal.h
stm32f4xx_hal.c header file
stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c
Template file to be copied to the user application folder.
It contains the MSP initialization and de-initialization (main routine
and callbacks) of the peripheral used in the user application.
stm32f4xx_hal_conf_template.h
Template file allowing to customize the drivers for a given
application.
stm32f4xx_hal_def.h
Common HAL resources such as common define statements,
enumerations, structures and macros.
Since the low-level drivers are only used by the HAL drivers built upon them, the
APIs provided by these drivers will not be described in this document.
62/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2.1.2
User-application files
The minimum files required to build an application using the HAL drivers are listed in the
table below:
Table 3: User-application files
File
Description
system_stm32f4xx.c
This file contains SystemInit() which is called at startup just after reset and
before branching to the main program. It does not configure the system
clock at startup (contrary to the standard library). This must be performed
using the HAL APIs in the user files.
It allows to :


relocate the vector table in internal SRAM.
configure FSMC/FMC peripheral (when available) to use as
data memory the external SRAM or SDRAM mounted on the
evaluation board.
startup_stm32f4xx.s
Toolchain specific file that contains reset handler and exception vectors.
For some toolchains, it allows adapting the stack/heap size to fit the
application requirements.
stm32f4xx_flash.icf
(optional)
Linker file for EWARM toolchain allowing mainly to adapt the stack/heap
size to fit the application requirements.
stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c
This file contains the MSP initialization and de-initialization (main routine
and callbacks) of the peripheral used in the user application.
stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h
This file allows the user to customize the HAL drivers for a specific
application.
It is not mandatory to modify this configuration. The application can use the
default configuration without any modification.
stm32f4xx_it.c/.h
This file contains the exceptions handler and peripherals interrupt service
routine, and calls HAL_IncTick() at regular time intervals to increment a
local variable (declared in stm32f4xx_hal.c) used as HAL timebase. By
default, this function is called each 1ms in Systick ISR. .
The PPP_IRQHandler() routine must call HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() if an
interrupt based process is used within the application.
This file contains the main program routine, mainly:
main.c/.h




the call to HAL_Init()
assert_failed() implementation
system clock configuration
peripheral HAL initialization and user application code.
The STM32Cube package comes with ready-to-use project templates, one for each
supported board. Each project contains the files listed above and a preconfigured project
for the supported toolchains.
Each project template provides empty main loop function and can be used as a starting
point to get familiar with project settings for STM32Cube. Their characteristics are the
following:


It contains sources of HAL, CMSIS and BSP drivers which are the minimal
components to develop a code on a given board.
It contains the include paths for all the firmware components.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
63/963
UM1725


It defines the STM32 device supported, and allows to configure the CMSIS and HAL
drivers accordingly.
It provides ready to use user files preconfigured as defined below:

HAL is initialized

SysTick ISR implemented for HAL_Delay()

System clock configured with the maximum frequency of the device.
If an existing project is copied to another location, then include paths must be
updated.
Figure 1: Example of project template
2.2
HAL data structures
Each HAL driver can contain the following data structures:



64/963
Peripheral handle structures
Initialization and configuration structures
Specific process structures.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2.2.1
Peripheral handle structures
The APIs have a modular generic multi-instance architecture that allows working with
several IP instances simultaneous.
PPP_HandleTypeDef *handle is the main structure that is implemented in the HAL
drivers. It handles the peripheral/module configuration and registers and embeds all the
structures and variables needed to follow the peripheral device flow.
The peripheral handle is used for the following purposes:



Multi-instance support: each peripheral/module instance has its own handle. As a
result instance resources are independent.
Peripheral process intercommunication: the handle is used to manage shared data
resources between the process routines.
Example: global pointers, DMA handles, state machine.
Storage : this handle is used also to manage global variables within a given HAL
driver.
An example of peripheral structure is shown below:
typedef struct
{
USART_TypeDef
*Instance; /* USART registers base address
*/
USART_InitTypeDef
Init;
/* Usart communication parameters */
uint8_t
*pTxBuffPtr;/* Pointer to Usart Tx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t
TxXferSize; /* Usart Tx Transfer size
*/
__IO uint16_t
TxXferCount;/* Usart Tx Transfer Counter
*/
uint8_t
*pRxBuffPtr;/* Pointer to Usart Rx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t
RxXferSize; /* Usart Rx Transfer size
*/
__IO uint16_t
RxXferCount; /* Usart Rx Transfer Counter
*/
DMA_HandleTypeDef
*hdmatx;
/* Usart Tx DMA Handle parameters */
DMA_HandleTypeDef
*hdmarx;
/* Usart Rx DMA Handle parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef
Lock;
/* Locking object
*/
__IO HAL_USART_StateTypeDef State; /* Usart communication state
*/
__IO HAL_USART_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode;/* USART Error code
*/
}USART_HandleTypeDef;
1) The multi-instance feature implies that all the APIs used in the application are
re-entrant and avoid using global variables because a subroutine can fail to be reentrant if they rely on a global variable to remain unchanged but that variable is
modified when the subroutine is recursively invoked. For this reason, the following
rules are respected:


Re-entrant code does not hold any static (or global) non-constant data: reentrant functions can work with global data. For example, a re-entrant
interrupt service routine can grab a piece of hardware status to work with
(e.g. serial port read buffer) which is not only global, but volatile. Still, typical
use of static variables and global data is not advised, in the sense that only
atomic read-modify-write instructions should be used in these variables. It
should not be possible for an interrupt or signal to occur during the execution
of such an instruction.
Reentrant code does not modify its own code.
2) When a peripheral can manage several processes simultaneously using the
DMA (full duplex case), the DMA interface handle for each process is added in the
PPP_HandleTypeDef.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
65/963
UM1725
3) For the shared and system peripherals, no handle or instance object is used.
The peripherals concerned by this exception are the following:






2.2.2
GPIO
SYSTICK
NVIC
PWR
RCC
FLASH.
Initialization and configuration structure
These structures are defined in the generic driver header file when it is common to all part
numbers. When they can change from one part number to another, the structures are
defined in the extension header file for each part number.
typedef struct
{
uint32_t BaudRate;
/*!< This member configures the UART communication baudrate.*/
uint32_t WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received
in a frame.*/
uint32_t StopBits;
/*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.*/
uint32_t Parity;
/*!< Specifies the parity mode. */
uint32_t Mode;
/*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or
disabled.*/
uint32_t HwFlowCtl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
or disabled.*/
uint32_t OverSampling; /*!< Specifies wether the Over sampling 8 is enabled or
disabled,
to achieve higher speed (up to fPCLK/8).*/
}UART_InitTypeDef;
The config structure is used to initialize the sub-modules or sub-instances. See
below example:
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel (ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef*
sConfig)
2.2.3
Specific process structures
The specific process structures are used for specific process (common APIs). They are
defined in the generic driver header file.
Example:
HAL_PPP_Process (PPP_HandleTypeDef* hadc,PPP_ProcessConfig* sConfig)
2.3
API classification
The HAL APIs are classified into three categories:

Generic APIs: common generic APIs applying to all STM32 devices. These APIs are
consequently present in the generic HAL drivers files of all STM32 microcontrollers.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef*
hadc);
66/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

Extension APIs: This set of API is divided into two sub-categories :

Family specific APIs: APIs applying to a given family. They are located in the
extension HAL driver file (see example below related to the ADC).
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);

Device part number specific APIs: These APIs are implemented in the
extension file and delimited by specific define statements relative to a given part
number.
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) ||
defined(STM32F439xx) HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP(void);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || */

The data structure related to the specific APIs is delimited by the device part
number define statement. It is located in the corresponding extension header C
file.
The following table summarizes the location of the different categories of HAL APIs in the
driver files.
Table 4: APis classification
Generic file
Common APIs
X
Extension file
X
(1)
Family specific APIs
X
Device specific APIs
X
Notes:
(1)
In some cases, the implementation for a specific device part number may change . In this case the generic API
is declared as weak function in the extension file. The API is implemented again to overwrite the default function
Family specific APIs are only related to a given family. This means that if a
specific API is implemented in another family, and the arguments of this latter
family are different, additional structures and arguments might need to be added.
The IRQ handlers are used for common and family specific processes.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
67/963
UM1725
2.4
Devices supported by HAL drivers
STM32F405xx
STM32F415xx
STM32F407xx
STM32F417xx
STM32F427xx
STM32F437xx
STM32F429xx
STM32F439xx
STM32F401xC
STM32F401xE
STM32F446xx
STM32F469xx
STM32F479xx
STM32F410xx
Table 5: List of devices supported by HAL drivers
stm32f4xx_hal.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_can.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP/Module
stm32f4xx_hal_dsi.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_lptim.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
68/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
STM32F405xx
STM32F415xx
STM32F407xx
STM32F417xx
STM32F427xx
STM32F437xx
STM32F429xx
STM32F439xx
STM32F401xC
STM32F401xE
STM32F446xx
STM32F469xx
STM32F479xx
STM32F410xx
UM1725
stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
IP/Module
DOCID025834 Rev 3
69/963
UM1725
2.5
HAL drivers rules
2.5.1
HAL API naming rules
The following naming rules are used in HAL drivers:
Table 6: HAL API naming rules
File
names
Generic
Family specific
Device specific
stm32f4xx_hal_ppp (c/h)
stm32f4xx_hal_ppp_ex (c/h)
stm32f4xx_ hal_ppp_ex (c/h)
Module
name
Functio
n name
HAL_PPP_Function
HAL_PPP_FeatureFunction_
MODE
HAL_PPPEx_Function
HAL_PPPEx_FeatureFunction_
MODE
HAL_PPPEx_Function
HAL_PPPEx_FeatureFunction_
MODE
Handle
name
PPP_HandleTypedef
NA
NA
Init
structu
re
name
PPP_InitTypeDef
NA
PPP_InitTypeDef
Enum
name
HAL_PPP_StructnameTypeD
ef
NA
NA










70/963
HAL_PPP_ MODULE
The PPP prefix refers to the peripheral functional mode and not to the peripheral itself.
For example, if the USART, PPP can be USART, IRDA, UART or SMARTCARD
depending on the peripheral mode.
The constants used in one file are defined within this file. A constant used in several
files is defined in a header file. All constants are written in uppercase, except for
peripheral driver function parameters.
typedef variable names should be suffixed with _TypeDef.
Registers are considered as constants. In most cases, their name is in uppercase and
uses the same acronyms as in the STM32F4xx reference manuals.
Peripheral registers are declared in the PPP_TypeDef structure (e.g. ADC_TypeDef)
in stm32f4xxx.h header file. stm32f4xxx.h corresponds to stm32f401xc.h,
stm32f401xe.h, stm32f405xx.h, stm32f415xx.h, stm32f407xx.h, stm32f417xx.h,
stm32f427xx.h, stm32f437xx.h, stm32f429xx.h, stm32f439xx.h, stm32f446xx.h,
stm32f469xx.h, stm32f479xx.h, stm32f410cx.h, stm32f410tx.h or stm32f410rx.h.
Peripheral function names are prefixed by HAL_, then the corresponding peripheral
acronym in uppercase followed by an underscore. The first letter of each word is in
uppercase (e.g. HAL_UART_Transmit()). Only one underscore is allowed in a function
name to separate the peripheral acronym from the rest of the function name.
The structure containing the PPP peripheral initialization parameters are named
PPP_InitTypeDef (e.g. ADC_InitTypeDef).
The structure containing the Specific configuration parameters for the PPP peripheral
are named PPP_xxxxConfTypeDef (e.g. ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef).
Peripheral handle structures are named PPP_HandleTypedef (e.g
DMA_HandleTypeDef)
The functions used to initialize the PPP peripheral according to parameters specified
in PPP_InitTypeDef are named HAL_PPP_Init (e.g. HAL_TIM_Init()).
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



2.5.2
The functions used to reset the PPP peripheral registers to their default values are
named PPP_DeInit, e.g. TIM_DeInit.
The MODE suffix refers to the process mode, which can be polling, interrupt or DMA.
As an example, when the DMA is used in addition to the native resources, the function
should be called: HAL_PPP_Function_DMA ().
The Feature prefix should refer to the new feature.
Example: HAL_ADC_InjectionStart() refers to the injection mode
HAL general naming rules

For the shared and system peripherals, no handle or instance object is used. This rule
applies to the following peripherals:

GPIO

SYSTICK

NVIC

RCC

FLASH.
Example: The HAL_GPIO_Init() requires only the GPIO address and its configuration
parameters.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
/*GPIO Initialization body */
}

The macros that handle interrupts and specific clock configurations are defined in
each peripheral/module driver. These macros are exported in the peripheral driver
header files so that they can be used by the extension file. The list of these macros is
defined below: This list is not exhaustive and other macros related to peripheral
features can be added, so that they can be used in the user application.
Table 7: Macros handling interrupts and specific clock configurations
Macros
Description
__HAL_PPP_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)
Enables a specific peripheral
interrupt
__HAL_PPP_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)
Disables a specific peripheral
interrupt
__HAL_PPP_GET_IT (__HANDLE__, __ INTERRUPT __)
Gets a specific peripheral interrupt
status
__HAL_PPP_CLEAR_IT (__HANDLE__, __ INTERRUPT __)
Clears a specific peripheral
interrupt status
__HAL_PPP_GET_FLAG (__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)
Gets a specific peripheral flag
status
__HAL_PPP_CLEAR_FLAG (__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)
Clears a specific peripheral flag
status
__HAL_PPP_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)
Enables a peripheral
__HAL_PPP_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)
Disables a peripheral
__HAL_PPP_XXXX (__HANDLE__, __PARAM__)
Specific PPP HAL driver macro
__HAL_PPP_GET_ IT_SOURCE (__HANDLE__, __
INTERRUPT __)
Checks the source of specified
interrupt
DOCID025834 Rev 3
71/963
UM1725



NVIC and SYSTICK are two ARM Cortex core features. The APIs related to these
features are located in the stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c file.
When a status bit or a flag is read from registers, it is composed of shifted values
depending on the number of read values and of their size. In this case, the returned
status width is 32 bits. Example : STATUS = XX | (YY << 16) or STATUS=".
The PPP handles are valid before using the HAL_PPP_Init() API. The init function
performs a check before modifying the handle fields.
HAL_PPP_Init(PPP_HandleTypeDef) if(hppp == NULL) { return HAL_ERROR; }

The macros defined below are used:

Conditional macro:
#define ABS(x) (((x) > 0) ? (x) : -(x))

Pseudo-code macro (multiple instructions macro):
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \ do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \ (__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent =
(__HANDLE__); \ } while(0)
2.5.3
HAL interrupt handler and callback functions
Besides the APIs, HAL peripheral drivers include:


HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() peripheral interrupt handler that should be called from
stm32f4xx_it.c
User callback functions.
The user callback functions are defined as empty functions with “weak” attribute. They
have to be defined in the user code.
There are three types of user callbacks functions:



Peripheral system level initialization/ de-Initialization callbacks: HAL_PPP_MspInit()
and HAL_PPP_MspDeInit
Process complete callbacks : HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback
Error callback: HAL_PPP_ErrorCallback.
Table 8: Callback functions
72/963
Callback functions
Example
HAL_PPP_MspInit() / _DeInit()
Ex: HAL_USART_MspInit()
Called from HAL_PPP_Init() API function to perform peripheral
system level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback
Ex: HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
Called by peripheral or DMA interrupt handler when the process
completes
HAL_PPP_ErrorCallback
Ex: HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
Called by peripheral or DMA interrupt handler when an error
occurs
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2.6
HAL generic APIs
The generic APIs provide common generic functions applying to all STM32 devices. They
are composed of four APIs groups:




Initialization and de-initialization functions:HAL_PPP_Init(), HAL_PPP_DeInit()
IO operation functions: HAL_PPP_Read(), HAL_PPP_Write(),HAL_PPP_Transmit(),
HAL_PPP_Receive()
Control functions:HAL_PPP_Set (), HAL_PPP_Get ().
State and Errors functions: HAL_PPP_GetState (), HAL_PPP_GetError ().
For some peripheral/module drivers, these groups are modified depending on the
peripheral/module implementation.
Example: in the timer driver, the API grouping is based on timer features (PWM, OC, IC...).
The initialization and de-initialization functions allow initializing a peripheral and configuring
the low-level resources, mainly clocks, GPIO, alternate functions (AF) and possibly DMA
and interrupts. The HAL_DeInit()function restores the peripheral default state, frees the
low-level resources and removes any direct dependency with the hardware.
The IO operation functions perform a row access to the peripheral payload data in write
and read modes.
The control functions are used to change dynamically the peripheral configuration and set
another operating mode.
The peripheral state and errors functions allow retrieving in runtime the peripheral and data
flow states, and identifying the type of errors that occurred. The example below is based on
the ADC peripheral. The list of generic APIs is not exhaustive. It is only given as an
example.
Table 9: HAL generic APIs
Function
Group
Common API Name
Description
HAL_ADC_Init()
This function initializes the peripheral and
configures the low -level resources (clocks,
GPIO, AF..)
HAL_ADC_DeInit()
This function restores the peripheral default state,
frees the low-level resources and removes any
direct dependency with the hardware.
HAL_ADC_Start ()
This function starts ADC conversions when the
polling method is used
HAL_ADC_Stop ()
This function stops ADC conversions when the
polling method is used
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
This function allows waiting for the end of
conversions when the polling method is used. In
this case, a timout value is specified by the user
according to the application.
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
This function starts ADC conversions when the
interrupt method is used
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
This function stops ADC conversions when the
interrupt method is used
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
This function handles ADC interrupt requests
Initialization
group
IO operation
group
DOCID025834 Rev 3
73/963
UM1725
Function
Group
Common API Name
Description
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
Callback function called in the IT subroutine to
indicate the end of the current process or when a
DMA transfer has completed
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
Callback function called in the IT subroutine if a
peripheral error or a DMA transfer error occurred
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
This function configures the selected ADC regular
channel, the corresponding rank in the sequencer
and the sample time
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
This function configures the analog watchdog for
the selected ADC
HAL_ADC_GetState()
This function allows getting in runtime the
peripheral and the data flow states.
HAL_ADC_GetError()
This fuction allows getting in runtime the error
that occurred during IT routine
Control group
State and
Errors group
2.7
HAL extension APIs
2.7.1
HAL extension model overview
The extension APIs provide specific functions or overwrite modified APIs for a specific
family (series) or specific part number within the same family.
The extension model consists of an additional file, stm32f4xx_hal_ppp_ex.c, that includes
all the specific functions and define statements (stm32f4xx_hal_ppp_ex.h) for a given part
number.
Below an example based on the ADC peripheral:
Table 10: HAL extension APIs
74/963
Function Group
Common API Name
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart()
This function starts injected channel ADC conversions when
the polling method is used
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop()
This function stops injected channel ADC conversions when
the polling method is used
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT()
This function starts injected channel ADC conversions when
the interrupt method is used
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT()
This function stops injected channel ADC conversions when
the interrupt method is used
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel()
This function configures the selected ADC Injected channel
(corresponding rank in the sequencer and sample time)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2.7.2
HAL extension model cases
The specific IP features can be handled by the HAL drivers in five different ways. They are
described below.
Case1: Adding a part number-specific function
When a new feature specific to a given device is required, the new APIs are added in the
stm32f4xx_hal_ppp_ex.c extension file. They are named HAL_PPPEx_Function().
Figure 2: Adding device-specific functions
Example: stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c/h
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)||
defined(STM32F439xx)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP(void);
#endif /* STM32F427xx ||STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
Case2: Adding a family-specific function
In this case, the API is added in the extension driver C file and named
HAL_PPPEx_Function ().
Figure 3: Adding family-specific functions
Example: stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c/h
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
DOCID025834 Rev 3
75/963
UM1725
Case3 : Adding a new peripheral (specific to a device belonging to a given
family)
When a peripheral which is available only in a specific device is required, the APIs
corresponding to this new peripheral/module are added in stm32f4xx_hal_newppp.c.
However the inclusion of this file is selected in the stm32fxx_hal_conf.h using the macro:
#define HAL_NEWPPP_MODULE_ENABLED
Figure 4: Adding new peripherals
Example: stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c/h
Case4: Updating existing common APIs
In this case, the routines are defined with the same names in the stm32f4xx_hal_ppp_ex.c
extension file, while the generic API is defined as weak, so that the compiler will overwrite
the original routine by the new defined function.
Figure 5: Updating existing APIs
Case5 : Updating existing data structures
The data structure for a specific device part number (e.g. PPP_InitTypeDef) can have
different fields. In this case, the data structure is defined in the extension header file and
delimited by the specific part number define statement.
Example:
#if defined (STM32F401xx)
typedef struct
{
(…)
}PPP_InitTypeDef;
#endif /* STM32F401xx */
76/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2.8
File inclusion model
The header of the common HAL driver file (stm32f4xx_hal.h) includes the common
configurations for the whole HAL library. It is the only header file that is included in the user
sources and the HAL C sources files to be able to use the HAL resources.
Figure 6: File inclusion model
A PPP driver is a standalone module which is used in a project. The user must enable the
corresponding USE_HAL_PPP_MODULE define statement in the configuration file.
/*********************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version VX.Y.Z * @date dd-mm-yyyy
* @brief This file contains the modules to be used
**********************************************************************
(…)
#define USE_HAL_USART_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_IRDA_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_DMA_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_RCC_MODULE
(…)
2.9
HAL common resources
The common HAL resources, such as common define enumerations, structures and
macros, are defined in stm32f4xx_hal_def.h.The main common define enumeration is
HAL_StatusTypeDef.

HAL Status The HAL status is used by almost all HAL APIs, except for boolean
functions and IRQ handler. It returns the status of the current API operations. It has
four possible values as described below:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
77/963
UM1725
Typedef enum
{ HAL_OK = 0x00, HAL_ERROR = 0x01, HAL_BUSY = 0x02, HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03
} HAL_StatusTypeDef;

HAL Locked The HAL lock is used by all HAL APIs to prevent accessing by accident
shared resources.
typedef enum
{ HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00, /*!<Resources unlocked */ HAL_LOCKED = 0x01 /*!< Resources
locked */
} HAL_LockTypeDef;


In addition to common resources, the stm32f4xx_hal_def.h file calls the stm32f4xx.h
file in CMSIS library to get the data structures and the address mapping for all
peripherals:

Declarations of peripheral registers and bits definition.

Macros to access peripheral registers hardware (Write register, Read
register…etc.).
Common macros

Macro defining HAL_MAX_DELAY#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFF

Macro linking a PPP peripheral to a DMA structure pointer:
__HAL_LINKDMA();
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0)
2.10
HAL configuration
The configuration file, stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h, allows customizing the drivers for the user
application. Modifying this configuration is not mandatory: the application can use the
default configuration without any modification.
To configure these parameters, the user should enable, disable or modify some options by
uncommenting, commenting or modifying the values of the related define statements as
described in the table below:
Table 11: Define statements used for HAL configuration
78/963
Configuration item
Description
Default Value
HSE_VALUE
Defines the value of the external
oscillator (HSE) expressed in Hz.
The user must adjust this define
statement when using a different
crystal value.
25 000 000 (Hz)
HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
Timeout for HSE start up,
expressed in ms
5000
HSI_VALUE
Defines the value of the internal
oscillator (HSI) expressed in Hz.
16 000 000 (Hz)
EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE
This value is used by the
I2S/SAI HAL module to compute
the I2S/SAI clock source
frequency, this source is inserted
directly through I2S_CKIN pad.
12288000 (Hz)
VDD_VALUE
VDD value
3300 (mV)
USE_RTOS
Enables the use of RTOS
FALSE (for future use)
PREFETCH_ENABLE
Enables prefetch feature
TRUE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Configuration item
Description
Default Value
Enables instruction cache
TRUE
DATA_CACHE_ENABLE
Enables data cache
TRUE
USE HAL_PPP_MODULE
Enables module to be used in
the HAL driver
MAC_ADDRx
Ethernet peripheral
configuration : MAC address
ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE
Ethernet buffer size for receive
ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE
Ethernet buffer size for trasmit
ETH_RXBUFNB
The number of Rx buffers of
size ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE
4
ETH_TXBUFNB
The number of Tx buffers of size
ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE
4
DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS
DB83848 Ethernet PHY
Address
0x01
PHY_RESET_DELAY
PHY Reset delay these values
are based on a 1 ms Systick
interrupt
0x000000FF
PHY_CONFIG_DELAY
PHY Configuration delay
0x00000FFF
PHY_BCR PHY_BSR
Common PHY Registers
PHY_SR PHY_MICR PHY_MISR
Extended PHY registers
INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE
ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
The stm32f4xx_hal_conf_template.h file is located in the HAL drivers Inc folder. It
should be copied to the user folder, renamed and modified as described above.
By default, the values defined in the stm32f4xx_hal_conf_template.h file are the
same as the ones used for the examples and demonstrations. All HAL include
files are enabled so that they can be used in the user code without modifications.
2.11
HAL system peripheral handling
This chapter gives an overview of how the system peripherals are handled by the HAL
drivers. The full API list is provided within each peripheral driver description section.
2.11.1
Clock
Two main functions can be used to configure the system clock:


HAL_RCC_OscConfig (RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct). This function
configures/enables multiple clock sources (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL).
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig (RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t
FLatency). This function

Selects the system clock source
DOCID025834 Rev 3
79/963
UM1725



Configures AHB, APB1 and APB2 clock dividers
Configures the number od Flash memory wait states
Updates the SysTick configuration when HCLK clock changes.
Some peripheral clocks are not derived from the system clock (RTC, SDIO, I2S, SAI, Audio
PLL…). In this case, the clock configuration is performed by an extended API defined in
stm32f4xx_hal_ppp_ex.c: HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
*PeriphClkInit).
Additional RCC HAL driver functions are available:



HAL_RCC_DeInit() Clock de-init function that return clock configuration to reset state
Get clock functions that allow retreiving various clock configurations (system clock,
HCLK, PCLK1, PCLK2, …)
MCO and CSS configuration functions
A set of macros are defined in stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h. They allows executing elementary
operations on RCC block registers, such as peripherals clock gating/reset control:



2.11.2
__PPP_CLK_ENABLE/__PPP_CLK_DISABLE to enable/disable the peripheral clock
__PPP_FORCE_RESET/__PPP_RELEASE_RESET to force/release peripheral reset
__PPP_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE/__PPP_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE to enable/disable the
peripheral clock during low power (Sleep) mode.
GPIOs
GPIO HAL APIs are the following:



HAL_GPIO_Init() / HAL_GPIO_DeInit()
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin() / HAL_GPIO_WritePin()
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin ().
In addition to standard GPIO modes (input, output, analog), pin mode can be configured as
EXTI with interrupt or event generation.
When selecting EXTI mode with interrupt generation, the user must call
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler() from stm32f4xx_it.c and implement
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback()
The table below describes the GPIO_InitTypeDef structure field.
Table 12: Description of GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
Structure
field
Pin
80/963
Description
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
Possible values: GPIO_PIN_x or GPIO_PIN_All, where x[0..15]
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Structure
field
Description
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins: GPIO mode or EXTI mode.
Possible values are:

Mode


Pull
Speed
Alternate
GPIO mode

GPIO_MODE_INPUT : Input Floating

GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP : Output Push Pull

GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD : Output Open Drain

GPIO_MODE_AF_PP : Alternate Function Push Pull

GPIO_MODE_AF_OD : Alternate Function Open Drain

GPIO_MODE_ANALOG : Analog mode
External Interrupt Mode

GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING : Rising edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING : Falling edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING : Rising/Falling edge trigger
detection
External Event Mode

GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING : Rising edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING : Falling edge trigger detection

GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING: Rising/Falling edge trigger
detection
Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-down activation for the selected pins.
Possible values are:
GPIO_NOPULL
GPIO_PULLUP
GPIO_PULLDOWN
Specifies the speed for the selected pins
Possible values are:
GPIO_SPEED_LOW
GPIO_SPEED_MEDIUM
GPIO_SPEED_FAST
GPIO_SPEED_HIGH
Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins.
Possible values: GPIO_AFx_PPP, where
AFx: is the alternate function index
PPP: is the peripheral instance
Example: use GPIO_AF1_TIM1 to connect TIM1 IOs on AF1.
These values are defined in the GPIO extended driver, since the AF mapping may
change between product lines.
Refer to the “Alternate function mapping” table in the
datasheets for the detailed description of the system and
peripheral I/O alternate functions.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
81/963
UM1725
Please find below typical GPIO configuration examples:

Configuring GPIOs as output push-pull to drive external LEDs
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_12 | GPIO_PIN_13 | GPIO_PIN_14 | GPIO_PIN_15;
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_PULLUP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FAST;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_InitStruct);

Configuring PA0 as external interrupt with falling edge sensitivity:
GPIO_InitStructure.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING;
GPIO_InitStructure.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
GPIO_InitStructure.Pin = GPIO_PIN_0;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);

Configuring USART3 Tx (PC10, mapped on AF7) as alternate function:
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_10;
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_PULLUP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FAST;
GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF7_USART3;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct);
2.11.3
Cortex NVIC and SysTick timer
The Cortex HAL driver, stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c, provides APIs to handle NVIC and
Systick. The supported APIs include:







2.11.4
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()/HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset()
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ() / HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ () /
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ()
HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig()
PWR
The PWR HAL driver handles power management. The features shared between all
STM32 Series are listed below:



PVD configuration, enabling/disabling and interrupt handling

HAL_PWR_PVDConfig()

HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() / HAL_PWR_DisablePVD()

HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()

HAL_PWR_PVDCallback()
Wakeup pin configuration

HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin() / HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin()
Low power mode entry

HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode()

HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode()

HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
Depending on the STM32 Series, extension functions are available in
stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex. Here are a few examples (the list is not exhaustive)
82/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


2.11.5
Backup domain registers enable/disable

HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() / HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg()
Flash overdrive control and flash power-down, for STM32F429/F439xx only

HAL_PWREx_ActivateOverDrive()

HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown().
EXTI
The EXTI is not considered as a standalone peripheral but rather as a service used by
other peripheral. As a result there are no EXTI APIs but each peripheral HAL driver
implements the associated EXTI configuration and EXTI function are implemented as
macros in its header file.
The first 16 EXTI lines connected to the GPIOs are managed within the GPIO driver. The
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure allows configuring an I/O as external interrupt or external
event.
The EXTI lines connected internally to the PVD, RTC, USB, and COMP are configured
within the HAL drivers of these peripheral through the macros given in the table below. The
EXTI internal connections depend on the targeted STM32 microcontroller (refer to the
product datasheet for more details):
Table 13: Description of EXTI configuration macros
Macros
Description
PPP_EXTI_LINE_FUNCTION
Defines the EXTI line connected to the internal peripheral.
Example:
#define PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
/*!<External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI
Line */
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(__EXTI_LINE__)
Enables a given EXTI line
Example:
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(__EXTI_LINE__)
Disables a given EXTI line.
Example:
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_GET_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__)
Gets a given EXTI line interrupt flag pending bit status.
Example:
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE_
_)
Clears a given EXTI line interrupt flag pending bit.
Example;
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PV
D)
__HAL_PPP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
(__EXTI_LINE__)
Generates a software interrupt for a given EXTI line.
Example:
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_ GENERATE_SWIT
(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
If the EXTI interrupt mode is selected, the user application must call
HAL_PPP_FUNCTION_IRQHandler() (for example HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()), from
stm32f4xx_it.c file, and implement HAL_PPP_FUNCTIONCallback() callback function (for
example HAL_PWR_PVDCallback().
DOCID025834 Rev 3
83/963
UM1725
2.11.6
DMA
The DMA HAL driver allows enabling and configuring the peripheral to be connected to the
DMA Stream (except for internal SRAM/FLASH memory which do not require any
initialization). Refer to the product reference manual for details on the DMA request
corresponding to each peripheral.
For a given stream, HAL_DMA_Init() API allows programming the required configuration
through the following parameters:







Transfer Direction
Source and Destination data formats
Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode
Stream Priority level
Source and Destination Increment mode
FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed)
Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed).
Two operating modes are available:


Polling mode I/O operation
a. Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer when the source and destination
addresses and the Length of data to be transferred have been configured.
b.
Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer. In this
case a fixed timeout can be configured depending on the user application.
Interrupt mode I/O operation
a.
Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
b.
Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
c.
Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer when the source and destination
addresses and the length of data to be transferred have been confgured. In this
case the DMA interrupt is configured.
d.
Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt
subroutine
e.
When data transfer is complete, HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed
and a user function can be called by customizing XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback function pointer (i.e. a member of DMA handle structure).
Additional functions and macros are available to ensure efficient DMA management:


Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and
HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error detection.
Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
The most used DMA HAL driver macros are the following:








84/963
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE: enablse the specified DMA Stream.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE: disables the specified DMA Stream.
__HAL_DMA_GET_FS: returns the current DMA Stream FIFO filled level.
__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: gets the DMA Stream pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: clears the DMA Stream pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: enables the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: disables the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: checks whether the specified DMA stream interrupt
has occurred or not.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
When a peripheral is used in DMA mode, the DMA initialization should be done in
the HAL_PPP_MspInit() callback. In addition, the user application should
associate the DMA handle to the PPP handle (refer to section “HAL IO operation
functions”).
DMA double-buffering feature is handled as an extension API.
DMA channel callbacks need to be initialized by the user application only in case
of memory-to-memory transfer. However when peripheral-to-memory transfers
are used, these callbacks are automatically initialized by calling a process API
function that uses the DMA.
2.12
How to use HAL drivers
2.12.1
HAL usage models
The following figure shows the typical use of the HAL driver and the interaction between
the application user, the HAL driver and the interrupts.
Figure 7: HAL driver model
DOCID025834 Rev 3
85/963
UM1725
Basically, the HAL driver APIs are called from user files and optionally from interrupt
handlers file when the APIs based on the DMA or the PPP peripheral dedicated interrupts
are used.
When DMA or PPP peripheral interrupts are used, the PPP process complete callbacks are
called to inform the user about the process completion in real-time event mode (interrupts).
Note that the same process completion callbacks are used for DMA in interrupt mode.
2.12.2
HAL initialization
2.12.2.1
HAL global initialization
In addition to the peripheral initialization and de-initialization functions, a set of APIs are
provided to initialize the HAL core implemented in file stm32f4xx_hal.c.




HAL_Init(): this function must be called at application startup to

Initialize data/instruction cache and pre-fetch queue

Set Systick timer to generate an interrupt each 1ms (based on HSI clock) with the
lowest priority

Set priority grouping to 4 preemption bits

Call HAL_MspInit() user callback function to perform system level initializations
(Clock, GPIOs, DMA, interrupts). HAL_MspInit() is defined as “weak” empty
function in the HAL drivers.
HAL_DeInit()

Resets all peripherals

Calls function HAL_MspDeInit() which is a user callback function to do system
level De-Initalizations.
HAL_GetTick(): this function gets current SysTick counter value (incremented in
SysTick interrupt) used by peripherals drivers to handle timeouts.
HAL_Delay(). this function implements a delay (expressed in milliseconds) using the
SysTick timer.
Care must be taken when using HAL_Delay() since this function provides an accurate
delay (expressed in milliseconds) based on a variable incremented in SysTick ISR.
This means that if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR, then the SysTick
interrupt must have highest priority (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt,
otherwise the caller ISR will be blocked.
In STM32Cube V1.0 implemented in STM32CubeF2 and STM32CubeF4 first
versions, the SysTick timer is used as default timebase. This has been modified to
allow implementing user-defined timebases (such as a general-purpose timer),
keeping in mind that the timebase duration must be kept at 1 ms since all
PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and handled in milliseconds. This
enhancement is implemented in STM32Cube V1.1 that is deployed starting from
STM32CubeL0/F0/F3 and later. This modification is backward compatible with
STM32Cube V1.0 implementation. Functions affecting timebase configurations
are declared as __Weak to allow different implementations in the user file.
86/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2.12.2.2
System clock initialization
The clock configuration is done at the beginning of the user code. However the user can
change the configuration of the clock in his own code. Please find below the typical Clock
configuration sequence:
static void SystemClock_Config(void)
{
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
/* Enable HSE Oscillator and activate PLL with HSE as source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 25;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 336;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV2;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 7;
HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
/* Select PLL as system clock source and configure the HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 clocks
dividers */
RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = (RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK |
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2);
RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV4;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2;
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_5); }
2.12.2.3
HAL MSP initialization process
The peripheral initialization is done through HAL_PPP_Init() while the hardware resources
initialization used by a peripheral (PPP) is performed during this initialization by calling
MSP callback function HAL_PPP_MspInit().
The MspInit callback performs the low level initialization related to the different additional
hardware resources: RCC, GPIO, NVIC and DMA.
All the HAL drivers with handles include two MSP callbacks for initialization and deinitialization:
/**
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
* @param hppp: PPP handle
* @retval None */
void __weak HAL_PPP_MspInit(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp) {
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PPP_MspInit could be implemented in the user file */
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes PPP MSP.
* @param hppp: PPP handle
* @retval None */
void __weak HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp) {
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PPP_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file */
}
The MSP callbacks are declared empty as weak functions in each peripheral driver. The
user can use them to set the low level initialization code or omit them and use his own
initialization routine.
The HAL MSP callback is implemented inside the stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c file in the user
folders. An stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c file template is located in the HAL folder and should be
copied to the user folder. It can be generated automatically by STM32CubeMX tool and
DOCID025834 Rev 3
87/963
UM1725
further modified. Note that all the routines are declared as weak functions and could be
overwritten or removed to use user low level initialization code.
Stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c file contains the following functions:
Table 14: MSP functions
Routine
Description
void HAL_MspInit()
Global MSP initialization routine
void HAL_MspDeInit()
Global MSP de-initialization routine
void HAL_PPP_MspInit()
PPP MSP initialization routine
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit()
PPP MSP de-initialization routine
By default, if no peripheral needs to be de-initialized during the program execution, the
whole MSP initialization is done in Hal_MspInit() and MSP De-Initialization in the
Hal_MspDeInit(). In this case the HAL_PPP_MspInit() and HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() are not
implemented.
When one or more peripherals needs to be de-initialized in run time and the low level
resources of a given peripheral need to be released and used by another peripheral,
HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() and HAL_PPP_MspInit() are implemented for the concerned
peripheral and other peripherals initialization and de-Initialization are kept in the global
HAL_MspInit() and the HAL_MspDeInit().
If there is nothing to be initialized by the global HAL_MspInit() and HAL_MspDeInit(), the
two routines can simply be omitted.
2.12.3
HAL IO operation process
The HAL functions with internal data processing like Transmit, Receive, Write and Read
are generally provided with three data processing modes as follows:



2.12.3.1
Polling mode
Interrupt mode
DMA mode
Polling mode
In polling mode, the HAL functions return the process status when the data processing in
blocking mode is complete. The operation is considered complete when the function
returns the HAL_OK status, otherwise an error status is returned. The user can get more
information through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function. The data processing is handled
internally in a loop. A timeout (expressed in ms) is used to prevent process hanging.
The example below shows the typical polling mode processing sequence :
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Transmit ( PPP_HandleTypeDef * phandle, uint8_t
pData,
int16_tSize,uint32_tTimeout)
{
if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
(…) while (data processing is running)
{
if( timeout reached )
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
88/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
}
(…)
return HELIAC; }
2.12.3.2
Interrupt mode
In Interrupt mode, the HAL function returns the process status after starting the data
processing and enabling the appropriate interruption. The end of the operation is indicated
by a callback declared as a weak function. It can be customized by the user to be informed
in real-time about the process completion. The user can also get the process status
through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function.
In interrupt mode, four functions are declared in the driver:




HAL_PPP_Process_IT(): launch the process
HAL_PPP_IRQHandler(): the global PPP peripheral interruption
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback (): the callback relative to the process
completion.
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessErrorCallback(): the callback relative to the process Error.
To use a process in interrupt mode, HAL_PPP_Process_IT() is called in the user file and
HAL_PPP_IRQHandler in stm32f4xx_it.c.
The HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback() function is declared as weak function in the driver.
This means that the user can declare it again in the application. The function in the driver is
not modified.
An example of use is illustrated below:
main.c file:
UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Parameters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = USART3;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
HAL_UART_SendIT(&UartHandle, TxBuffer, sizeof(TxBuffer));
while (1);
}
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
}
void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
}
stm32f4xx_it.cfile:
extern UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
void USART3_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_UART_IRQHandler(&UartHandle);
}
DOCID025834 Rev 3
89/963
UM1725
2.12.3.3
DMA mode
In DMA mode, the HAL function returns the process status after starting the data
processing through the DMA and after enabling the appropriate DMA interruption. The end
of the operation is indicated by a callback declared as a weak function and can be
customized by the user to be informed in real-time about the process completion. The user
can also get the process status through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function. For the DMA
mode, three functions are declared in the driver:




HAL_PPP_Process_DMA(): launch the process
HAL_PPP_DMA_IRQHandler(): the DMA interruption used by the PPP peripheral
__weak HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback(): the callback relative to the process
completion.
__weak HAL_PPP_ErrorCpltCallback(): the callback relative to the process Error.
To use a process in DMA mode, HAL_PPP_Process_DMA() is called in the user file and
the HAL_PPP_DMA_IRQHandler() is placed in the stm32f4xx_it.c. When DMA mode is
used, the DMA initialization is done in the HAL_PPP_MspInit() callback. The user should
also associate the DMA handle to the PPP handle. For this purpose, the handles of all the
peripheral drivers that use the DMA must be declared as follows:
typedef struct
{
PPP_TypeDef *Instance; /* Register base address */
PPP_InitTypeDef Init; /* PPP communication parameters */
HAL_StateTypeDef State; /* PPP communication state */
(…)
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma; /* associated DMA handle */
} PPP_HandleTypeDef;
The initialization is done as follows (UART example):
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Parameters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = UART3;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
(..)
}
void HAL_USART_MspInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
{
static DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_tx;
static DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_rx;
(…)
__HAL_LINKDMA(UartHandle, DMA_Handle_tx, hdma_tx);
__HAL_LINKDMA(UartHandle, DMA_Handle_rx, hdma_rx);
(…)
}
The HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback() function is declared as weak function in the driver
that means, the user can declare it again in the application code. The function in the driver
should not be modified.
An example of use is illustrated below:
90/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
main.c file:
UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Paramaters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = USART3;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
HAL_UART_Send_DMA(&UartHandle, TxBuffer, sizeof(TxBuffer));
while (1);
}
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *phuart)
{
}
void HAL_UART_TxErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *phuart)
{
}
stm32f4xx_it.c file:
extern UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
void DMAx_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(&UartHandle.DMA_Handle_tx);
}
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() should be linked in the
HAL_PPP_Process_DMA() function to the DMA transfer complete callback and the DMA
transfer Error callback by using the following statement:
HAL_PPP_Process_DMA (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp, Params….)
{
(…)
hppp->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback ;
hppp->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback ;
(…)
}
2.12.4
Timeout and error management
2.12.4.1
Timeout management
The timeout is often used for the APIs that operate in polling mode. It defines the delay
during which a blocking process should wait till an error is returned. An example is provided
below:
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t
CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
The timeout possible value are the following:
Table 15: Timeout values
Timeout value
Description
0
No poll : Immediate process check and exit
1 ... (HAL_MAX_DELAY -1)
HAL_MAX_DELAY
(1)
Timeout in ms
Infinite poll till process is successful
Notes:
(1)
HAL_MAX_DELAY is defined in the stm32fxxx_hal_def.h as 0xFFFFFFFF
DOCID025834 Rev 3
91/963
UM1725
However, in some cases, a fixed timeout is used for system peripherals or internal HAL
driver processes. In these cases, the timeout has the same meaning and is used in the
same way, except when it is defined locally in the drivers and cannot be modified or
introduced as an argument in the user application.
Example of fixed timeout:
#define LOCAL_PROCESS_TIMEOUT 100
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Process(PPP_HandleTypeDef)
{
(…)
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + LOCAL_PROCESS_TIMEOUT;
(…)
while(ProcessOngoing)
{
(…)
if(HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
{
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hppp);
hppp->State= HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
}
}
(…)
}
The following example shows how to use the timeout inside the polling functions:
HAL_PPP_StateTypeDef HAL_PPP_Poll (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp, uint32_t Timeout)
{
(…)
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
(…)
while(ProcessOngoing)
{
(…)
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if(HAL_GetTick() >= timeout)
{
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hppp);
hppp->State= HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return hppp->State;
}
}
(…)
}
2.12.4.2
Error management
The HAL drivers implement a check for the following items:

Valid parameters: for some process the used parameters should be valid and already
defined, otherwise the system can crash or go into an undefined state. These critical
parameters are checked before they are used (see example below).
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Process(PPP_HandleTypeDef* hppp, uint32_t *pdata, uint32
Size)
{ if ((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
{ return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
92/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

Valid handle: the PPP peripheral handle is the most important argument since it keeps
the PPP driver vital parameters. It is always checked in the beginning of the
HAL_PPP_Init() function.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Init(PPP_HandleTypeDef* hppp)
{
if (hppp == NULL) //the handle should be already allocated
{ return HAL_ERROR;
}
}

Timeout error: the following statement is used when a timeout error occurs:
while (Process ongoing)
{
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout; while (data processing is running)
{
if(timeout)
{ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
When an error occurs during a peripheral process, HAL_PPP_Process () returns with a
HAL_ERROR status. The HAL PPP driver implements the HAL_PPP_GetError () to allow
retrieving the origin of the error.
HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef HAL_PPP_GetError (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp);
In all peripheral handles, a HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef is defined and used to store the last
error code.
typedef struct
{
PPP_TypeDef * Instance; /* PPP registers base address */
PPP_InitTypeDef Init; /* PPP initialization parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* PPP locking object */
__IO HAL_PPP_StateTypeDef State; /* PPP state */
__IO HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode; /* PPP Error code */
(…)
/* PPP specific parameters */
}
PPP_HandleTypeDef;
The error state and the peripheral global state are always updated before returning an
error:
PPP->State = HAL_PPP_READY;
/* Set the peripheral ready */
PP->ErrorCode = HAL_ERRORCODE ; /* Set the error code */
_HAL_UNLOCK(PPP) ;
/* Unlock the PPP resources */
return HAL_ERROR;
/*return with HAL error */
HAL_PPP_GetError () must be used in interrupt mode in the error callback:
void HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
ErrorCode = HAL_PPP_GetError (hppp); /* retreive error code */
}
DOCID025834 Rev 3
93/963
UM1725
2.12.4.3
Run-time checking
The HAL implements run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all HAL
drivers functions. The run-time checking is achieved by using an assert_param macro. This
macro is used in all the HAL drivers' functions which have an input parameter. It allows
verifying that the input value lies within the parameter allowed values.
To enable the run-time checking, use the assert_param macro, and leave the define
USE_FULL_ASSERT uncommented in stm32f34xx_hal_conf.h file.
void HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
(..) /* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
(..)
/** @defgroup UART_Word_Length *
@{
*/
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_8B ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_9B ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_M)
#define IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) ||
\ ((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B))
If the expression passed to the assert_param macro is false, theassert_failed function is
called and returns the name of the source file and the source line number of the call that
failed. If the expression is true, no value is returned.
The assert_param macro is implemented in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h:
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
/**
* @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
* @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
* which reports the name of the source file and the source
* line number of the call that failed.
* If expr is true, it returns no value.
* @retval None */
#define assert_param(expr) ((expr)?(void)0:assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__,
__LINE__))
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------*/
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
#else
#define assert_param(expr)((void)0)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
The assert_failed function is implemented in the main.c file or in any other user C file:
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT /**
* @brief Reports the name of the source file and the source line number
* where the assert_param error has occurred.
* @param file: pointer to the source file name
* @param line: assert_param error line source number
* @retval None */
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line)
{
/* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number,
ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */
/* Infinite loop */
while (1)
{
94/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
}
}
Because of the overhead run-time checking introduces, it is recommended
to use it during application code development and debugging, and to
remove it from the final application to improve code size and speed.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
95/963
UM1725
3
HAL System Driver
3.1
HAL System Driver
3.2
HAL Firmware driver API description
3.2.1
How to use this driver
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be used by
the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:


3.2.2
Common HAL APIs
Services HAL APIs
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock configuration. It
initializes the systick also when timeout is needed and the backup domain when
enabled.
de-Initializes common part of the HAL
Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated Tick
interrupt priority.

Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user can eventually
implement his proper time base source (a general purpose timer for example or
other time source), keeping in mind that Time base duration should be kept 1ms
since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and handled in milliseconds basis.

Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically at the
beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is
configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().

Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, the
Tick interrupt line must have higher priority (numerically lower) than the
peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.

functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak to make
override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
This section contains the following APIs:





3.2.3
HAL_Init()
HAL_DeInit()
HAL_MspInit()
HAL_MspDeInit()
HAL_InitTick()
HAL Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




96/963
Provide a tick value in millisecond
Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
Suspend the time base source interrupt
Resume the time base source interrupt
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725






Get the HAL API driver version
Get the device identifier
Get the device revision identifier
Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
This section contains the following APIs:


















3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6
HAL_IncTick()
HAL_GetTick()
HAL_Delay()
HAL_SuspendTick()
HAL_ResumeTick()
HAL_GetHalVersion()
HAL_GetREVID()
HAL_GetDEVID()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode()
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode()
HAL_EnableCompensationCell()
HAL_DisableCompensationCell()
HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank()
HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank()
HAL_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init (void )
Function Description
This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the
first instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call
any other HAL function), it performs the following: Configure the
Flash prefetch, instruction and Data caches.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function,
the application need to ensure that the SysTick time base is
always set to 1 millisecond to have correct HAL operation.
HAL_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit (void )
Function Description
This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the
systick.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_MspInit (void )
Function Description
Initializes the MSP.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
97/963
UM1725
Return values
3.2.7
3.2.8

HAL_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_MspDeInit (void )
Function Description
DeInitializes the MSP.
Return values

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
Function Description
This function configures the source of the time base.
Parameters

TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

This function is called automatically at the beginning of
program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is
reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, The the SysTick interrupt must have
higher priority (numerically lower) than the peripheral
interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementation in user file.
HAL_IncTick
Function Name
void HAL_IncTick (void )
Function Description
This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" used
as application time base.
Return values

None
Notes

In the default implementation, this variable is incremented
each 1ms in Systick ISR.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

3.2.10
3.2.11
HAL_GetTick
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetTick (void )
Function Description
Provides a tick value in millisecond.
Return values

tick value
Notes

This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.
HAL_Delay
Function Name
98/963
None
HAL_InitTick

3.2.9
None
void HAL_Delay (__IO uint32_t Delay)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Description
This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based on
variable incremented.
Parameters

Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
Return values

None
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals where uwTick is incremented.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

3.2.12
HAL_SuspendTick
Function Name
void HAL_SuspendTick (void )
Function Description
Suspend Tick increment.
Return values

None
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() is called, the SysTick
interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment is suspended.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

3.2.13
HAL_ResumeTick
Function Name
void HAL_ResumeTick (void )
Function Description
Resume Tick increment.
Return values

None
Notes

In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of
time base. It is used to generate interrupts at regular time
intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() is called, the SysTick
interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment is resumed.
This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case
of other implementations in user file.

3.2.14
3.2.15
3.2.16
HAL_GetHalVersion
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion (void )
Function Description
Returns the HAL revision.
Return values

version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
HAL_GetREVID
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID (void )
Function Description
Returns the device revision identifier.
Return values

Device revision identifier
HAL_GetDEVID
DOCID025834 Rev 3
99/963
UM1725
3.2.17
3.2.18
3.2.19
3.2.20
3.2.21
3.2.22
3.2.23
100/963
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID (void )
Function Description
Returns the device identifier.
Return values

Device identifier
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode (void )
Function Description
Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values

None
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode (void )
Function Description
Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values

None
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode (void )
Function Description
Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values

None
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode (void )
Function Description
Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values

None
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Function Description
Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values

None
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode
Function Name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Function Description
Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values

None
HAL_EnableCompensationCell
Function Name
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell (void )
Function Description
Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
Return values

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Notes
3.2.24
3.2.25

HAL_DisableCompensationCell
Function Name
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell (void )
Function Description
Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
Return values

None
Notes

The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device
supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank
Function Name
void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank (void )
Function Description
Enables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
Return values

None
Notes

This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx
devices.
Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased
@0x00000000) and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000
(and aliased at 0x00100000)

3.2.26
The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device
supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank
Function Name
void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank (void )
Function Description
Disables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
Return values

None
Notes

This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx
devices.
The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and
aliased @0x0000 0000) and Flash Bank2 mapped at
0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)

3.3
HAL Firmware driver defines
3.3.1
HAL
HAL CAN Error Code
HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG
EWG error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV
EPV error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF
BOF error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF
Stuff error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR
Form error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK
Acknowledgment error
DOCID025834 Rev 3
101/963
UM1725
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR
Bit recessive
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD
LEC dominant
HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC
LEC transfer error
HAL Exported Macros
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM2
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM3
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM4
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM5
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM6
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM7
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM12
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM13
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM14
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_RTC
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_CAN1
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_CAN2
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM1
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM8
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM9
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM10
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM11
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM2
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM3
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM4
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM5
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM6
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM7
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM12
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM13
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM14
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_RTC
102/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_CAN1
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_CAN2
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM1
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM8
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM9
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM10
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM11
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FLASH
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SYSTEMFLASH
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SRAM
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FMC
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FMC_SDRAM
HAL Private Constants
__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN
[31:24] main version
__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1
[23:16] sub1 version
__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2
[15:8] sub2 version
__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC
[7:0] release candidate
__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION
IDCODE_DEVID_MASK
SYSCFG_OFFSET
MEMRMP_OFFSET
UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER
UFB_MODE_BB
CMPCR_OFFSET
CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER
CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB
DOCID025834 Rev 3
103/963
UM1725
4
HAL ADC Generic Driver
4.1
HAL ADC Generic Driver
4.2
ADC Firmware driver registers structures
4.2.1
ADC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields












uint32_t ClockPrescaler
uint32_t Resolution
uint32_t DataAlign
uint32_t ScanConvMode
uint32_t EOCSelection
uint32_t ContinuousConvMode
uint32_t DMAContinuousRequests
uint32_t NbrOfConversion
uint32_t DiscontinuousConvMode
uint32_t NbrOfDiscConversion
uint32_t ExternalTrigConv
uint32_t ExternalTrigConvEdge
Field Documentation







104/963
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ClockPrescaler
Select the frequency of the clock to the ADC. The clock is common for all the ADCs.
This parameter can be a value of ADC_ClockPrescaler
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::Resolution
Configures the ADC resolution dual mode. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_Resolution
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DataAlign
Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_data_align
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ScanConvMode
Specifies whether the conversion is performed in Scan (multi channels) or Single (one
channel) mode. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::EOCSelection
Specifies whether the EOC flag is set at the end of single channel conversion or at
the end of all conversions. This parameter can be a value of ADC_EOCSelection
Note: Impact on overrun when not using DMA: When EOCSelection is set to
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV, overrun detection is automatically enabled, in this case
each conversion data must be read. To perform ADC conversions without having to
read all conversion data, this parameter must be set to ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ContinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversion is performed in Continuous or Single mode. This
parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DMAContinuousRequests
Specifies whether the DMA requests is performed in Continuous or in Single mode.
This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725





4.2.2
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::NbrOfConversion
Specifies the number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer for
regular channel group. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and
Max_Data = 16.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DiscontinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversion is performed in Discontinuous or not for regular
channels. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::NbrOfDiscConversion
Specifies the number of ADC discontinuous conversions that will be done using the
sequencer for regular channel group. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 8.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ExternalTrigConv
Selects the external event used to trigger the conversion start of regular group. If set
to ADC_SOFTWARE_START, external triggers are disabled. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_External_trigger_Source_Regular Note: This parameter can be
modified only if there is no conversion is ongoing.
uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ExternalTrigConvEdge
Selects the external trigger edge of regular group. If trigger is set to
ADC_SOFTWARE_START, this parameter is discarded. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_External_trigger_edge_Regular Note: This parameter can be
modified only if there is no conversion is ongoing.
ADC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields







ADC_TypeDef * Instance
ADC_InitTypeDef Init
__IO uint32_t NbrOfCurrentConversionRank
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_ADC_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation







ADC_TypeDef* ADC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
ADC_InitTypeDef ADC_HandleTypeDef::Init
ADC required parameters
__IO uint32_t ADC_HandleTypeDef::NbrOfCurrentConversionRank
ADC number of current conversion rank
DMA_HandleTypeDef* ADC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle
Pointer DMA Handler
HAL_LockTypeDef ADC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
ADC locking object
__IO HAL_ADC_StateTypeDef ADC_HandleTypeDef::State
ADC communication state
__IO uint32_t ADC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
ADC Error code
DOCID025834 Rev 3
105/963
UM1725
4.2.3
ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t Channel
uint32_t Rank
uint32_t SamplingTime
uint32_t Offset
Field Documentation




4.2.4
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Channel
The ADC channel to configure. This parameter can be a value of ADC_channels
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Rank
The rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 16
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::SamplingTime
The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_sampling_times
uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Offset
Reserved for future use, can be set to 0
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t WatchdogMode
uint32_t HighThreshold
uint32_t LowThreshold
uint32_t Channel
uint32_t ITMode
uint32_t WatchdogNumber
Field Documentation




106/963
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::WatchdogMode
Configures the ADC analog watchdog mode. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_analog_watchdog_selection
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::HighThreshold
Configures the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. This parameter must be
a 12-bit value.
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::LowThreshold
Configures the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. This parameter must be
a 12-bit value.
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::Channel
Configures ADC channel for the analog watchdog. This parameter has an effect only
if watchdog mode is configured on single channel This parameter can be a value of
ADC_channels
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::ITMode
Specifies whether the analog watchdog is configured is interrupt mode or in polling
mode. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::WatchdogNumber
Reserved for future use, can be set to 0
4.3
ADC Firmware driver API description
4.3.1
ADC Peripheral features
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
4.3.2
12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution.
Interrupt generation at the end of conversion, end of injected conversion, and in case
of analog watchdog or overrun events
Single and continuous conversion modes.
Scan mode for automatic conversion of channel 0 to channel x.
Data alignment with in-built data coherency.
Channel-wise programmable sampling time.
External trigger option with configurable polarity for both regular and injected
conversion.
Dual/Triple mode (on devices with 2 ADCs or more).
Configurable DMA data storage in Dual/Triple ADC mode.
Configurable delay between conversions in Dual/Triple interleaved mode.
ADC conversion type (refer to the datasheets).
ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at slower
speed.
ADC input range: VREF(minus) = VIN = VREF(plus).
DMA request generation during regular channel conversion.
How to use this driver
1.
Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():
a.
Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
b.
ADC pins configuration

Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
c.
In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())

Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()

Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()

In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
d.
In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())

Enable the DMAx interface clock using
__HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data transfer
from peripheral to memory (output stream)

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle using
__HAL_LINKDMA()

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
priority than the input stream.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
107/963
UM1725
Configuration of ADC, groups regular/injected, channels parameters
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...) and regular group
parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...) using function HAL_ADC_Init().
Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, channel rank
into sequencer, ..., into regular group) using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel().
Optionally, configure the injected group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer,
..., of injected group) and the channels for injected group parameters (channel
number, channel rank into sequencer, ..., into injected group) using function
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel().
Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels monitored,
thresholds, ...) using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig().
Optionally, for devices with several ADC instances: configure the multimode
parameters using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel().
Execution of ADC conversions
1.
ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, transfer by DMA.
Polling mode IO operation




Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start()
Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage user
can specify the value of timeout according to his end application
To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADC_GetValue() function.
Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop()
Interrupt mode IO operation





Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
DMA mode IO operation




108/963
Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify
the length of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
At The end of data transfer by HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed
and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
ADC HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in ADC HAL driver.








__HAL_ADC_ENABLE : Enable the ADC peripheral
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE : Disable the ADC peripheral
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt
__HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified ADC interrupt source is
enabled or disabled
__HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the ADC's pending flags
__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected ADC's flag status
ADC_GET_RESOLUTION: Return resolution bits in CR1 register
You can refer to the ADC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
Deinitialization of ADC
1.
2.
3.
4.
4.3.3
Disable the ADC interface

ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level.

Hard reset of ADC peripherals using macro
__HAL_RCC_ADC_FORCE_RESET(), __HAL_RCC_ADC_RELEASE_RESET().

ADC clock disable using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step.

Example: Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with
other device clock parameters configuration:

HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);

RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI;

RCC_OscInitStructure.HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; (if not used for system
clock)

HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
ADC pins configuration

Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE()
Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:

Disable the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)
Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:

Deinitialize the DMA using function HAL_DMA_DeInit().

Disable the NVIC for DMA using function
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the ADC.
De-initialize the ADC.
This section contains the following APIs:



HAL_ADC_Init()
HAL_ADC_DeInit()
HAL_ADC_MspInit()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
109/963
UM1725

4.3.4
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:







Start conversion of regular channel.
Stop conversion of regular channel.
Start conversion of regular channel and enable interrupt.
Stop conversion of regular channel and disable interrupt.
Start conversion of regular channel and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion of regular channel and disable DMA transfer.
Handle ADC interrupt request.
This section contains the following APIs:














4.3.5
HAL_ADC_Start()
HAL_ADC_Stop()
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent()
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
HAL_ADC_GetValue()
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback()
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Configure regular channels.
Configure injected channels.
Configure multimode.
Configure the analog watch dog.
This section contains the following APIs:


4.3.6
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig()
Peripheral State and errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the ADC state
Check the ADC Error
This section contains the following APIs:


4.3.7
110/963
HAL_ADC_GetState()
HAL_ADC_GetError()
HAL_ADC_Init
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
4.3.8
4.3.9
4.3.10
4.3.11
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the ADC_InitStruct and initializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

This function is used to configure the global features of the
ADC ( ClockPrescaler, Resolution, Data Alignment and
number of conversion), however, the rest of the configuration
parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan
mode activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger
source and edge, DMA continuous request after the last
transfer and End of conversion selection).
HAL_ADC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ADC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_MspInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Initializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

None
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

None
HAL_ADC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Enables ADC and starts conversion of the regular channels.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
111/963
UM1725
4.3.12
4.3.13
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ADC_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Disables ADC and stop conversion of regular channels.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status.
Notes

Caution: This function will stop also injected channels.
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Poll for regular conversion complete.
Parameters


hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

ADC conversion flags EOS (end of sequence) and EOC (end
of conversion) are cleared by this function.
This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC
configured in DMA mode and polling for end of each
conversion (ADC init parameter "EOCSelection" set to
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV). In this case, DMA resets the
flag EOC and polling cannot be performed on each
conversion. Nevertheless, polling can still be performed on
the complete sequence.

4.3.14
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Poll for conversion event.
Parameters


hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
EventType: the ADC event type. This parameter can be one
of the following values: ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog
watch Dog event.ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event.
Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.

HAL status

Return values
4.3.15
112/963
HAL_ADC_Start_IT
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
4.3.16
4.3.17
4.3.18
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef
* hadc)
Function Description
Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of regular
channels.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status.
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef
* hadc)
Function Description
Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of regular
channels.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status.
Notes

Caution: This function will stop also injected channels.
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Handles ADC interrupt request.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

None
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode)
and enables ADC peripheral.
Parameters

Return values
4.3.19


hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
pData: The destination Buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC
peripheral to memory.

HAL status
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Disables ADC DMA (Single-ADC mode) and disables ADC
peripheral.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
113/963
UM1725
4.3.20
4.3.21
4.3.22
4.3.23
4.3.24
114/963
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ADC_GetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Gets the converted value from data register of regular channel.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

Converted value
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Regular conversion complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

None
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef *
hadc)
Function Description
Regular conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking
mode.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

None
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

None
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Error ADC callback.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
4.3.25
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef *
sConfig)
Function Description
Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding
rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
Parameters

4.3.28

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
sConfig: ADC configuration structure.

HAL status
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef *
AnalogWDGConfig)
Function Description
Configures the analog watchdog.
Parameters

Return values
4.3.27
None
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel
Return values
4.3.26


hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
AnalogWDGConfig: : pointer to an
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef structure that contains the
configuration information of ADC analog watchdog.

HAL status
HAL_ADC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_ADC_StateTypeDef HAL_ADC_GetState
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
return the ADC state
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_ADC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Return the ADC error code.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

ADC Error Code
DOCID025834 Rev 3
115/963
UM1725
4.4
ADC Firmware driver defines
4.4.1
ADC
ADC Analog Watchdog Selection
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_INJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REGINJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REG
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_INJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REGINJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_NONE
ADC Common Channels
ADC_CHANNEL_0
ADC_CHANNEL_1
ADC_CHANNEL_2
ADC_CHANNEL_3
ADC_CHANNEL_4
ADC_CHANNEL_5
ADC_CHANNEL_6
ADC_CHANNEL_7
ADC_CHANNEL_8
ADC_CHANNEL_9
ADC_CHANNEL_10
ADC_CHANNEL_11
ADC_CHANNEL_12
ADC_CHANNEL_13
ADC_CHANNEL_14
ADC_CHANNEL_15
ADC_CHANNEL_16
ADC_CHANNEL_17
ADC_CHANNEL_18
ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT
ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT
ADC Channels Type
ADC_ALL_CHANNELS
116/963
ADC_REGULAR_CHANNELS
reserved for future use
ADC_INJECTED_CHANNELS
reserved for future use
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
ADC Clock Prescaler
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV6
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV8
ADC Data Align
ADC_DATAALIGN_RIGHT
ADC_DATAALIGN_LEFT
ADC Delay Between 2 Sampling Phases
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_5CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_6CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_7CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_8CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_9CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_10CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_11CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_12CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_13CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_14CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_15CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_16CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_17CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_18CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_19CYCLES
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_20CYCLES
ADC EOC Selection
ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_SEQ_CONV
reserved for future use
ADC Error Code
HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
ADC Event Type
ADC_AWD_EVENT
ADC_OVR_EVENT
ADC Exported Macros
DOCID025834 Rev 3
117/963
UM1725
__HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset ADC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE

Enable the ADC peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE

Disable the ADC peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT

Enable the ADC end of conversion
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the ADC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: ADC Interrupt.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT

Disable the ADC end of conversion
interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the ADC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: ADC interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

118/963
None
Check if the specified ADC interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the ADC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the ADC
interrupt source to check.
Return value:

__HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clear the ADC's pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the ADC Handle.
__FLAG__: ADC flag.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG

Get the selected ADC's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the ADC Handle.
__FLAG__: ADC flag.
Return value:

None
ADC External Trigger Edge Regular
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_NONE
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_RISING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_FALLING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_RISINGFALLING
ADC External Trigger Source Regular
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T2_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T3_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T3_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T4_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T5_CC1
DOCID025834 Rev 3
119/963
UM1725
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T5_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T5_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T8_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T8_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_Ext_IT11
ADC_SOFTWARE_START
ADC Flags Definition
ADC_FLAG_AWD
ADC_FLAG_EOC
ADC_FLAG_JEOC
ADC_FLAG_JSTRT
ADC_FLAG_STRT
ADC_FLAG_OVR
ADC Interrupts Definition
ADC_IT_EOC
ADC_IT_AWD
ADC_IT_JEOC
ADC_IT_OVR
ADC Private Constants
ADC_STAB_DELAY_US
ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US
ADC Private Macros
IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER
IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY
IS_ADC_RESOLUTION
IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE
IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG
IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN
IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME
IS_ADC_EOCSelection
IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE
IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG
IS_ADC_CHANNELS_TYPE
IS_ADC_THRESHOLD
IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH
IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK
120/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER
IS_ADC_RANGE
ADC_SQR1
Description:

Set ADC Regular channel sequence length.
Parameters:

_NbrOfConversion_: Regular channel
sequence length.
Return value:

ADC_SMPR1
None
Description:

Set the ADC's sample time for channel
numbers between 10 and 18.
Parameters:


_SAMPLETIME_: Sample time parameter.
_CHANNELNB_: Channel number.
Return value:

ADC_SMPR2
None
Description:

Set the ADC's sample time for channel
numbers between 0 and 9.
Parameters:


_SAMPLETIME_: Sample time parameter.
_CHANNELNB_: Channel number.
Return value:

ADC_SQR3_RK
None
Description:

Set the selected regular channel rank for rank
between 1 and 6.
Parameters:


_CHANNELNB_: Channel number.
_RANKNB_: Rank number.
Return value:

ADC_SQR2_RK
None
Description:

Set the selected regular channel rank for rank
between 7 and 12.
Parameters:


_CHANNELNB_: Channel number.
_RANKNB_: Rank number.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
121/963
UM1725
Return value:

None
Description:
ADC_SQR1_RK

Set the selected regular channel rank for rank
between 13 and 16.
Parameters:


_CHANNELNB_: Channel number.
_RANKNB_: Rank number.
Return value:

None
Description:
ADC_CR2_CONTINUOUS

Enable ADC continuous conversion mode.
Parameters:

_CONTINUOUS_MODE_: Continuous mode.
Return value:

ADC_CR1_DISCONTINUOUS
None
Description:

Configures the number of discontinuous
conversions for the regular group channels.
Parameters:

_NBR_DISCONTINUOUSCONV_: Number of
discontinuous conversions.
Return value:

ADC_CR1_SCANCONV
None
Description:

Enable ADC scan mode.
Parameters:

_SCANCONV_MODE_: Scan conversion
mode.
Return value:

ADC_CR2_EOCSelection
None
Description:

Enable the ADC end of conversion selection.
Parameters:

_EOCSelection_MODE_: End of conversion
selection mode.
Return value:

122/963
None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Description:
ADC_CR2_DMAContReq

Enable the ADC DMA continuous request.
Parameters:

_DMAContReq_MODE_: DMA continuous
request mode.
Return value:

None
Description:
ADC_GET_RESOLUTION

Return resolution bits in CR1 register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:

None
ADC Resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_12B
ADC_RESOLUTION_10B
ADC_RESOLUTION_8B
ADC_RESOLUTION_6B
ADC Sampling Times
ADC_SAMPLETIME_3CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_15CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_28CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_56CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_84CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_112CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_144CYCLES
ADC_SAMPLETIME_480CYCLES
DOCID025834 Rev 3
123/963
UM1725
5
HAL ADC Extension Driver
5.1
HAL ADC Extension Driver
5.2
ADCEx Firmware driver registers structures
5.2.1
ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef
Data Fields









uint32_t InjectedChannel
uint32_t InjectedRank
uint32_t InjectedSamplingTime
uint32_t InjectedOffset
uint32_t InjectedNbrOfConversion
uint32_t AutoInjectedConv
uint32_t InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode
uint32_t ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge
uint32_t ExternalTrigInjecConv
Field Documentation









124/963
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedChannel
Configure the ADC injected channel. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_channels
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedRank
The rank in the injected group sequencer This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 4.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedSamplingTime
The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. This parameter can be a
value of ADC_sampling_times
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedOffset
Defines the offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data when convert injected
channels. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x000 and
Max_Data = 0xFFF.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedNbrOfConversion
Specifies the number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer for
injected channel group. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and
Max_Data = 4.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::AutoInjectedConv
Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion after
regular one
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversion is performed in Discontinuous mode or not for
injected channels. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge
Select the external trigger edge and enable the trigger of an injected channels. This
parameter can be a value of ADCEx_External_trigger_edge_Injected
uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::ExternalTrigInjecConv
Select the external event used to trigger the start of conversion of a injected
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
channels. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_External_trigger_Source_Injected
5.2.2
ADC_MultiModeTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Mode
uint32_t DMAAccessMode
uint32_t TwoSamplingDelay
Field Documentation



uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::Mode
Configures the ADC to operate in independent or multi mode. This parameter can be
a value of ADCEx_Common_mode
uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::DMAAccessMode
Configures the Direct memory access mode for multi ADC mode. This parameter can
be a value of ADCEx_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode
uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::TwoSamplingDelay
Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases
5.3
ADCEx Firmware driver API description
5.3.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():
a.
Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
b.
ADC pins configuration

Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
c.
In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())

Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()

Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()

In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
d.
In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())

Enable the DMAx interface clock using
__HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data transfer
from peripheral to memory (output stream)

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the ADC DMA handle using
__HAL_LINKDMA()

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
priority than the input stream.
Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data alignment using the
HAL_ADC_Init() function.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
125/963
3.
4.
UM1725
Configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use HAL_ADC_Init() and
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() functions.
Three operation modes are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation




Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart()
Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage user
can specify the value of timeout according to his end application
To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue()
function.
Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop()
Interrupt mode IO operation





Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT()
Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is
executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT()
DMA mode IO operation




Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_DMA(), at this stage the
user specify the length of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
At The end of data transfer ba HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is
executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed
and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_DMA()
Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration



5.3.2
Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or triple mode) and
configure the DMA mode using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() functions.
Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(), at this stage the
user specify the length of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
Read the ADCs converted values using the HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue()
function.
Extended features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

126/963
Start conversion of injected channel.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725







Stop conversion of injected channel.
Start multimode and enable DMA transfer.
Stop multimode and disable DMA transfer.
Get result of injected channel conversion.
Get result of multimode conversion.
Configure injected channels.
Configure multimode.
This section contains the following APIs:












5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue()
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA()
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA()
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel()
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel()
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected
channels.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of injected
channels.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Disables ADC and stop conversion of injected channels.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
127/963
UM1725
5.3.6
Return values

HAL status.
Notes

Caution: This function will stop also regular channels.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Poll for injected conversion complete.
Parameters

Return values
5.3.7
5.3.8

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.

HAL status
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of injected
channels.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status.
Notes

Caution: This function will stop also regular channels.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue (ADC_HandleTypeDef
* hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank)
Function Description
Gets the converted value from data register of injected channel.
Parameters


Return values
5.3.9
128/963

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
InjectedRank: the ADC injected rank. This parameter can be
one of the following values: ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1:
Injected Channel1 selectedADC_INJECTED_RANK_2:
Injected Channel2 selectedADC_INJECTED_RANK_3:
Injected Channel3 selectedADC_INJECTED_RANK_4:
Injected Channel4 selected
None
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Function Description
Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Multi-ADC mode)
and enables ADC peripheral.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

5.3.10
5.3.11
5.3.12
5.3.13

pData: Pointer to buffer in which transferred from ADC
peripheral to memory will be stored.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC
peripheral to memory.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

Caution: This function must be used only with the ADC
master.
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Disables ADC DMA (multi-ADC mode) and disables ADC
peripheral.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions
results data in the selected multi mode.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

The converted data value.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Function Description
Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
Return values

None
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef *
sConfigInjected)
Function Description
Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its
corresponding rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
Parameters


hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
sConfigInjected: ADC configuration structure for injected
DOCID025834 Rev 3
129/963
UM1725
channel.
Return values
5.3.14

None
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel
(ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef *
multimode)
Function Description
Configures the ADC multi-mode.
Parameters

Return values

hadc: : pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified ADC.
multimode: : pointer to an ADC_MultiModeTypeDef
structure that contains the configuration information for
multimode.

HAL status
5.4
ADCEx Firmware driver defines
5.4.1
ADCEx
ADC Specific Channels
ADC_CHANNEL_DIFFERENCIATION_TEMPSENSOR_VBAT
ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR
ADC Common Mode
ADC_MODE_INDEPENDENT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT_INJECSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT_ALTERTRIG
ADC_DUALMODE_INJECSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_INTERL
ADC_DUALMODE_ALTERTRIG
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_REGSIMULT_INJECSIMULT
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_REGSIMULT_AlterTrig
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_INJECSIMULT
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_REGSIMULT
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_INTERL
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_ALTERTRIG
ADC Direct Memory Access Mode For Multi Mode
130/963
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_DISABLED
DMA mode disabled
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_1
DMA mode 1 enabled (2 / 3 half-words one by
one - 1 then 2 then 3)
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_2
DMA mode 2 enabled (2 / 3 half-words by pairs -
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2)
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_3
DMA mode 3 enabled (2 / 3 bytes by pairs - 2&1
then 1&3 then 3&2)
ADC External Trigger Edge Injected
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONVEDGE_NONE
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONVEDGE_RISING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONVEDGE_FALLING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONVEDGE_RISINGFALLING
ADC External Trigger Source Injected
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T2_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T2_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T3_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T3_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T4_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T4_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T4_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T4_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T5_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T5_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T8_CC2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T8_CC3
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T8_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_EXT_IT15
ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START
ADC Injected Channel Selection
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4
ADC Private Macros
IS_ADC_CHANNEL
IS_ADC_MODE
IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE
IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE
IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG
DOCID025834 Rev 3
131/963
UM1725
IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH
IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK
ADC_JSQR
Description:

Set the selected injected Channel rank.
Parameters:



_CHANNELNB_: Channel number.
_RANKNB_: Rank number.
_JSQR_JL_: Sequence length.
Return value:

132/963
None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
6
HAL CAN Generic Driver
6.1
HAL CAN Generic Driver
6.2
CAN Firmware driver registers structures
6.2.1
CAN_InitTypeDef
Data Fields











uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t SJW
uint32_t BS1
uint32_t BS2
uint32_t TTCM
uint32_t ABOM
uint32_t AWUM
uint32_t NART
uint32_t RFLM
uint32_t TXFP
Field Documentation








uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the length of a time quantum. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 1024
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the CAN operating mode. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_operating_mode
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::SJW
Specifies the maximum number of time quanta the CAN hardware is allowed to
lengthen or shorten a bit to perform resynchronization. This parameter can be a value
of CAN_synchronisation_jump_width
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::BS1
Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 1. This parameter can be a value
of CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::BS2
Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2. This parameter can be a value
of CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::TTCM
Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode. This parameter can be set
to ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::ABOM
Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::AWUM
Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
133/963
UM1725



6.2.2
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::NART
Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode. This parameter can be set
to ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::RFLM
Enable or disable the receive FIFO Locked mode. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE
uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::TXFP
Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE
CAN_FilterConfTypeDef
Data Fields










uint32_t FilterIdHigh
uint32_t FilterIdLow
uint32_t FilterMaskIdHigh
uint32_t FilterMaskIdLow
uint32_t FilterFIFOAssignment
uint32_t FilterNumber
uint32_t FilterMode
uint32_t FilterScale
uint32_t FilterActivation
uint32_t BankNumber
Field Documentation







134/963
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterIdHigh
Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, first one for
a 16-bit configuration). This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterIdLow
Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, second one
for a 16-bit configuration). This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterMaskIdHigh
Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, according to the mode
(MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration). This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterMaskIdLow
Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, according to the mode
(LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration). This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterFIFOAssignment
Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter. This parameter can be
a value of CAN_filter_FIFO
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterNumber
Specifies the filter which will be initialized. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 27
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterMode
Specifies the filter mode to be initialized. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_filter_mode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



6.2.3
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterScale
Specifies the filter scale. This parameter can be a value of CAN_filter_scale
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::FilterActivation
Enable or disable the filter. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
uint32_t CAN_FilterConfTypeDef::BankNumber
Select the start slave bank filter. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 28
CanTxMsgTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t StdId
uint32_t ExtId
uint32_t IDE
uint32_t RTR
uint32_t DLC
uint8_t Data
Field Documentation






6.2.4
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::StdId
Specifies the standard identifier. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x7FF
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::ExtId
Specifies the extended identifier. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x1FFFFFFF
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::IDE
Specifies the type of identifier for the message that will be transmitted. This
parameter can be a value of CAN_Identifier_Type
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::RTR
Specifies the type of frame for the message that will be transmitted. This parameter
can be a value of CAN_remote_transmission_request
uint32_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::DLC
Specifies the length of the frame that will be transmitted. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 8
uint8_t CanTxMsgTypeDef::Data[8]
Contains the data to be transmitted. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0xFF
CanRxMsgTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t StdId
uint32_t ExtId
uint32_t IDE
uint32_t RTR
uint32_t DLC
DOCID025834 Rev 3
135/963
UM1725



uint8_t Data
uint32_t FMI
uint32_t FIFONumber
Field Documentation








6.2.5
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::StdId
Specifies the standard identifier. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x7FF
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::ExtId
Specifies the extended identifier. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x1FFFFFFF
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::IDE
Specifies the type of identifier for the message that will be received. This parameter
can be a value of CAN_Identifier_Type
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::RTR
Specifies the type of frame for the received message. This parameter can be a value
of CAN_remote_transmission_request
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::DLC
Specifies the length of the frame that will be received. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 8
uint8_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::Data[8]
Contains the data to be received. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0xFF
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::FMI
Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in the mailbox passes through.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0xFF
uint32_t CanRxMsgTypeDef::FIFONumber
Specifies the receive FIFO number. This parameter can be CAN_FIFO0 or
CAN_FIFO1
CAN_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields







CAN_TypeDef * Instance
CAN_InitTypeDef Init
CanTxMsgTypeDef * pTxMsg
CanRxMsgTypeDef * pRxMsg
__IO HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef State
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation



136/963
CAN_TypeDef* CAN_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
CAN_InitTypeDef CAN_HandleTypeDef::Init
CAN required parameters
CanTxMsgTypeDef* CAN_HandleTypeDef::pTxMsg
Pointer to transmit structure
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725




CanRxMsgTypeDef* CAN_HandleTypeDef::pRxMsg
Pointer to reception structure
__IO HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef CAN_HandleTypeDef::State
CAN communication state
HAL_LockTypeDef CAN_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CAN locking object
__IO uint32_t CAN_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
CAN Error code
6.3
CAN Firmware driver API description
6.3.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Enable the CAN controller interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE()
for CAN1 and __HAL_RCC_CAN2_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN2 In case you are using
CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock.
CAN pins configuration

Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function:
__GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()

Connect and configure the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the following function
HAL_GPIO_Init()
Initialize and configure the CAN using CAN_Init() function.
Transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit() function.
Receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive() function.
Polling mode IO operation


Start the CAN peripheral transmission and wait the end of this operation using
HAL_CAN_Transmit(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout according to
his end application
Start the CAN peripheral reception and wait the end of this operation using
HAL_CAN_Receive(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout according to
his end application
Interrupt mode IO operation





Start the CAN peripheral transmission using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT()
Start the CAN peripheral reception using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT()
Use HAL_CAN_IRQHandler() called under the used CAN Interrupt subroutine
At CAN end of transmission HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback() function is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback
In case of CAN Error, HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback
CAN HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in CAN HAL driver.

__HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified CAN interrupts
DOCID025834 Rev 3
137/963
UM1725




__HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified CAN interrupts
__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is
enabled or disabled
__HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the CAN's pending flags
__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG: Get the selected CAN's flag status
You can refer to the CAN HAL driver header file for more useful macros
6.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the CAN.
De-initialize the CAN.
This section contains the following APIs:





6.3.3
HAL_CAN_Init()
HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter()
HAL_CAN_DeInit()
HAL_CAN_MspInit()
HAL_CAN_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Transmit a CAN frame message.
Receive a CAN frame message.
Enter CAN peripheral in sleep mode.
Wake up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode.
This section contains the following APIs:










6.3.4
HAL_CAN_Transmit()
HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT()
HAL_CAN_Receive()
HAL_CAN_Receive_IT()
HAL_CAN_Sleep()
HAL_CAN_WakeUp()
HAL_CAN_IRQHandler()
HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Error functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to :


Check the CAN state.
Check CAN Errors detected during interrupt process
This section contains the following APIs:


138/963
HAL_CAN_GetState()
HAL_CAN_GetError()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
6.3.5
6.3.6
HAL_CAN_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init (CAN_HandleTypeDef *
hcan)
Function Description
Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the CAN_InitStruct.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, CAN_FilterConfTypeDef *
sFilterConfig)
Function Description
Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified
parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct.
Parameters

Return values
6.3.7
6.3.8
6.3.9

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
sFilterConfig: pointer to a CAN_FilterConfTypeDef structure
that contains the filter configuration information.

None
HAL_CAN_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef *
hcan)
Function Description
Deinitializes the CANx peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CAN_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_MspInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Initializes the CAN MSP.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None
HAL_CAN_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CAN MSP.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
139/963
UM1725
Return values
6.3.10
6.3.12
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
Parameters

140/963

HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CAN_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive (CAN_HandleTypeDef
* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receives a correct CAN frame.
Parameters



hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
FIFONumber: FIFO Number value
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CAN_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive_IT
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber)
Function Description
Receives a correct CAN frame.
Parameters

Return values
6.3.14

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Timeout: Specify Timeout value
HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT
Return values
6.3.13
None
HAL_CAN_Transmit
Return values
6.3.11


hcan: Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number

HAL status
HAL_CAN_Sleep
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Sleep (CAN_HandleTypeDef *
hcan)
Function Description
Enters the Sleep (low power) mode.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
6.3.15
6.3.16
6.3.17
6.3.18
6.3.19
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL status.
HAL_CAN_WakeUp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode, after that the CAN
peripheral is in the normal mode.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL status.
HAL_CAN_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Handles CAN interrupt request.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None
HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None
HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None
HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Error CAN callback.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
141/963
UM1725
6.3.20
6.3.21
HAL_CAN_GetState
Function Name
HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState
(CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
return the CAN state
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_CAN_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Function Description
Return the CAN error code.
Parameters

hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CAN.
Return values

CAN Error Code
6.4
CAN Firmware driver defines
6.4.1
CAN
CAN Exported Macros
__HAL_CAN_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset CAN handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CAN Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the specified CAN interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle
__INTERRUPT__: CAN Interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable the specified CAN interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle
__INTERRUPT__: CAN Interrupt
Return value:
142/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING
None
Description:

Return the number of pending received
messages.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle
__FIFONUMBER__: Receive FIFO
number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1.
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG
The: number of pending message.
Description:

Check whether the specified CAN flag is
set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN Handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the following
values:

CAN_TSR_RQCP0: Request
MailBox0 Flag

CAN_TSR_RQCP1: Request
MailBox1 Flag

CAN_TSR_RQCP2: Request
MailBox2 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK0: Transmission
OK MailBox0 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK1: Transmission
OK MailBox1 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK2: Transmission
OK MailBox2 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME0: Transmit mailbox
0 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME1: Transmit mailbox
1 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME2: Transmit mailbox
2 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message
Pending Flag

CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag

CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun
Flag

CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message
Pending Flag

CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag

CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun
Flag

CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag

CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep
acknowledge Flag
DOCID025834 Rev 3
143/963
UM1725




CAN_FLAG_SLAKI: Sleep
acknowledge Flag
CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning
Flag
CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag
CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clear the specified CAN pending flag.
Parameters:


144/963
__HANDLE__: CAN Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the following
values:

CAN_TSR_RQCP0: Request
MailBox0 Flag

CAN_TSR_RQCP1: Request
MailBox1 Flag

CAN_TSR_RQCP2: Request
MailBox2 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK0: Transmission
OK MailBox0 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK1: Transmission
OK MailBox1 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TXOK2: Transmission
OK MailBox2 Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME0: Transmit mailbox
0 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME1: Transmit mailbox
1 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_TME2: Transmit mailbox
2 empty Flag

CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message
Pending Flag

CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag

CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun
Flag

CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message
Pending Flag

CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag

CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun
Flag

CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag

CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep
acknowledge Flag

CAN_FLAG_SLAKI: Sleep
acknowledge Flag

CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning
Flag
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag
CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Check if the specified CAN interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN Handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the CAN
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox
empty interrupt enable

CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO0 message
pending interrupt enable

CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO1 message
pending interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Check the transmission status of a CAN
Frame.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN Handle
__TRANSMITMAILBOX__: the number of
the mailbox that is used for transmission.
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE
The: new status of transmission (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Release the specified receive FIFO.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN handle
__FIFONUMBER__: Receive FIFO
number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1.
Return value:

__HAL_CAN_CANCEL_TRANSMIT
None
Description:

Cancel a transmit request.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
145/963
UM1725
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN Handle
__TRANSMITMAILBOX__: the number of
the mailbox that is used for transmission.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CAN_DBG_FREEZE

Enable or disable the DBG Freeze for
CAN.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CAN Handle
__NEWSTATE__: new state of the CAN
peripheral. This parameter can be:
ENABLE (CAN reception/transmission is
frozen during debug. Reception FIFOs can
still be accessed/controlled normally) or
DISABLE (CAN is working during debug).
Return value:

None
CAN Filter FIFO
CAN_FILTER_FIFO0
Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x
CAN_FILTER_FIFO1
Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x
CAN Filter Mode
CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK
Identifier mask mode
CAN_FILTERMODE_IDLIST
Identifier list mode
CAN Filter Scale
CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT
Two 16-bit filters
CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT
One 32-bit filter
CAN Flags
146/963
CAN_FLAG_RQCP0
Request MailBox0 flag
CAN_FLAG_RQCP1
Request MailBox1 flag
CAN_FLAG_RQCP2
Request MailBox2 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK0
Transmission OK MailBox0 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK1
Transmission OK MailBox1 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK2
Transmission OK MailBox2 flag
CAN_FLAG_TME0
Transmit mailbox 0 empty flag
CAN_FLAG_TME1
Transmit mailbox 0 empty flag
CAN_FLAG_TME2
Transmit mailbox 0 empty flag
CAN_FLAG_FF0
FIFO 0 Full flag
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
CAN_FLAG_FOV0
FIFO 0 Overrun flag
CAN_FLAG_FF1
FIFO 1 Full flag
CAN_FLAG_FOV1
FIFO 1 Overrun flag
CAN_FLAG_WKU
Wake up flag
CAN_FLAG_SLAK
Sleep acknowledge flag
CAN_FLAG_SLAKI
Sleep acknowledge flag
CAN_FLAG_EWG
Error warning flag
CAN_FLAG_EPV
Error passive flag
CAN_FLAG_BOF
Bus-Off flag
CAN Identifier Type
CAN_ID_STD
Standard Id
CAN_ID_EXT
Extended Id
CAN InitStatus
CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED
CAN initialization failed
CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS
CAN initialization OK
CAN Interrupts
CAN_IT_TME
Transmit mailbox empty interrupt
CAN_IT_FMP0
FIFO 0 message pending interrupt
CAN_IT_FF0
FIFO 0 full interrupt
CAN_IT_FOV0
FIFO 0 overrun interrupt
CAN_IT_FMP1
FIFO 1 message pending interrupt
CAN_IT_FF1
FIFO 1 full interrupt
CAN_IT_FOV1
FIFO 1 overrun interrupt
CAN_IT_WKU
Wake-up interrupt
CAN_IT_SLK
Sleep acknowledge interrupt
CAN_IT_EWG
Error warning interrupt
CAN_IT_EPV
Error passive interrupt
CAN_IT_BOF
Bus-off interrupt
CAN_IT_LEC
Last error code interrupt
CAN_IT_ERR
Error Interrupt
CAN Mailboxes Definition
CAN_TXMAILBOX_0
CAN_TXMAILBOX_1
CAN_TXMAILBOX_2
CAN Operating Mode
CAN_MODE_NORMAL
Normal mode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
147/963
UM1725
CAN_MODE_LOOPBACK
Loopback mode
CAN_MODE_SILENT
Silent mode
CAN_MODE_SILENT_LOOPBACK
Loopback combined with silent mode
CAN Private Constants
CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE
CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX
CAN cell did not provide CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox
CAN_FLAG_MASK
CAN Private Macros
IS_CAN_MODE
IS_CAN_SJW
IS_CAN_BS1
IS_CAN_BS2
IS_CAN_PRESCALER
IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER
IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE
IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE
IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO
IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER
IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX
IS_CAN_STDID
IS_CAN_EXTID
IS_CAN_DLC
IS_CAN_IDTYPE
IS_CAN_RTR
IS_CAN_FIFO
CAN Receive FIFO Number Constants
CAN_FIFO0
CAN FIFO 0 used to receive
CAN_FIFO1
CAN FIFO 1 used to receive
CAN Remote Transmission Request
CAN_RTR_DATA
Data frame
CAN_RTR_REMOTE
Remote frame
CAN Synchronisation Jump Width
CAN_SJW_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_SJW_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_SJW_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_SJW_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN Time Quantum in bit segment 1
148/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
CAN_BS1_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_BS1_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_BS1_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_BS1_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN_BS1_5TQ
5 time quantum
CAN_BS1_6TQ
6 time quantum
CAN_BS1_7TQ
7 time quantum
CAN_BS1_8TQ
8 time quantum
CAN_BS1_9TQ
9 time quantum
CAN_BS1_10TQ
10 time quantum
CAN_BS1_11TQ
11 time quantum
CAN_BS1_12TQ
12 time quantum
CAN_BS1_13TQ
13 time quantum
CAN_BS1_14TQ
14 time quantum
CAN_BS1_15TQ
15 time quantum
CAN_BS1_16TQ
16 time quantum
CAN Time Quantum in bit segment 2
CAN_BS2_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_BS2_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_BS2_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_BS2_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN_BS2_5TQ
5 time quantum
CAN_BS2_6TQ
6 time quantum
CAN_BS2_7TQ
7 time quantum
CAN_BS2_8TQ
8 time quantum
DOCID025834 Rev 3
149/963
UM1725
7
HAL CEC Generic Driver
7.1
HAL CEC Generic Driver
7.2
CEC Firmware driver registers structures
7.2.1
CEC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields










uint32_t SignalFreeTime
uint32_t Tolerance
uint32_t BRERxStop
uint32_t BREErrorBitGen
uint32_t LBPEErrorBitGen
uint32_t BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen
uint32_t SignalFreeTimeOption
uint32_t OwnAddress
uint32_t ListenMode
uint8_t InitiatorAddress
Field Documentation






150/963
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::SignalFreeTime
Set SFT field, specifies the Signal Free Time. It can be one of
CEC_Signal_Free_Time and belongs to the set {0,...,7} where 0x0 is the default
configuration else means 0.5 + (SignalFreeTime - 1) nominal data bit periods
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::Tolerance
Set RXTOL bit, specifies the tolerance accepted on the received waveforms, it can be
a value of CEC_Tolerance : it is either CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE or
CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BRERxStop
Set BRESTP bit CEC_BRERxStop : specifies whether or not a Bit Rising Error stops
the reception. CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is not stopped.
CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is stopped.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BREErrorBitGen
Set BREGEN bit CEC_BREErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is
generated on the CEC line upon Bit Rising Error detection.
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation if BRESTP is set.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::LBPEErrorBitGen
Set LBPEGEN bit CEC_LBPEErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is
generated on the CEC line upon Long Bit Period Error detection.
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen
Set BRDNOGEN bit CEC_BroadCastMsgErrorBitGen : allows to avoid an Error-Bit
generation on the CEC line upon an error detected on a broadcast message.It
supersedes BREGEN and LBPEGEN bits for a broadcast message error handling. It
can take two values:1) CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION. a)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725




7.2.2
BRE detection: error-bit generation on the CEC line if
BRESTP=CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE and
BREGEN=CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION. b) LBPE detection: error-bit
generation on the CEC line if
LBPGEN=CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION.2)
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION. no error-bit generation
in case neither a) nor b) are satisfied. Additionally, there is no error-bit generation in
case of Short Bit Period Error detection in a broadcast message while LSTN bit is set.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::SignalFreeTimeOption
Set SFTOP bit CEC_SFT_Option : specifies when SFT timer starts.
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM SFT: timer starts when TXSOM is set by software.
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END: SFT timer starts automatically at the end of
message transmission/reception.
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress
Set OAR field, specifies CEC device address within a 15-bit long field
uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::ListenMode
Set LSTN bit CEC_Listening_Mode : specifies device listening mode. It can take two
values:CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE: CEC peripheral receives only message
addressed to its own address (OAR). Messages addressed to different destination are
ignored. Broadcast messages are always received.CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE:
CEC peripheral receives messages addressed to its own address (OAR) with positive
acknowledge. Messages addressed to different destination are received, but without
interfering with the CEC bus: no acknowledge sent.
uint8_t CEC_InitTypeDef::InitiatorAddress
CEC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields









CEC_TypeDef * Instance
CEC_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint32_t ErrorCode
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation









CEC_TypeDef* CEC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
CEC_InitTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::Init
uint8_t* CEC_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
uint8_t* CEC_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
uint32_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
HAL_LockTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::State
DOCID025834 Rev 3
151/963
UM1725
7.3
CEC Firmware driver API description
7.3.1
How to use this driver
The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt
and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
and receive process. (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option,
Tolerance, reception stop in in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation
conditions, device logical address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure. (#)
Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware GPIO,
CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
7.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC

The following parameters need to be configured:

SignalFreeTime

Tolerance

BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)

BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)

LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)

BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message
error)

SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition)

OwnAddress (CEC device address)

ListenMode
This section contains the following APIs:




7.3.3
HAL_CEC_Init()
HAL_CEC_DeInit()
HAL_CEC_MspInit()
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section contains the following APIs:









152/963
HAL_CEC_Transmit()
HAL_CEC_Receive()
HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()
HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize()
HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
7.3.4
Peripheral Control function
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.

HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC
peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:


7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.7
7.3.8
7.3.9
HAL_CEC_GetState()
HAL_CEC_GetError()
HAL_CEC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init (CEC_HandleTypeDef *
hcec)
Function Description
Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified parameters in
the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CEC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef *
hcec)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CEC peripheral.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CEC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_MspInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
CEC MSP Init.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

None
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
CEC MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

None
HAL_CEC_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Send data in blocking mode.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
153/963
UM1725
Parameters
Return values
7.3.10
7.3.11
7.3.12
154/963





hcec: CEC handle
DestinationAddress: destination logical address
pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the
header). 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14
operands).
Timeout: Timeout duration.

HAL status
HAL_CEC_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive (CEC_HandleTypeDef
* hcec, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive data in blocking mode.
Parameters



hcec: CEC handle
pData: pointer to received data buffer.
Timeout: Timeout duration. Note that the received data size
is not known beforehand, the latter is known when the
reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize.
hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14
operands max). If only a header is received, hcec>RxXferSize = 0
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint32_t Size)
Function Description
Send data in interrupt mode.
Parameters




hcec: CEC handle
DestinationAddress: destination logical address
pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the
header). 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14
operands).
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CEC_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive_IT
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint8_t * pData)
Function Description
Receive data in interrupt mode.
Parameters


hcec: CEC handle
pData: pointer to received data buffer. Note that the received
data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known when
the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize.
hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
operands max). If only a header is received, hcec>RxXferSize = 0
Return values
7.3.13
7.3.14
7.3.15
7.3.16
7.3.17
7.3.18

HAL status
HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Get size of the received frame.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

Frame size
HAL_CEC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

None
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

None
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

None
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
CEC error callbacks.
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

None
HAL_CEC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState
(CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
return the CEC state
DOCID025834 Rev 3
155/963
UM1725
7.3.19
Parameters

hcec: CEC handle
Return values

HAL state
HAL_CEC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Function Description
Return the CEC error code.
Parameters

hcec: : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified CEC.
Return values

CEC Error Code
7.4
CEC Firmware driver defines
7.4.1
CEC
CEC all RX or TX errors flags
CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR
CEC Error Bit Generation if Bit Rise Error reported
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
CEC Reception Stop on Error
CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE
CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE
CEC Error Bit Generation on Broadcast message
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
CEC Error Code
HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE
no error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR
CEC Rx-Overrun
HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE
CEC Rx Bit Rising Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_SBPE
CEC Rx Short Bit period Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_LBPE
CEC Rx Long Bit period Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE
CEC Rx Missing Acknowledge
HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST
CEC Arbitration Lost
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR
CEC Tx-Buffer Underrun
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR
CEC Tx-Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE
CEC Tx Missing Acknowledge
CEC Exported Macros
__HAL_CEC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
156/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
Description:
UM1725

Reset CEC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CEC handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG

Checks whether or not the
specified CEC interrupt flag is
set.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the
interrupt to check.

CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx
Missing acknowledge Error

CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx
Error.

CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: TxBuffer Underrun.

CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End
of transmission (successful
transmission of the last
byte).

CEC_FLAG_TXBR: TxByte Request.

CEC_FLAG_ARBLST:
Arbitration Lost

CEC_FLAG_RXACKE:
Rx-Missing Acknowledge

CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx
Long period Error

CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx
Short period Error

CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit
Rissing Error

CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx
Overrun.

CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End
Of Reception.

CEC_FLAG_RXBR: RxByte Received.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
ITStatus
Clears the interrupt or status
flag when raised (write at 1)
157/963
UM1725
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the
interrupt/status flag to clear.
This parameter can be one of
the following values:

CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx
Missing acknowledge Error

CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx
Error.

CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: TxBuffer Underrun.

CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End
of transmission (successful
transmission of the last
byte).

CEC_FLAG_TXBR: TxByte Request.

CEC_FLAG_ARBLST:
Arbitration Lost

CEC_FLAG_RXACKE:
Rx-Missing Acknowledge

CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx
Long period Error

CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx
Short period Error

CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit
Rissing Error

CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx
Overrun.

CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End
Of Reception.

CEC_FLAG_RXBR: RxByte Received.
Return value:

none
Description:
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT

Enables the specified CEC
interrupt.
Parameters:


158/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
CEC interrupt to enable. This
parameter can be one of the
following values:

CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx
Missing acknowledge Error
IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error
UM1725











IT Enable
CEC_IT_TXUDR: TxBuffer Underrun IT Enable
CEC_IT_TXEND: End of
transmission IT Enable
CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte
Request IT Enable
CEC_IT_ARBLST:
Arbitration Lost IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXACKE: RxMissing Acknowledge IT
Enable
CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long
period Error IT Enable
CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short
period Error IT Enable
CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit
Rising Error IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx
Overrun IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of
Reception IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte
Received IT Enable
Return value:

none
Description:
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT

Disables the specified CEC
interrupt.
Parameters:


DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
CEC interrupt to disable. This
parameter can be one of the
following values:

CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx
Missing acknowledge Error
IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error
IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXUDR: TxBuffer Underrun IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXEND: End of
transmission IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte
Request IT Enable

CEC_IT_ARBLST:
Arbitration Lost IT Enable

CEC_IT_RXACKE: RxMissing Acknowledge IT
159/963






UM1725
Enable
CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long
period Error IT Enable
CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short
period Error IT Enable
CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit
Rising Error IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx
Overrun IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of
Reception IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte
Received IT Enable
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE
none
Description:

Checks whether or not the
specified CEC interrupt is
enabled.
Parameters:


160/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
CEC interrupt to check. This
parameter can be one of the
following values:

CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx
Missing acknowledge Error
IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error
IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXUDR: TxBuffer Underrun IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXEND: End of
transmission IT Enable

CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte
Request IT Enable

CEC_IT_ARBLST:
Arbitration Lost IT Enable

CEC_IT_RXACKE: RxMissing Acknowledge IT
Enable

CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long
period Error IT Enable

CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short
period Error IT Enable

CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit
Rising Error IT Enable

CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx
Overrun IT Enable

CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of
UM1725

Reception IT Enable
CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte
Received IT Enable
Return value:

FlagStatus
Description:
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE

Enables the CEC device.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
Return value:

none
Description:
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE

Disables the CEC device.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET
none
Description:

Set Transmission Start flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET
none
Description:

Set Transmission End flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLA
G
none: If the CEC message
consists of only one byte,
TXEOM must be set before of
TXSOM.
Description:

Get Transmission Start flag.
Parameters:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
161/963
UM1725

__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_END_FLAG
FlagStatus
Description:

Get Transmission End flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
Return value:

FlagStatus
Description:
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_OAR

Clear OAR register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
Return value:

none
Description:
__HAL_CEC_SET_OAR

Set OAR register (without
resetting previously set address
in case of multi-address mode)
To reset OAR,
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the
CEC Handle.
__ADDRESS__: Own Address
value (CEC logical address is
identified by bit position)
Return value:

CEC Flags definition
CEC_FLAG_TXACKE
CEC_FLAG_TXERR
CEC_FLAG_TXUDR
CEC_FLAG_TXEND
CEC_FLAG_TXBR
CEC_FLAG_ARBLST
CEC_FLAG_RXACKE
162/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
none
UM1725
CEC_FLAG_LBPE
CEC_FLAG_SBPE
CEC_FLAG_BRE
CEC_FLAG_RXOVR
CEC_FLAG_RXEND
CEC_FLAG_RXBR
CEC all RX errors interrupts enabling flag
CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR
CEC all TX errors interrupts enabling flag
CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR
CEC Initiator logical address position in message header
CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS
CEC Interrupts definition
CEC_IT_TXACKE
CEC_IT_TXERR
CEC_IT_TXUDR
CEC_IT_TXEND
CEC_IT_TXBR
CEC_IT_ARBLST
CEC_IT_RXACKE
CEC_IT_LBPE
CEC_IT_SBPE
CEC_IT_BRE
CEC_IT_RXOVR
CEC_IT_RXEND
CEC_IT_RXBR
CEC Error Bit Generation if Long Bit Period Error reported
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
CEC Listening mode option
CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE
CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE
CEC Device Own Address position in CEC CFGR register
CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS
CEC Private Constants
CEC_CFGR_FIELDS
CEC Private Macros
DOCID025834 Rev 3
163/963
UM1725
IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME
IS_CEC_TOLERANCE
IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP
IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN
IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN
IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
IS_CEC_SFTOP
IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE
Description:
IS_CEC_OAR_ADDRESS

Check CEC
device Own
Address Register
(OAR) setting.
Parameters:

__ADDRESS__:
CEC own
address.
Return value:

Test: result
(TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:
IS_CEC_ADDRESS

Check CEC
initiator or
destination logical
address setting.
Parameters:

__ADDRESS__:
CEC initiator or
logical address.
Return value:

Test: result
(TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:
IS_CEC_MSGSIZE

Check CEC
message size.
Parameters:

__SIZE__: CEC
message size.
Return value:

164/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
Test: result
UM1725
(TRUE or
FALSE).
CEC Signal Free Time start option
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END
CEC Signal Free Time setting parameter
CEC_DEFAULT_SFT
CEC_0_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
CEC_1_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
CEC_2_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
CEC_3_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
CEC_4_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
CEC_5_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
CEC_6_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
CEC Receiver Tolerance
CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE
CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
165/963
UM1725
8
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver
8.1
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver
8.2
CORTEX Firmware driver registers structures
8.2.1
MPU_Region_InitTypeDef
Data Fields











uint8_t Enable
uint8_t Number
uint32_t BaseAddress
uint8_t Size
uint8_t SubRegionDisable
uint8_t TypeExtField
uint8_t AccessPermission
uint8_t DisableExec
uint8_t IsShareable
uint8_t IsCacheable
uint8_t IsBufferable
Field Documentation









166/963
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Enable
Specifies the status of the region. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Number
Specifies the number of the region to protect. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number
uint32_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::BaseAddress
Specifies the base address of the region to protect.
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Size
Specifies the size of the region to protect. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::SubRegionDisable
Specifies the number of the subregion protection to disable. This parameter must be
a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::TypeExtField
Specifies the TEX field level. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::AccessPermission
Specifies the region access permission type. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::DisableExec
Specifies the instruction access status. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsShareable
Specifies the shareability status of the protected region. This parameter can be a
value of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsCacheable
Specifies the cacheable status of the region protected. This parameter can be a value
of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable
uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsBufferable
Specifies the bufferable status of the protected region. This parameter can be a value
of CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable
8.3
CORTEX Firmware driver API description
8.3.1
How to use this driver
How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). The
Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
function according to the following table.
Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
please refer to programing manual for details in how to configure priority. When the
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. The
pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority. IRQ priority order
(sorted by highest to lowest priority): Lowest preemption priority Lowest sub priority
Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.




The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which is a
CMSIS function that:

Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.

Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).

Resets the SysTick Counter register.

Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).

Enables the SysTick Interrupt.

Starts the SysTick Counter.
You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8)
just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined inside the
stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the
NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: Reload Value = SysTick
Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)

Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
function
DOCID025834 Rev 3
167/963
UM1725

8.3.2
Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
This section contains the following APIs:






8.3.3
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset()
HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX (NVIC,
SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
This section contains the following APIs:










8.3.4
8.3.5
168/963
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion()
HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping()
HAL_NVIC_GetPriority()
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ()
HAL_NVIC_GetActive()
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig()
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler()
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback()
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping (uint32_t PriorityGroup)
Function Description
Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
using the required unlock sequence.
Parameters

PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority 4
bits for subpriorityNVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for
preemption priority 3 bits for
subpriorityNVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption
priority 2 bits for subpriorityNVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits
for preemption priority 1 bits for
subpriorityNVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption
priority 0 bits for subpriority
Return values

None
Notes

When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption
is no more possible. The pending IRQ priority will be
managed only by the subpriority.
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t
PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
Function Description
Sets the priority of an interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number. This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn
channel. This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 A
lower priority value indicates a higher priority
SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. This
parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 A lower priority
value indicates a higher priority.


Return values
8.3.6
8.3.7
8.3.8
8.3.9

None
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number. This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
Return values

None
Notes

To configure interrupts priority correctly, the
NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() function should be called before.
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number. This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
Return values

None
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset (void )
Function Description
Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
Return values

None
HAL_SYSTICK_Config
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config (uint32_t TicksNumb)
Function Description
Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System
DOCID025834 Rev 3
169/963
UM1725
Tick Timer.
8.3.10
8.3.11
8.3.12
Parameters

TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two
interrupts.
Return values

status - 0 Function succeeded. 1 Function failed.
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion
Function Name
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion (MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *
MPU_Init)
Function Description
Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be
protected.
Parameters

MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure
that contains the initialization and configuration information.
Return values

None
HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping (void )
Function Description
Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
Return values

HAL_NVIC_GetPriority
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t
PriorityGroup, uint32_t * pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *
pSubPriority)
Function Description
Gets the priority of an interrupt.
Parameters




Return values
8.3.13
170/963
Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)

IRQn: External interrupt number. This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority 4
bits for subpriorityNVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for
preemption priority 3 bits for
subpriorityNVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption
priority 2 bits for subpriorityNVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits
for preemption priority 1 bits for
subpriorityNVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption
priority 0 bits for subpriority
pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value
(starting from 0).
pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from
0).
None
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
8.3.14
8.3.15
8.3.16
8.3.17
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
Return values

None
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number. This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
Return values

status - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. 1 Interrupt status is
pending.
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ
Function Name
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number. This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
Return values

None
HAL_NVIC_GetActive
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Function Description
Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns
the active bit).
Parameters

IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an
enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the complete
STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the
appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
Return values

status - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. 1 Interrupt status is
pending.
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig (uint32_t CLKSource)
Function Description
Configures the SysTick clock source.
Parameters

CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. This
DOCID025834 Rev 3
171/963
UM1725
parameter can be one of the following values:
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by
8 selected as SysTick clock
source.SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected
as SysTick clock source.
Return values
8.3.18
8.3.19

None
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
Return values

None
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback (void )
Function Description
SYSTICK callback.
Return values

None
8.4
CORTEX Firmware driver defines
8.4.1
CORTEX
CORTEX Exported Macros
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CON
FIG
Description:

Configures the SysTick clock source.
Parameters:

__CLKSRC__: specifies the SysTick clock
source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:

SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8:
AHB clock divided by 8 selected as
SysTick clock source.

SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB
clock selected as SysTick clock source.
Return value:

None
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Bufferable
MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Cacheable
MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Shareable
172/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE
MPU HFNMI and PRIVILEGED Access control
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access
MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE
MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE
CORTEX MPU Region Enable
MPU_REGION_ENABLE
MPU_REGION_DISABLE
CORTEX MPU Region Number
MPU_REGION_NUMBER0
MPU_REGION_NUMBER1
MPU_REGION_NUMBER2
MPU_REGION_NUMBER3
MPU_REGION_NUMBER4
MPU_REGION_NUMBER5
MPU_REGION_NUMBER6
MPU_REGION_NUMBER7
CORTEX MPU Region Permission Attributes
MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO
MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO
CORTEX MPU Region Size
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB
DOCID025834 Rev 3
173/963
UM1725
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB
MPU TEX Levels
MPU_TEX_LEVEL0
MPU_TEX_LEVEL1
MPU_TEX_LEVEL2
CORTEX Preemption Priority Group
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0
0 bits for pre-emption priority 4 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1
1 bits for pre-emption priority 3 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2
2 bits for pre-emption priority 2 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3
3 bits for pre-emption priority 1 bits for subpriority
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4
4 bits for pre-emption priority 0 bits for subpriority
CORTEX Private Macros
IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP
IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY
IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY
174/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ
IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE
IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE
IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS
IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE
IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE
IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE
IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL
IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE
IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER
IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE
IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE
CORTEX _SysTick clock source
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK
DOCID025834 Rev 3
175/963
UM1725
9
HAL CRC Generic Driver
9.1
HAL CRC Generic Driver
9.2
CRC Firmware driver registers structures
9.2.1
CRC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields



CRC_TypeDef * Instance
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation



CRC_TypeDef* CRC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
HAL_LockTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CRC locking object
__IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::State
CRC communication state
9.3
CRC Firmware driver API description
9.3.1
How to use this driver
The CRC HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
9.3.2
Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of a 32-bit data
buffer using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC Value of a new 32-bit data
buffer. This function resets the CRC computation unit before starting the computation
to avoid getting wrong CRC values.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and
create the associated handle
DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
Initialize the CRC MSP
DeInitialize CRC MSP
This section contains the following APIs:



176/963
HAL_CRC_Init()
HAL_CRC_DeInit()
HAL_CRC_MspInit()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

9.3.3
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer, using combination of the
previous CRC value and the new one.
Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer, independently of the previous
CRC value.
This section contains the following APIs:


9.3.4
HAL_CRC_Accumulate()
HAL_CRC_Calculate()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:

9.3.5
9.3.6
9.3.7
9.3.8
HAL_CRC_GetState()
HAL_CRC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init (CRC_HandleTypeDef *
hcrc)
Function Description
Initializes the CRC according to the specified parameters in the
CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRC
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CRC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef *
hcrc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CRC peripheral.
Parameters

hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRC
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CRC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CRC_MspInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
Initializes the CRC MSP.
Parameters

hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRC
Return values

None
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit
DOCID025834 Rev 3
177/963
9.3.9
Function Name
UM1725
void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CRC MSP.
Parameters

hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRC
Return values

None
HAL_CRC_Accumulate
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc,
uint32_t pBuffer, uint32_t BufferLength)
Function Description
Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer using combination
of the previous CRC value and the new one.
Parameters


hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRC
pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be
computed
BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed

32-bit CRC

Return values
9.3.10
HAL_CRC_Calculate
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc,
uint32_t pBuffer, uint32_t BufferLength)
Function Description
Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer independently of
the previous CRC value.
Parameters


hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRC
pBuffer: Pointer to the buffer containing the data to be
computed
BufferLength: Length of the buffer to be computed

32-bit CRC

Return values
9.3.11
HAL_CRC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState
(CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Function Description
Returns the CRC state.
Parameters

hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRC
Return values

HAL state
9.4
CRC Firmware driver defines
9.4.1
CRC
CRC Exported Macros
__HAL_CRC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
178/963
Description:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

Resets CRC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET
None
Description:

Resets CRC Data Register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_SET_IDR
None
Description:

Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent
Data(ID) register.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: CRC handle
__VALUE__: 8-bit value to be stored in the
ID register
Return value:

__HAL_CRC_GET_IDR
None
Description:

Returns the 8-bit data stored in the
Independent Data(ID) register.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:

8-bit: value of the ID register
DOCID025834 Rev 3
179/963
UM1725
10
HAL CRYP Generic Driver
10.1
HAL CRYP Generic Driver
10.2
CRYP Firmware driver registers structures
10.2.1
CRYP_InitTypeDef
Data Fields









uint32_t DataType
uint32_t KeySize
uint8_t * pKey
uint8_t * pInitVect
uint8_t IVSize
uint8_t TagSize
uint8_t * Header
uint32_t HeaderSize
uint8_t * pScratch
Field Documentation









180/963
uint32_t CRYP_InitTypeDef::DataType
32-bit data, 16-bit data, 8-bit data or 1-bit string. This parameter can be a value of
CRYP_Data_Type
uint32_t CRYP_InitTypeDef::KeySize
Used only in AES mode only : 128, 192 or 256 bit key length. This parameter can be
a value of CRYP_Key_Size
uint8_t* CRYP_InitTypeDef::pKey
The key used for encryption/decryption
uint8_t* CRYP_InitTypeDef::pInitVect
The initialization vector used also as initialization counter in CTR mode
uint8_t CRYP_InitTypeDef::IVSize
The size of initialization vector. This parameter (called nonce size in CCM) is used
only in AES-128/192/256 encryption/decryption CCM mode
uint8_t CRYP_InitTypeDef::TagSize
The size of returned authentication TAG. This parameter is used only in AES128/192/256 encryption/decryption CCM mode
uint8_t* CRYP_InitTypeDef::Header
The header used in GCM and CCM modes
uint32_t CRYP_InitTypeDef::HeaderSize
The size of header buffer in bytes
uint8_t* CRYP_InitTypeDef::pScratch
Scratch buffer used to append the header. It's size must be equal to header size + 21
bytes. This parameter is used only in AES-128/192/256 encryption/decryption CCM
mode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
10.2.2
CRYP_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields












CRYP_TypeDef * Instance
CRYP_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pCrypInBuffPtr
uint8_t * pCrypOutBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t CrypInCount
__IO uint16_t CrypOutCount
HAL_StatusTypeDef Status
HAL_PhaseTypeDef Phase
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmain
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaout
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef State
Field Documentation












CRYP_TypeDef* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Instance
CRYP registers base address
CRYP_InitTypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Init
CRYP required parameters
uint8_t* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::pCrypInBuffPtr
Pointer to CRYP processing (encryption, decryption,...) buffer
uint8_t* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::pCrypOutBuffPtr
Pointer to CRYP processing (encryption, decryption,...) buffer
__IO uint16_t CRYP_HandleTypeDef::CrypInCount
Counter of inputed data
__IO uint16_t CRYP_HandleTypeDef::CrypOutCount
Counter of outputted data
HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Status
CRYP peripheral status
HAL_PhaseTypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Phase
CRYP peripheral phase
DMA_HandleTypeDef* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::hdmain
CRYP In DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* CRYP_HandleTypeDef::hdmaout
CRYP Out DMA handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CRYP locking object
__IO HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef CRYP_HandleTypeDef::State
CRYP peripheral state
10.3
CRYP Firmware driver API description
10.3.1
How to use this driver
The CRYP HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit():
a.
Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
181/963
UM1725
In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT())

Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()

Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()

In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
c.
In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g.
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA())

Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer
from memory to peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing
data transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle using
__HAL_LINKDMA()

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
priority than the input stream HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
Initialize the CRYP HAL using HAL_CRYP_Init(). This function configures mainly:
a.
The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit
b.
The key size: 128, 192 and 256. This parameter is relevant only for AES
c.
The encryption/decryption key. It's size depends on the algorithm used for
encryption/decryption
d.
The initialization vector (counter). It is not used ECB mode.
Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available:
a.
Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions i.e. they
process the data and wait till the processing is finished, e.g.
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt()
b.
Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions i.e.
they process the data under interrupt, e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT()
c.
DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions i.e. the
data transfer is ensured by DMA, e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA()
When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init() the CRYP
peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input. At second call, the
processing function performs an append of the already processed buffer. When a new
data block is to be processed, call HAL_CRYP_Init() then the processing function.
Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
10.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the CRYP according to the specified parameters in the CRYP_InitTypeDef
and creates the associated handle
DeInitialize the CRYP peripheral
Initialize the CRYP MSP
DeInitialize CRYP MSP
This section contains the following APIs:




10.3.3
HAL_CRYP_Init()
HAL_CRYP_DeInit()
HAL_CRYP_MspInit()
HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit()
AES processing functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
182/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


Encrypt plaintext using AES-128/192/256 using chaining modes
Decrypt cyphertext using AES-128/192/256 using chaining modes
Three processing functions are available:



Polling mode
Interrupt mode
DMA mode
This section contains the following APIs:


















10.3.4
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA()
DES processing functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Encrypt plaintext using DES using ECB or CBC chaining modes
Decrypt cyphertext using ECB or CBC chaining modes
Three processing functions are available:



Polling mode
Interrupt mode
DMA mode
This section contains the following APIs:












HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_DMA()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
183/963
UM1725
10.3.5
TDES processing functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Encrypt plaintext using TDES based on ECB or CBC chaining modes
Decrypt cyphertext using TDES based on ECB or CBC chaining modes
Three processing functions are available:



Polling mode
Interrupt mode
DMA mode
This section contains the following APIs:












10.3.6
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_DMA()
DMA callback functions
This section provides DMA callback functions:



DMA Input data transfer complete
DMA Output data transfer complete
DMA error
This section contains the following APIs:



10.3.7
HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback()
HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback()
HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback()
CRYP IRQ handler management
This section provides CRYP IRQ handler function.
This section contains the following APIs:

10.3.8
HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

10.3.9
HAL_CRYP_GetState()
HAL_CRYP_Init
Function Name
184/963
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Init (CRYP_HandleTypeDef *
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
hcryp)
10.3.10
10.3.11
10.3.12
10.3.13
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP according to the specified parameters in the
CRYP_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DeInit
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
DeInitializes the CRYP peripheral.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_MspInit (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP MSP.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None
HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
DeInitializes CRYP MSP.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode then
encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters

Return values




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
185/963
UM1725
10.3.14
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode then
encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.15
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode then
encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters





hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode then
decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters





hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt
Function Name
186/963
HAL status
Function Name
Return values
10.3.17

HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt
Return values
10.3.16




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode then
decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.18

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode then
decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.19




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status


Return values
10.3.20
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode
using Interrupt.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
187/963
UM1725
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status


Return values
10.3.21
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status


Return values
10.3.22
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.23



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode
using IT.
Parameters




188/963
hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
10.3.24
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using
DMA.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status


Return values
10.3.26
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.27
HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT
Return values
10.3.25




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
DOCID025834 Rev 3
189/963
UM1725
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using
DMA.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.28



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using
DMA.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status


Return values
10.3.29
HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
bytes
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status


Return values
10.3.30
190/963
HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using
DMA.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
10.3.31
HAL status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode.
Parameters





hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode.
Parameters





hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.34

Function Name
Return values
10.3.33
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt
Return values
10.3.32







hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt
DOCID025834 Rev 3
191/963
Function Name
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.35
192/963
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode
using IT.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode
using interrupt.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.37

HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT
Return values
10.3.36




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode
using IT.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
10.3.38

HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode
using interrupt.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.40
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT
Return values
10.3.39






hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters

Return values



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
193/963
UM1725
10.3.41
HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.42
194/963
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode
then encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.44

HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_DMA
Return values
10.3.43



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
then decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters
Return values
10.3.45

HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode
then encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters





hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode
then decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.47




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt
Return values
10.3.46





hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode
using interrupt.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
DOCID025834 Rev 3
195/963
UM1725
Return values
10.3.48
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
196/963
HAL status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Return values
10.3.51

Function Name
Return values
10.3.50
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT
Return values
10.3.49


HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.52
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters

Return values
10.3.54

HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_DMA
Return values
10.3.53



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
DOCID025834 Rev 3
197/963
UM1725
Return values
10.3.55
10.3.56
10.3.57
10.3.58
10.3.59
198/963

pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef *
hcryp)
Function Description
Input FIFO transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None
HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef *
hcryp)
Function Description
Output FIFO transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None
HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef *
hcryp)
Function Description
CRYP error callbacks.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None
HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
This function handles CRYP interrupt request.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None
HAL_CRYP_GetState
Function Name
HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef HAL_CRYP_GetState
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Function Description
Returns the CRYP state.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values

HAL state
10.4
CRYP Firmware driver defines
10.4.1
CRYP
CRYP Data Type
CRYP_DATATYPE_32B
CRYP_DATATYPE_16B
CRYP_DATATYPE_8B
CRYP_DATATYPE_1B
CRYP CRYP_AlgoModeDirection
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DIRECTION
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB_DECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC_DECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB_DECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC_DECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_DECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_DECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_DECRYPT
CRYP CRYP_Interrupt
CRYP_IT_INI
Input FIFO Interrupt
CRYP_IT_OUTI
Output FIFO Interrupt
CRYP CRYP_Flags
CRYP_FLAG_BUSY
The CRYP core is currently processing a block of data or a key
preparation (for AES decryption).
CRYP_FLAG_IFEM
Input FIFO is empty
CRYP_FLAG_IFNF
Input FIFO is not Full
CRYP_FLAG_OFNE
Output FIFO is not empty
CRYP_FLAG_OFFU
Output FIFO is Full
CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS
Output FIFO service raw interrupt status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
199/963
UM1725
CRYP_FLAG_INRIS
Input FIFO service raw interrupt status
CRYP Exported Macros
__HAL_CRYP_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset CRYP handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE

Enable/Disable the CRYP peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
Return value:

None
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE
__HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH
Description:

Flush the data FIFO.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE
None
Description:

Set the algorithm mode: AES-ECB, AESCBC, AES-CTR, DES-ECB, DES-CBC.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
MODE: The algorithm mode.
Return value:

__HAL_CRYP_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Check whether the specified CRYP flag is
set or not.
Parameters:

200/963
__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

CRYP_FLAG_BUSY: The CRYP
core is currently processing a block
of data or a key preparation (for AES
decryption).

CRYP_FLAG_IFEM: Input FIFO is
empty

CRYP_FLAG_IFNF: Input FIFO is
not full

CRYP_FLAG_INRIS: Input FIFO
service raw interrupt is pending

CRYP_FLAG_OFNE: Output FIFO
is not empty

CRYP_FLAG_OFFU: Output FIFO is
full

CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS: Input FIFO
service raw interrupt is pending
Return value:

__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Check whether the specified CRYP
interrupt is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
to check. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

CRYP_IT_INRIS: Input FIFO service
raw interrupt is pending

CRYP_IT_OUTRIS: Output FIFO
service raw interrupt is pending
Return value:

__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__
(TRUE or FALSE).
Description:

Enable the CRYP interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: CRYP Interrupt.
Return value:

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
201/963
UM1725
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT
Description:

Disable the CRYP interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: CRYP interrupt.
Return value:

None
CRYP Key Size
CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B
CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B
CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B
CRYP Private Constants
CRYP_FLAG_MASK
CRYP_Private_define
CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE
CRYP Private Macros
IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE
IS_CRYP_DATATYPE
202/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
11
HAL CRYP Extension Driver
11.1
HAL CRYP Extension Driver
11.2
CRYPEx Firmware driver API description
11.2.1
How to use this driver
The CRYP Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit():
a.
Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE()
b.
In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT())

Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()

Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()

In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
c.
In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g.
HAL_AES_ECB_Encrypt_DMA())

Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer
from memory to peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing
data transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle using
__HAL_LINKDMA()

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
priority than the input stream HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
Initialize the CRYP HAL using HAL_CRYP_Init(). This function configures mainly:
a.
The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit
b.
The key size: 128, 192 and 256. This parameter is relevant only for AES
c.
The encryption/decryption key. Its size depends on the algorithm used for
encryption/decryption
d.
The initialization vector (counter). It is not used ECB mode.
Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available:
a.
Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions i.e. they
process the data and wait till the processing is finished e.g.
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt()
b.
Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions i.e.
they process the data under interrupt e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT()
c.
DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions i.e. the
data transfer is ensured by DMA e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA()
When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init() the CRYP
peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input. At second call, the
processing function performs an append of the already processed buffer. When a new
data block is to be processed, call HAL_CRYP_Init() then the processing function.
In AES-GCM and AES-CCM modes are an authenticated encryption algorithms which
provide authentication messages. HAL_AES_GCM_Finish() and
HAL_AES_CCM_Finish() are used to provide those authentication messages. Call
those functions after the processing ones (polling, interrupt or DMA). e.g. in AES-CCM
mode call HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt() to encrypt the plain data then call
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish() to get the authentication message For CCM
DOCID025834 Rev 3
203/963
6.
11.2.2
UM1725
Encrypt/Decrypt API's, only DataType = 8-bit is supported by this version. The
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_xxxx() implementation is limited to 32bits inputs data length
(Plain/Cyphertext, Header) compared with GCM standards specifications (800-38D).
Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral.
Extended AES processing functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Encrypt plaintext using AES-128/192/256 using GCM and CCM chaining modes
Decrypt cyphertext using AES-128/192/256 using GCM and CCM chaining modes
Finish the processing. This function is available only for GCM and CCM
Three processing methods are available:



Polling mode
Interrupt mode
DMA mode
This section contains the following APIs:














11.2.3
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Finish()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_DMA()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_DMA()
CRYPEx IRQ handler management
This section provides CRYPEx IRQ handler function.
This section contains the following APIs:

11.2.4
HAL_CRYPEx_GCMCCM_IRQHandler()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode then
encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters





204/963
hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Timeout duration
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
11.2.5
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode then
encrypt pPlainData.
Parameters





hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode then
decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of
16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status


Return values
11.2.7
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Finish
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t Size, uint8_t *
AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Computes the authentication TAG.
Parameters

Return values
11.2.8
HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt
Return values
11.2.6




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Size: Total length of the plain/cyphertext buffer
AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish
DOCID025834 Rev 3
205/963
UM1725
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * AuthTag, uint32_t
Timeout)
11.2.9
Function Description
Computes the authentication TAG for AES CCM mode.
Parameters



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL status
Notes

This API is called after
HAL_AES_CCM_Encrypt()/HAL_AES_CCM_Decrypt()
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode then
decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters

Return values
11.2.10
206/963

HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode
using IT.
Parameters

Return values
11.2.11




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Timeout: Timeout duration



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode
using interrupt.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Parameters
Return values
11.2.12




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode
using IT.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of
16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status


Return values
11.2.13
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode
using interrupt then decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters

Return values
11.2.14



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
DOCID025834 Rev 3
207/963
UM1725
Return values
11.2.15
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pPlainData, uint16_t
Size, uint8_t * pCypherData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode
using interrupt.
Parameters




hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode
using DMA.
Parameters


hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer.
Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of
16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status


Return values
11.2.17
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_DMA
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint8_t * pCypherData,
uint16_t Size, uint8_t * pPlainData)
Function Description
Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode
using DMA then decrypted pCypherData.
Parameters

Return values
11.2.18



hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer

HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_GCMCCM_IRQHandler
Function Name
208/963
HAL status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_DMA
Return values
11.2.16

void HAL_CRYPEx_GCMCCM_IRQHandler
(CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Description
This function handles CRYPEx interrupt request.
Parameters

hcryp: pointer to a CRYPEx_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for CRYP module
Return values

None
11.3
CRYPEx Firmware driver defines
11.3.1
CRYPEx
CRYP AlgoModeDirection
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT
CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT
CRYP PhaseConfig
CRYP_PHASE_INIT
CRYP_PHASE_HEADER
CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD
CRYP_PHASE_FINAL
CRYP Exported Macros
__HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE
Description:

Set the phase: Init, header, payload, final.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP handle.
__PHASE__: The phase.
Return value:

None
CRYPEx_Private_define
CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
209/963
UM1725
12
HAL DAC Generic Driver
12.1
HAL DAC Generic Driver
12.2
DAC Firmware driver registers structures
12.2.1
DAC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields






DAC_TypeDef * Instance
__IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef State
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle1
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle2
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation






12.2.2
DAC_TypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
__IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef DAC_HandleTypeDef::State
DAC communication state
HAL_LockTypeDef DAC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DAC locking object
DMA_HandleTypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle1
Pointer DMA handler for channel 1
DMA_HandleTypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle2
Pointer DMA handler for channel 2
__IO uint32_t DAC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DAC Error code
DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t DAC_Trigger
uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer
Field Documentation


210/963
uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_Trigger
Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. This parameter can be a
value of DAC_trigger_selection
uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_OutputBuffer
Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of DAC_output_buffer
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
12.3
DAC Firmware driver API description
12.3.1
DAC Peripheral features
DAC Channels
The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can be used independently
or simultaneously (dual mode):
1.
2.
DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
DAC Triggers
Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE and
DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
1.
2.
3.
External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9. The
used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8
(DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...)
Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
DAC Buffer mode feature
Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to reduce the output
impedance, and to drive external loads directly without having to add an external
operational amplifier. To enable, the output buffer use sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer =
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output impedance value with
and without output buffer.
DAC wave generation feature
Both DAC channels can be used to generate
1.
2.
Noise wave
Triangle wave
DAC data format
The DAC data format can be:
1.
2.
3.
8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
DOCID025834 Rev 3
211/963
UM1725
DAC data value to voltage correspondence
The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined by the following
equation: DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 with DOR is the Data Output Register VEF+
is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to
0.7V, use Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
DMA requests
A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not a software trigger)
occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
1.
2.
12.3.2
DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be already
configured
DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be already
configured For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please
refer to Extension Features Driver description
How to use this driver




DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC registers using
HAL_DAC_Init()
Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
Polling mode IO operation



Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
DMA mode IO operation




Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify
the length of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
DAC HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.



212/963
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
12.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the DAC.
De-initialize the DAC.
This section contains the following APIs:




12.3.4
HAL_DAC_Init()
HAL_DAC_DeInit()
HAL_DAC_MspInit()
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:





Start conversion.
Stop conversion.
Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
Get result of conversion.
This section contains the following APIs:










12.3.5
HAL_DAC_Start()
HAL_DAC_Stop()
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
HAL_DAC_GetValue()
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler()
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Configure channels.
Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
This section contains the following APIs:


12.3.6
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel()
HAL_DAC_SetValue()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to
DOCID025834 Rev 3
213/963
UM1725


Check the DAC state.
Check the DAC Errors.
This section contains the following APIs:







12.3.7
12.3.8
12.3.9
12.3.10
214/963
HAL_DAC_GetState()
HAL_DAC_GetError()
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler()
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1()
HAL_DAC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the DAC_InitStruct.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DAC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DAC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_MspInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Initializes the DAC MSP.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
12.3.11
HAL_DAC_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
Parameters


Return values
12.3.12

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
Parameters

Return values

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
HAL status
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
Function Description
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
Parameters





Return values
12.3.14
HAL status
HAL_DAC_Stop

12.3.13
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to
DAC peripheral
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment
selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment
selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment
selected
HAL status
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
DOCID025834 Rev 3
215/963
UM1725
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
Parameters


Return values
12.3.15

Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac,
uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters

Return values
12.3.17
12.3.18
216/963
HAL status
HAL_DAC_GetValue

12.3.16
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
The selected DAC channel data output value.
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Handles DAC interrupt request.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for
Channel1.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
12.3.19
12.3.20
12.3.21
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Error DAC callback for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *
sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
Function Description
Configures the selected DAC channel.
Parameters



Return values
12.3.22

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
selected
HAL status
HAL_DAC_SetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Alignment, uint32_t Data)
Function Description
Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
Parameters


hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC
Channel1 selectedDAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2
DOCID025834 Rev 3
217/963

UM1725
selected
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. This parameter
can be one of the following values: DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit
right data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left
data alignment selectedDAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data
alignment selected
Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.

HAL status

Return values
12.3.23
12.3.24
12.3.25
12.3.26
12.3.27
HAL_DAC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
return the DAC state
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_DAC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Return the DAC error code.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

DAC Error Code
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Handles DAC interrupt request.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
Function Name
218/963
void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
12.3.28
12.3.29
Function Description
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for
Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Error DAC callback for Channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
Function Name
void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
12.4
DAC Firmware driver defines
12.4.1
DAC
DAC Channel Selection
DAC_CHANNEL_1
DAC_CHANNEL_2
DAC Data Alignment
DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
DAC Error Code
HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1
DAC channel1 DAM underrun error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2
DAC channel2 DAM underrun error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA
DMA error
DAC Exported Macros
__HAL_DAC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
219/963
UM1725

Reset DAC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE

Enable the DAC channel.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__DAC_Channel__: specifies the DAC
channel
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE

Disable the DAC channel.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
__DAC_Channel__: specifies the DAC
channel.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT

Enable the DAC interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DAC
interrupt.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT

Disable the DAC interrupt.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DAC
interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

220/963
None
Checks if the specified DAC interrupt
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DAC handle
__INTERRUPT__: DAC interrupt source to
check This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DAC_IT_DMAUDR1: DAC channel 1
DMA underrun interrupt

DAC_IT_DMAUDR2: DAC channel 2
DMA underrun interrupt
Return value:

State: of interruption (SET or RESET)
Description:
__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG

Get the selected DAC's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1: DMA
underrun 1 flag

DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2: DMA
underrun 2 flag
Return value:

__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG
None
Description:

Clear the DAC's flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1: DMA
underrun 1 flag

DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2: DMA
underrun 2 flag
Return value:

None
DAC Flags Definition
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2
DAC IT Definition
DAC_IT_DMAUDR1
DOCID025834 Rev 3
221/963
UM1725
DAC_IT_DMAUDR2
DAC Output Buffer
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_DISABLE
DAC Private Macros
IS_DAC_DATA
IS_DAC_ALIGN
IS_DAC_CHANNEL
IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE
IS_DAC_TRIGGER
DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT
Description:

Set DHR12R1 alignment.
Parameters:

__ALIGNMENT__: specifies the DAC
alignment
Return value:

DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT
None
Description:

Set DHR12R2 alignment.
Parameters:

__ALIGNMENT__: specifies the DAC
alignment
Return value:

DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT
None
Description:

Set DHR12RD alignment.
Parameters:

__ALIGNMENT__: specifies the DAC
alignment
Return value:

None
DAC Trigger Selection
222/963
DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx
register has been loaded, and not by external trigger
DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO
TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO
TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
DAC_TRIGGER_T5_TRGO
TIM5 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO
TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T7_TRGO
TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T8_TRGO
TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for
DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9
EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger
for DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel
DOCID025834 Rev 3
223/963
UM1725
13
HAL DAC Extension Driver
13.1
HAL DAC Extension Driver
13.2
DACEx Firmware driver API description
13.2.1
How to use this driver



13.2.2
When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used
simultaneously) : Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted
and use HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously
in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
Extended features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:






Start conversion.
Stop conversion.
Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
Get result of conversion.
Get result of dual mode conversion.
This section contains the following APIs:








13.2.3
13.2.4
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue()
HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate()
HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate()
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue()
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2()
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2()
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

The selected DAC channel data output value.
HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate
Function Name
224/963
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Amplitude)
Function Description
Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
Parameters



Return values
13.2.5

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1 /
DAC_CHANNEL_2
Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude. This parameter
can be one of the following values:
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle
amplitude of 1DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max
triangle amplitude of 3DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7:
Select max triangle amplitude of
7DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle
amplitude of 15DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max
triangle amplitude of 31DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63:
Select max triangle amplitude of
63DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle
amplitude of 127DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select
max triangle amplitude of
255DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle
amplitude of 511DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select
max triangle amplitude of
1023DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle
amplitude of 2047DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select
max triangle amplitude of 4095
HAL status
HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Amplitude)
Function Description
Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
Parameters



hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be
one of the following values: DAC_CHANNEL_1 /
DAC_CHANNEL_2
Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave
generation. This parameter can be one of the following
values: DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel
LFSR bit0 for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC
DOCID025834 Rev 3
225/963
UM1725
channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave
generationDAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC
channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
Return values
13.2.6

HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t
Data1, uint32_t Data2)
Function Description
Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
Parameters




13.2.7
13.2.8
hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel
DAC. This parameter can be one of the following values:
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected
data holding register.
Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected
data holding register.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in
both DAC channels at the same time.
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
Function Name
226/963
HAL status
void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
13.2.9
13.2.10
Function Description
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for
Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 (DAC_HandleTypeDef *
hdac)
Function Description
Error DAC callback for Channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
Function Name
void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
(DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Function Description
DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
Parameters

hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DAC.
Return values

None
13.3
DACEx Firmware driver defines
13.3.1
DACEx
DAC LFS Run Mask Triangle Amplitude
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave
generation
DOCID025834 Rev 3
227/963
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0
UM1725
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave
generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise
wave generation
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise
wave generation
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1
Select max triangle amplitude of 1
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3
Select max triangle amplitude of 3
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7
Select max triangle amplitude of 7
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15
Select max triangle amplitude of 15
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31
Select max triangle amplitude of 31
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63
Select max triangle amplitude of 63
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127
Select max triangle amplitude of 127
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255
Select max triangle amplitude of 255
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511
Select max triangle amplitude of 511
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023
Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047
Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095
Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
DAC Private Macros
IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE
228/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
14
HAL DCMI Generic Driver
14.1
HAL DCMI Generic Driver
14.2
DCMI Firmware driver registers structures
14.2.1
DCMI_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields










DCMI_TypeDef * Instance
DCMI_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t XferCount
__IO uint32_t XferSize
uint32_t XferTransferNumber
uint32_t pBuffPtr
DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation










DCMI_TypeDef* DCMI_HandleTypeDef::Instance
DCMI Register base address
DCMI_InitTypeDef DCMI_HandleTypeDef::Init
DCMI parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef DCMI_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DCMI locking object
__IO HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef DCMI_HandleTypeDef::State
DCMI state
__IO uint32_t DCMI_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
DMA transfer counter
__IO uint32_t DCMI_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
DMA transfer size
uint32_t DCMI_HandleTypeDef::XferTransferNumber
DMA transfer number
uint32_t DCMI_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to DMA output buffer
DMA_HandleTypeDef* DCMI_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle
Pointer to the DMA handler
__IO uint32_t DCMI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DCMI Error code
DOCID025834 Rev 3
229/963
UM1725
14.3
DCMI Firmware driver API description
14.3.1
How to use this driver
The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image from a camera
module connected to the DCMI Interface. This sequence does not take into account the
configuration of the camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable
the DCMI to capture images.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Program the required configuration through following parameters: horizontal and
vertical polarity, pixel clock polarity, Capture Rate, Synchronization Mode, code of the
frame delimiter and data width using HAL_DCMI_Init() function.
Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR register to
the destination memory buffer.
Program the required configuration through following parameters: DCMI mode,
destination memory Buffer address and the data length and enable capture using
HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA() function.
Optionally, configure and Enable the CROP feature to select a rectangular window
from the received image using HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop() and
HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP() functions
The capture can be stopped using HAL_DCMI_Stop() function.
To control DCMI state you can use the function HAL_DCMI_GetState().
DCMI HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in DCMI HAL driver.







__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE: Enable the DCMI peripheral.
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE: Disable the DCMI peripheral.
__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG: Get the DCMI pending flags.
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DCMI pending flags.
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has
occurred or not.
You can refer to the DCMI HAL driver header file for more useful macros
14.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the DCMI
De-initialize the DCMI
This section contains the following APIs:




14.3.3
HAL_DCMI_Init()
HAL_DCMI_DeInit()
HAL_DCMI_MspInit()
HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
230/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



Configure destination address and data length and Enables DCMI DMA request and
enables DCMI capture
Stop the DCMI capture.
Handles DCMI interrupt request.
This section contains the following APIs:







14.3.4
HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA()
HAL_DCMI_Stop()
HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler()
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback()
HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback()
HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback()
HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Configure the CROP feature.
Enable/Disable the CROP feature.
This section contains the following APIs:



14.3.5
HAL_DCMI_ConfigCROP()
HAL_DCMI_DisableCROP()
HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the DCMI state.
Get the specific DCMI error flag.
This section contains the following APIs:


14.3.6
14.3.7
HAL_DCMI_GetState()
HAL_DCMI_GetError()
HAL_DCMI_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init (DCMI_HandleTypeDef *
hdcmi)
Function Description
Initializes the DCMI according to the specified parameters in the
DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DCMI_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DeInit (DCMI_HandleTypeDef
* hdcmi)
Function Description
Deinitializes the DCMI peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
231/963
UM1725
14.3.8
14.3.9
14.3.10
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DCMI_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_DCMI_MspInit (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Function Description
Initializes the DCMI MSP.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

None
HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Function Description
DeInitializes the DCMI MSP.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

None
HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA
(DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi, uint32_t DCMI_Mode, uint32_t
pData, uint32_t Length)
Function Description
Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture.
Parameters


hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
DCMI_Mode: DCMI capture mode snapshot or continuous
grab.
pData: The destination memory Buffer address (LCD Frame
buffer).
Length: The length of capture to be transferred.

HAL status


Return values
14.3.11
14.3.12
HAL_DCMI_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Stop (DCMI_HandleTypeDef *
hdcmi)
Function Description
Disable DCMI DMA request and Disable DCMI capture.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler
Function Name
232/963
void HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
14.3.13
14.3.14
14.3.15
14.3.16
14.3.17
Function Description
Handles DCMI interrupt request.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DCMI.
Return values

None
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback (DCMI_HandleTypeDef *
hdcmi)
Function Description
Error DCMI callback.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

None
HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback (DCMI_HandleTypeDef *
hdcmi)
Function Description
Line Event callback.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

None
HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback (DCMI_HandleTypeDef *
hdcmi)
Function Description
VSYNC Event callback.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

None
HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback (DCMI_HandleTypeDef *
hdcmi)
Function Description
Frame Event callback.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

None
HAL_DCMI_ConfigCROP
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigCROP
(DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0,
uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
233/963
UM1725
Function Description
Configure the DCMI CROP coordinate.
Parameters

Return values
14.3.18
14.3.19
14.3.20
14.3.21
234/963




hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
X0: DCMI window X offset
Y0: DCMI window Y offset
XSize: DCMI Pixel per line
YSize: DCMI Line number

HAL status
HAL_DCMI_DisableCROP
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DisableCROP
(DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Function Description
Disable the Crop feature.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP
(DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Function Description
Enable the Crop feature.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DCMI_GetState
Function Name
HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef HAL_DCMI_GetState
(DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Function Description
Return the DCMI state.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_DCMI_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DCMI_GetError (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Function Description
Return the DCMI error code.
Parameters

hdcmi: : pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

DCMI Error Code
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
14.4
DCMI Firmware driver defines
14.4.1
DCMI
DCMI Capture Mode
DCMI_MODE_CONTINUOUS
The received data are transferred continuously into the
destination memory through the DMA
DCMI_MODE_SNAPSHOT
Once activated, the interface waits for the start of frame
and then transfers a single frame through the DMA
DCMI Capture Rate
DCMI_CR_ALL_FRAME
All frames are captured
DCMI_CR_ALTERNATE_2_FRAME
Every alternate frame captured
DCMI_CR_ALTERNATE_4_FRAME
One frame in 4 frames captured
DCMI Error Code
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_OVF
Overflow error
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_SYNC
Synchronization error
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
DCMI Exported Macros
__HAL_DCMI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset DCMI handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the DCMI
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the DCMI.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DCMI handle
Return value:

__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable the DCMI.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DCMI handle
Return value:

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
235/963
UM1725
Description:
__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG

Get the DCMI pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DCMI handle
__FLAG__: Get the specified flag. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame
capture complete flag mask

DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow flag
mask

DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI:
Synchronization error flag mask

DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC
flag mask

DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line flag mask
Return value:

__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG
The: state of FLAG.
Description:

Clear the DCMI pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DCMI handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
This parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame
capture complete flag mask

DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow flag
mask

DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI:
Synchronization error flag mask

DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC
flag mask

DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line flag mask
Return value:

__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.
Parameters:


236/963
__HANDLE__: DCMI handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DCMI
interrupt sources to be enabled. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture
complete interrupt mask
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725




DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt
mask
DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization
error interrupt mask
DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt
mask
DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT

Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DCMI handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DCMI
interrupt sources to be enabled. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture
complete interrupt mask

DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt
mask

DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization
error interrupt mask

DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt
mask

DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask
Return value:

__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Check whether the specified DCMI
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DCMI handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the DCMI
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture
complete interrupt mask

DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt
mask

DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization
error interrupt mask

DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt
mask

DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask
Return value:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
237/963
UM1725

The: state of INTERRUPT.
DCMI Extended Data Mode
DCMI_EXTEND_DATA_8B
Interface captures 8-bit data on every pixel clock
DCMI_EXTEND_DATA_10B
Interface captures 10-bit data on every pixel clock
DCMI_EXTEND_DATA_12B
Interface captures 12-bit data on every pixel clock
DCMI_EXTEND_DATA_14B
Interface captures 14-bit data on every pixel clock
DCMI Flags
DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC
DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC
DCMI_FLAG_FNE
DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI
DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI
DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI
DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI
DCMI_FLAG_LINERI
DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI
DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI
DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI
DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI
DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI
DCMI HSYNC Polarity
DCMI_HSPOLARITY_LOW
Horizontal synchronization active Low
DCMI_HSPOLARITY_HIGH
Horizontal synchronization active High
DCMI interrupt sources
DCMI_IT_FRAME
DCMI_IT_OVF
DCMI_IT_ERR
DCMI_IT_VSYNC
DCMI_IT_LINE
DCMI MODE JPEG
DCMI_JPEG_DISABLE
Mode JPEG Disabled
DCMI_JPEG_ENABLE
Mode JPEG Enabled
DCMI PIXCK Polarity
DCMI_PCKPOLARITY_FALLING
Pixel clock active on Falling edge
DCMI_PCKPOLARITY_RISING
Pixel clock active on Rising edge
DCMI Private Macros
238/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE
IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO
IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY
IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY
IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY
IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG
IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE
IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA
IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE
IS_DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT
DCMI Synchronization Mode
DCMI_SYNCHRO_HARDWARE
Hardware synchronization data capture (frame/line
start/stop) is synchronized with the HSYNC/VSYNC
signals
DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED
Embedded synchronization data capture is
synchronized with synchronization codes embedded in
the data flow
DCMI VSYNC Polarity
DCMI_VSPOLARITY_LOW
Vertical synchronization active Low
DCMI_VSPOLARITY_HIGH
Vertical synchronization active High
DCMI Window Coordinate
DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE
Window coordinate
DCMI Window Height
DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT
Window Height
DOCID025834 Rev 3
239/963
UM1725
15
HAL DCMI Extension Driver
15.1
HAL DCMI Extension Driver
15.2
DCMIEx Firmware driver registers structures
15.2.1
DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef
Data Fields




uint8_t FrameStartCode
uint8_t LineStartCode
uint8_t LineEndCode
uint8_t FrameEndCode
Field Documentation




15.2.2
uint8_t DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef::FrameStartCode
Specifies the code of the frame start delimiter.
uint8_t DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef::LineStartCode
Specifies the code of the line start delimiter.
uint8_t DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef::LineEndCode
Specifies the code of the line end delimiter.
uint8_t DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef::FrameEndCode
Specifies the code of the frame end delimiter.
DCMI_InitTypeDef
Data Fields












uint32_t SynchroMode
uint32_t PCKPolarity
uint32_t VSPolarity
uint32_t HSPolarity
uint32_t CaptureRate
uint32_t ExtendedDataMode
DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef SyncroCode
uint32_t JPEGMode
uint32_t ByteSelectMode
uint32_t ByteSelectStart
uint32_t LineSelectMode
uint32_t LineSelectStart
Field Documentation
240/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725












uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::SynchroMode
Specifies the Synchronization Mode: Hardware or Embedded. This parameter can be
a value of DCMI_Synchronization_Mode
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::PCKPolarity
Specifies the Pixel clock polarity: Falling or Rising. This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_PIXCK_Polarity
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::VSPolarity
Specifies the Vertical synchronization polarity: High or Low. This parameter can be a
value of DCMI_VSYNC_Polarity
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::HSPolarity
Specifies the Horizontal synchronization polarity: High or Low. This parameter can be
a value of DCMI_HSYNC_Polarity
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::CaptureRate
Specifies the frequency of frame capture: All, 1/2 or 1/4. This parameter can be a
value of DCMI_Capture_Rate
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::ExtendedDataMode
Specifies the data width: 8-bit, 10-bit, 12-bit or 14-bit. This parameter can be a value
of DCMI_Extended_Data_Mode
DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef DCMI_InitTypeDef::SyncroCode
Specifies the code of the frame start delimiter.
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::JPEGMode
Enable or Disable the JPEG mode. This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_MODE_JPEG
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::ByteSelectMode
Specifies the data to be captured by the interface This parameter can be a value of
DCMIEx_Byte_Select_Mode
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::ByteSelectStart
Specifies if the data to be captured by the interface is even or odd This parameter can
be a value of DCMIEx_Byte_Select_Start
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::LineSelectMode
Specifies the line of data to be captured by the interface This parameter can be a
value of DCMIEx_Line_Select_Mode
uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::LineSelectStart
Specifies if the line of data to be captured by the interface is even or odd This
parameter can be a value of DCMIEx_Line_Select_Start
15.3
DCMIEx Firmware driver API description
15.3.1
DCMI peripheral extension features
Comparing to other previous devices, the DCMI interface for STM32F446xx devices
contains the following additional features :

15.3.2
Support of Black and White cameras
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions to manage the Black and White feature
15.3.3
Initialization and Configuration functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the DCMI
De-initialize the DCMI
DOCID025834 Rev 3
241/963
UM1725
This section contains the following APIs:

15.3.4
HAL_DCMI_Init()
HAL_DCMI_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init (DCMI_HandleTypeDef *
hdcmi)
Function Description
Initializes the DCMI according to the specified parameters in the
DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values

HAL status
15.4
DCMIEx Firmware driver defines
15.4.1
DCMIEx
DCMI Byte Select Mode
DCMI_BSM_ALL
Interface captures all received data
DCMI_BSM_OTHER
Interface captures every other byte from the received data
DCMI_BSM_ALTERNATE_4
Interface captures one byte out of four
DCMI_BSM_ALTERNATE_2
Interface captures two bytes out of four
DCMI Byte Select Start
DCMI_OEBS_ODD
Interface captures first data from the frame/line start, second one
being dropped
DCMI_OEBS_EVEN
Interface captures second data from the frame/line start, first one
being dropped
DCMI Line Select Mode
DCMI_LSM_ALL
Interface captures all received lines
DCMI_LSM_ALTERNATE_2
Interface captures one line out of two
DCMI Line Select Start
DCMI_OELS_ODD
Interface captures first line from the frame start, second one being
dropped
DCMI_OELS_EVEN
Interface captures second line from the frame start, first one being
dropped
DCMI Extended Private Macros
IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_MODE
IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_START
IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_MODE
IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_START
242/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
16
HAL DMA2D Generic Driver
16.1
HAL DMA2D Generic Driver
16.2
DMA2D Firmware driver registers structures
16.2.1
DMA2D_ColorTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Blue
uint32_t Green
uint32_t Red
Field Documentation



16.2.2
uint32_t DMA2D_ColorTypeDef::Blue
Configures the blue value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint32_t DMA2D_ColorTypeDef::Green
Configures the green value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint32_t DMA2D_ColorTypeDef::Red
Configures the red value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t * pCLUT
uint32_t CLUTColorMode
uint32_t Size
Field Documentation



uint32_t* DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef::pCLUT
Configures the DMA2D CLUT memory address.
uint32_t DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef::CLUTColorMode
configures the DMA2D CLUT color mode. This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_CLUT_CM
uint32_t DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef::Size
configures the DMA2D CLUT size. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
243/963
UM1725
16.2.3
DMA2D_InitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t Mode
uint32_t ColorMode
uint32_t OutputOffset
Field Documentation



16.2.4
uint32_t DMA2D_InitTypeDef::Mode
configures the DMA2D transfer mode. This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_Mode
uint32_t DMA2D_InitTypeDef::ColorMode
configures the color format of the output image. This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_Color_Mode
uint32_t DMA2D_InitTypeDef::OutputOffset
Specifies the Offset value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0x3FFF.
DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t InputOffset
uint32_t InputColorMode
uint32_t AlphaMode
uint32_t InputAlpha
Field Documentation




16.2.5
244/963
uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::InputOffset
configures the DMA2D foreground offset. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0x3FFF.
uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::InputColorMode
configures the DMA2D foreground color mode . This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_Input_Color_Mode
uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::AlphaMode
configures the DMA2D foreground alpha mode. This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE
uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::InputAlpha
Specifies the DMA2D foreground alpha value and color value in case of A8 or A4
color mode. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00000000 and
Max_Data = 0xFFFFFFFF in case of A8 or A4 color mode (ARGB). Otherwise, This
parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
__DMA2D_HandleTypeDef
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Data Fields








DMA2D_TypeDef * Instance
DMA2D_InitTypeDef Init
void(* XferCpltCallback
void(* XferErrorCallback
DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef LayerCfg
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation








DMA2D_TypeDef* __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::Instance
DMA2D Register base address
DMA2D_InitTypeDef __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::Init
DMA2D communication parameters
void(* __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::XferCpltCallback)(struct
__DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
DMA2D transfer complete callback
void(* __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::XferErrorCallback)(struct
__DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
DMA2D transfer error callback
DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef
__DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::LayerCfg[MAX_DMA2D_LAYER]
DMA2D Layers parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DMA2D Lock
__IO HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::State
DMA2D transfer state
__IO uint32_t __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DMA2D Error code
16.3
DMA2D Firmware driver API description
16.3.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
Program the required configuration through following parameters: the Transfer Mode,
the output color mode and the output offset using HAL_DMA2D_Init() function.
Program the required configuration through following parameters: the input color
mode, the input color, input alpha value, alpha mode and the input offset using
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer() function for foreground or/and background layer.
Polling mode IO operation


Configure the pdata, Destination and data length and Enable the transfer using
HAL_DMA2D_Start()
Wait for end of transfer using HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer(), at this stage user can
specify the value of timeout according to his end application.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
245/963
UM1725
Interrupt mode IO operation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Configure the pdata, Destination and data length and Enable the transfer using
HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT()
Use HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() called under DMA2D_IRQHandler() Interrupt
subroutine
At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() function is executed and user
can add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA2D handle structure). In Register-to-Memory
transfer mode, the pdata parameter is the register color, in Memory-to-memory or
memory-to-memory with pixel format conversion the pdata is the source address.
Configure the foreground source address, the background source address, the
Destination and data length and Enable the transfer using
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() in polling mode and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT() in
interrupt mode. HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT()
functions are used if the memory to memory with blending transfer mode is selected.
Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT()
HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT() functions.
Optionally, configure and enable LineInterrupt using the following function:
HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent().
The transfer can be suspended, continued and aborted using the following functions:
HAL_DMA2D_Suspend(), HAL_DMA2D_Resume(), HAL_DMA2D_Abort().
To control DMA2D state you can use the following function: HAL_DMA2D_GetState()
DMA2D HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in DMA2D HAL driver :







__HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE: Enable the DMA2D peripheral.
__HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE: Disable the DMA2D peripheral.
__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA2D pending flags.
__HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA2D pending flags.
__HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
__HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA2D interrupt
has occurred or not.
You can refer to the DMA2D HAL driver header file for more useful macros
16.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the DMA2D
De-initialize the DMA2D
This section contains the following APIs:




246/963
HAL_DMA2D_Init()
HAL_DMA2D_DeInit()
HAL_DMA2D_MspInit()
HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
16.3.3
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:









Configure the pdata, destination address and data size and Start DMA2D transfer.
Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address and data
size and Start MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer.
Configure the pdata, destination address and data size and Start DMA2D transfer
with interrupt.
Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address and data
size and Start MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer with interrupt.
Abort DMA2D transfer.
Suspend DMA2D transfer.
Continue DMA2D transfer.
Poll for transfer complete.
handle DMA2D interrupt request.
This section contains the following APIs:









16.3.4
HAL_DMA2D_Start()
HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT()
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart()
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT()
HAL_DMA2D_Abort()
HAL_DMA2D_Suspend()
HAL_DMA2D_Resume()
HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer()
HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:





Configure the DMA2D foreground or/and background parameters.
Configure the DMA2D CLUT transfer.
Enable DMA2D CLUT.
Disable DMA2D CLUT.
Configure the line watermark
This section contains the following APIs:





16.3.5
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer()
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT()
HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT()
HAL_DMA2D_DisableCLUT()
HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to :


Check the DMA2D state
Get error code
This section contains the following APIs:


HAL_DMA2D_GetState()
HAL_DMA2D_GetError()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
247/963
UM1725
16.3.6
16.3.7
16.3.8
16.3.9
16.3.10
HAL_DMA2D_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Init
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Function Description
Initializes the DMA2D according to the specified parameters in the
DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DeInit
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Function Description
Deinitializes the DMA2D peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

None
HAL_DMA2D_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_DMA2D_MspInit (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *
hdma2d)
Function Description
Initializes the DMA2D MSP.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

None
HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *
hdma2d)
Function Description
DeInitializes the DMA2D MSP.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

None
HAL_DMA2D_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height)
Function Description
Start the DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters


248/963
hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
pdata: Configure the source memory Buffer address if the
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



Return values
16.3.11

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height)
Function Description
Start the DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters




Return values

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
pdata: Configure the source memory Buffer address if the
memory to memory or memory to memory with pixel format
conversion DMA2D mode is selected, and configure the color
value if register to memory DMA2D mode is selected.
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address.
Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to
destination.
Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to
destination.
HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t SrcAddress1,
uint32_t SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,
uint32_t Height)
Function Description
Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters






Return values
16.3.13
HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT

16.3.12
memory to memory or memory to memory with pixel format
conversion DMA2D mode is selected, and configure the color
value if register to memory DMA2D mode is selected.
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address.
Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to
destination.
Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to
destination.

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address of the
foreground layer.
SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address of the
background layer.
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to
destination.
Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to
destination.
HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT
DOCID025834 Rev 3
249/963
Function Name
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t SrcAddress1,
uint32_t SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,
uint32_t Height)
Function Description
Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address of the
foreground layer.
SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address of the
background layer.
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address.
Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to
destination.
Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to
destination.





Return values
16.3.14
16.3.15
16.3.16
16.3.17
HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_Abort
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Abort
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Function Description
Abort the DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters

hdma2d: : pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_Suspend
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Suspend
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Function Description
Suspend the DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_Resume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Resume
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Function Description
Resume the DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer
Function Name
250/963

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Polling for transfer complete or CLUT loading.
Parameters

Return values
16.3.18
16.3.19

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *
hdma2d)
Function Description
Handles DMA2D interrupt request.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Configure the DMA2D Layer according to the specified parameters
in the DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

Return values
16.3.20

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Timeout: Timeout duration

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. This parameter can be one
of the following values: 0(background) / 1(foreground)

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef
CLUTCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Configure the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
Parameters



Return values
16.3.21

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
CLUTCfg: pointer to a DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the color look
up table.
LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. This parameter can be one
of the following values: 0(background) / 1(foreground)
HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
251/963
UM1725
Function Description
Enable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
Parameters

Return values
16.3.22
16.3.25
252/963
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DisableCLUT
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Disable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
Parameters


hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. This parameter can be one
of the following values: 0(background) / 1(foreground)

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t Line)
Function Description
Define the configuration of the line watermark .
Parameters

Return values
16.3.24

HAL_DMA2D_DisableCLUT
Return values
16.3.23

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. This parameter can be one
of the following values: 0(background) / 1(foreground)

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Line: Line Watermark configuration.

HAL status
HAL_DMA2D_GetState
Function Name
HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_GetState
(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Function Description
Return the DMA2D state.
Parameters

hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DMA2D.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_DMA2D_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DMA2D_GetError (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *
hdma2d)
Function Description
Return the DMA2D error code.
Parameters

hdma2d: : pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for DMA2D.
Return values

DMA2D Error Code
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
16.4
DMA2D Firmware driver defines
16.4.1
DMA2D
DMA2D ALPHA MODE
DMA2D_NO_MODIF_ALPHA
No modification of the alpha channel value
DMA2D_REPLACE_ALPHA
Replace original alpha channel value by programmed
alpha value
DMA2D_COMBINE_ALPHA
Replace original alpha channel value by programmed
alpha value with original alpha channel value
DMA2D CLUT CM
DMA2D_CCM_ARGB8888
ARGB8888 DMA2D C-LUT color mode
DMA2D_CCM_RGB888
RGB888 DMA2D C-LUT color mode
DMA2D Color Mode
DMA2D_ARGB8888
ARGB8888 DMA2D color mode
DMA2D_RGB888
RGB888 DMA2D color mode
DMA2D_RGB565
RGB565 DMA2D color mode
DMA2D_ARGB1555
ARGB1555 DMA2D color mode
DMA2D_ARGB4444
ARGB4444 DMA2D color mode
DMA2D COLOR VALUE
COLOR_VALUE
color value mask
DMA2D DeadTime
LINE_WATERMARK
DMA2D Error Code
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TE
Transfer error
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_CE
Configuration error
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
DMA2D Exported Macros
__HAL_DMA2D_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset DMA2D handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the DMA2D
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable the DMA2D.
Parameters:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
253/963
UM1725

__HANDLE__: DMA2D handle
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE

Disable the DMA2D.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA2D handle
Return value:

__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG
None.
Description:

Get the DMA2D pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA2D handle
__FLAG__: Get the specified flag. This
parameter can be any combination of
the following values:

DMA2D_FLAG_CE: Configuration
error flag

DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: C-LUT
transfer complete flag

DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: C-LUT
access error flag

DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer
Watermark flag

DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer
complete flag

DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer error
flag
Return value:

__HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG
The: state of FLAG.
Description:

Clears the DMA2D pending flags.
Parameters:


254/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: DMA2D handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
This parameter can be any combination
of the following values:

DMA2D_FLAG_CE: Configuration
error flag

DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: C-LUT
transfer complete flag

DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: C-LUT
access error flag

DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer
Watermark flag
UM1725


DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer
complete flag
DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer error
flag
Return value:

__HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enables the specified DMA2D
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA2D handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
DMA2D interrupt sources to be
enabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration
error interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_CTC: C-LUT transfer
complete interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_CAE: C-LUT access
error interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer
Watermark interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer error
interrupt mask
Return value:

__HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified DMA2D
interrupts.
Parameters:


DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: DMA2D handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
DMA2D interrupt sources to be
disabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration
error interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_CTC: C-LUT transfer
complete interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_CAE: C-LUT access
error interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer
Watermark interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask
255/963
UM1725

DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer error
interrupt mask
Return value:

__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified DMA2D
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: DMA2D handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
DMA2D interrupt source to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration
error interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_CTC: C-LUT transfer
complete interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_CAE: C-LUT access
error interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer
Watermark interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer complete
interrupt mask

DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer error
interrupt mask
Return value:

The: state of INTERRUPT.
DMA2D Exported Types
MAX_DMA2D_LAYER
DMA2D Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_CE
Configuration Error Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_CTC
C-LUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_CAE
C-LUT Access Error Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_TW
Transfer Watermark Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_TC
Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_TE
Transfer Error Interrupt Flag
DMA2D Input Color Mode
256/963
CM_ARGB8888
ARGB8888 color mode
CM_RGB888
RGB888 color mode
CM_RGB565
RGB565 color mode
CM_ARGB1555
ARGB1555 color mode
CM_ARGB4444
ARGB4444 color mode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
CM_L8
L8 color mode
CM_AL44
AL44 color mode
CM_AL88
AL88 color mode
CM_L4
L4 color mode
CM_A8
A8 color mode
CM_A4
A4 color mode
DMA2D Interrupts
DMA2D_IT_CE
Configuration Error Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_CTC
C-LUT Transfer Complete Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_CAE
C-LUT Access Error Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_TW
Transfer Watermark Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_TC
Transfer Complete Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_TE
Transfer Error Interrupt
DMA2D Mode
DMA2D_M2M
DMA2D memory to memory transfer mode
DMA2D_M2M_PFC
DMA2D memory to memory with pixel format conversion transfer
mode
DMA2D_M2M_BLEND
DMA2D memory to memory with blending transfer mode
DMA2D_R2M
DMA2D register to memory transfer mode
DMA2D Offset
DMA2D_OFFSET
Line Offset
DMA2D Private Defines
HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_ABORT
HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_SUSPEND
DMA2D Private Macros
IS_DMA2D_LAYER
IS_DMA2D_MODE
IS_DMA2D_CMODE
IS_DMA2D_COLOR
IS_DMA2D_LINE
IS_DMA2D_PIXEL
IS_DMA2D_OFFSET
IS_DMA2D_INPUT_COLOR_MODE
IS_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE
IS_DMA2D_CLUT_CM
IS_DMA2D_CLUT_SIZE
IS_DMA2D_LineWatermark
DOCID025834 Rev 3
257/963
UM1725
DMA2D SIZE
DMA2D_PIXEL
DMA2D pixel per line
DMA2D_LINE
DMA2D number of line
DMA2D Size Clut
DMA2D_CLUT_SIZE
258/963
DMA2D C-LUT size
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
17
HAL DMA Generic Driver
17.1
HAL DMA Generic Driver
17.2
DMA Firmware driver registers structures
17.2.1
DMA_InitTypeDef
Data Fields












uint32_t Channel
uint32_t Direction
uint32_t PeriphInc
uint32_t MemInc
uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment
uint32_t MemDataAlignment
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Priority
uint32_t FIFOMode
uint32_t FIFOThreshold
uint32_t MemBurst
uint32_t PeriphBurst
Field Documentation







uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Channel
Specifies the channel used for the specified stream. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Channel_selection
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Direction
Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral, from memory to
memory or from peripheral to memory. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Data_transfer_direction
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphInc
Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not. This
parameter can be a value of DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemInc
Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not. This
parameter can be a value of DMA_Memory_incremented_mode
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphDataAlignment
Specifies the Peripheral data width. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Peripheral_data_size
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemDataAlignment
Specifies the Memory data width. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Memory_data_size
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Streamx. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_mode
Note:The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory data transfer
is configured on the selected Stream
DOCID025834 Rev 3
259/963
UM1725





17.2.2
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Priority
Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Streamx. This parameter can be a value
of DMA_Priority_level
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::FIFOMode
Specifies if the FIFO mode or Direct mode will be used for the specified stream. This
parameter can be a value of DMA_FIFO_direct_mode
Note:The Direct mode (FIFO mode disabled) cannot be used if the memory-tomemory data transfer is configured on the selected stream
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::FIFOThreshold
Specifies the FIFO threshold level. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_FIFO_threshold_level
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemBurst
Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the memory transfers. It specifies the
amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptible transaction. This
parameter can be a value of DMA_Memory_burst
Note:The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled.
uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphBurst
Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the peripheral transfers. It specifies the
amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptable transaction. This
parameter can be a value of DMA_Peripheral_burst
Note:The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled.
__DMA_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields












DMA_Stream_TypeDef * Instance
DMA_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State
void * Parent
void(* XferCpltCallback
void(* XferHalfCpltCallback
void(* XferM1CpltCallback
void(* XferErrorCallback
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
uint32_t StreamBaseAddress
uint32_t StreamIndex
Field Documentation





260/963
DMA_Stream_TypeDef* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
DMA_InitTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Init
DMA communication parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DMA locking object
__IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::State
DMA transfer state
void* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Parent
Parent object state
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725







void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferCpltCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef
*hdma)
DMA transfer complete callback
void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferHalfCpltCallback)(struct
__DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA Half transfer complete callback
void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferM1CpltCallback)(struct
__DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer complete Memory1 callback
void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferErrorCallback)(struct
__DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer error callback
__IO uint32_t __DMA_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DMA Error code
uint32_t __DMA_HandleTypeDef::StreamBaseAddress
DMA Stream Base Address
uint32_t __DMA_HandleTypeDef::StreamIndex
DMA Stream Index
17.3
DMA Firmware driver API description
17.3.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream (except for
internal SRAM/FLASH memories: no initialization is necessary) please refer to
Reference manual for connection between peripherals and DMA requests .
For a given Stream, program the required configuration through the following
parameters: Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, Circular, Normal
or peripheral flow control mode, Stream Priority level, Source and Destination
Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed), Burst mode for Source
and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
Polling mode IO operation


Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source address
and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this case a
fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
Interrupt mode IO operation




Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this case
the DMA interrupt is configured
Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
DOCID025834 Rev 3
261/963
UM1725

At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user
can add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
1.
Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and
HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error detection.
Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer In Memory-to-Memory
transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus
usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is possible to set different Data Sizes
for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set Half-Word data size for the
peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size for the Memory to gain in
access time. Each two half words will be packed and written in a single access to a
Word in the Memory). When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different
Data Sizes for Source and Destination. In this case the Peripheral Data Size will be
applied to both Source and Destination.
2.
DMA HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.








__HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Stream.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Stream.
__HAL_DMA_GET_FS: Return the current DMA Stream FIFO filled level.
__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Stream pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Stream pending flags.
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt
has occurred or not.
You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
17.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source and
destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, circular/normal
mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Stream priority value.
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
reference manual.
This section contains the following APIs:


17.3.3
HAL_DMA_Init()
HAL_DMA_DeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



262/963
Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
with interrupt
Abort DMA transfer
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


Poll for transfer complete
Handle DMA interrupt request
This section contains the following APIs:





17.3.4
HAL_DMA_Start()
HAL_DMA_Start_IT()
HAL_DMA_Abort()
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer()
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler()
State and Errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the DMA state
Get error code
This section contains the following APIs:


17.3.5
17.3.6
17.3.7
HAL_DMA_GetState()
HAL_DMA_GetError()
HAL_DMA_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
Initializes the DMA according to the specified parameters in the
DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DMA_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
DeInitializes the DMA peripheral.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DMA_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t
DataLength)
Function Description
Starts the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
263/963
UM1725
Return values
17.3.8



SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from
source to destination

HAL status
HAL_DMA_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
Function Description
Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters




Return values
17.3.9
17.3.10
HAL status
HAL_DMA_Abort
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort (DMA_HandleTypeDef *
hdma)
Function Description
Aborts the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

After disabling a DMA Stream, a check for wait until the DMA
Stream is effectively disabled is added. If a Stream is disabled
while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be
transferred and the Stream will be effectively disabled only
after the transfer of this single data is finished.
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Polling for transfer complete.
Parameters

Return values
264/963

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from
source to destination


hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
Timeout: Timeout duration.

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
17.3.11
17.3.12
17.3.13
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Handles DMA interrupt request.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
Return values

None
HAL_DMA_GetState
Function Name
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Returns the DMA state.
Parameters

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_DMA_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Function Description
Return the DMA error code.
Parameters

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
Return values

DMA Error Code
17.4
DMA Firmware driver defines
17.4.1
DMA
DMA Channel selection
DMA_CHANNEL_0
DMA Channel 0
DMA_CHANNEL_1
DMA Channel 1
DMA_CHANNEL_2
DMA Channel 2
DMA_CHANNEL_3
DMA Channel 3
DMA_CHANNEL_4
DMA Channel 4
DMA_CHANNEL_5
DMA Channel 5
DMA_CHANNEL_6
DMA Channel 6
DMA_CHANNEL_7
DMA Channel 7
DMA Data transfer direction
DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY
Peripheral to memory direction
DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH
Memory to peripheral direction
DOCID025834 Rev 3
265/963
UM1725
DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY
Memory to memory direction
DMA Error Code
HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE
Transfer error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE
FIFO error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME
Direct Mode error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
DMA FIFO direct mode
DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE
FIFO mode disable
DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE
FIFO mode enable
DMA FIFO threshold level
DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_1QUARTERFULL
FIFO threshold 1 quart full configuration
DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_HALFFULL
FIFO threshold half full configuration
DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_3QUARTERSFULL
FIFO threshold 3 quarts full configuration
DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_FULL
FIFO threshold full configuration
DMA flag definitions
DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_FEIF3_7
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3_7
DMA_FLAG_TEIF3_7
DMA_FLAG_HTIF3_7
DMA_FLAG_TCIF3_7
DMA Handle index
266/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE
Index of the DMA handle used for Update DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC1
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 1
DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC2
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 2
DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC3
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 3
DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC4
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 4
DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION
Index of the DMA handle used for Commutation DMA
requests
TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER
Index of the DMA handle used for Trigger DMA requests
DMA interrupt enable definitions
DMA_IT_TC
DMA_IT_HT
DMA_IT_TE
DMA_IT_DME
DMA_IT_FE
DMA Memory burst
DMA_MBURST_SINGLE
DMA_MBURST_INC4
DMA_MBURST_INC8
DMA_MBURST_INC16
DMA Memory data size
DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE
Memory data alignment: Byte
DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Memory data alignment: HalfWord
DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD
Memory data alignment: Word
DMA Memory incremented mode
DMA_MINC_ENABLE
Memory increment mode enable
DMA_MINC_DISABLE
Memory increment mode disable
DMA mode
DMA_NORMAL
Normal mode
DMA_CIRCULAR
Circular mode
DMA_PFCTRL
Peripheral flow control mode
DMA Peripheral burst
DMA_PBURST_SINGLE
DMA_PBURST_INC4
DMA_PBURST_INC8
DOCID025834 Rev 3
267/963
UM1725
DMA_PBURST_INC16
DMA Peripheral data size
DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE
Peripheral data alignment: Byte
DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Peripheral data alignment: HalfWord
DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD
Peripheral data alignment: Word
DMA Peripheral incremented mode
DMA_PINC_ENABLE
Peripheral increment mode enable
DMA_PINC_DISABLE
Peripheral increment mode disable
DMA Priority level
DMA_PRIORITY_LOW
Priority level: Low
DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM
Priority level: Medium
DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH
Priority level: High
DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH
Priority level: Very High
DMA Private Constants
HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT
DMA Private Macros
IS_DMA_CHANNEL
IS_DMA_DIRECTION
IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE
IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE
IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE
IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE
IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE
IS_DMA_MODE
IS_DMA_PRIORITY
IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE
IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD
IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST
IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST
268/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
18
HAL DMA Extension Driver
18.1
HAL DMA Extension Driver
18.2
DMAEx Firmware driver API description
18.2.1
How to use this driver
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
18.2.2
Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function for polling
mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode. In Memory-to-Memory
transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed. When Multi (Double) Buffer
mode is enabled the, transfer is circular by default. In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is
possible to update the base address for the AHB memory port on the fly
(DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.
Extended features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start MultiBuffer DMA
transfer
Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start MultiBuffer DMA
transfer with interrupt
Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
This section contains the following APIs:



18.2.3
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart()
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT()
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory()
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t
DataLength)
Function Description
Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
Parameters





Return values
18.2.4

hdma: : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address
in case of multi buffer Transfer
DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from
source to destination
HAL status
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT
DOCID025834 Rev 3
269/963
Function Name
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t
DataLength)
Function Description
Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters





Return values
18.2.5

hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address
in case of multi buffer Transfer
DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from
source to destination
HAL status
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory
(DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t Address,
HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
Function Description
Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
Parameters



hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified DMA
Stream.
Address: The new address
memory: the memory to be changed, This parameter can be
one of the following values: MEMORY0 / MEMORY1
Return values

HAL status
Notes

The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the
current transfer use MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address
can be changed only when the current transfer use
MEMORY0.
18.3
DMAEx Firmware driver defines
18.3.1
DMAEx
270/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
19
HAL DSI Generic Driver
19.1
HAL DSI Generic Driver
19.2
DSI Firmware driver registers structures
19.2.1
DSI_InitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t AutomaticClockLaneControl
uint32_t TXEscapeCkdiv
uint32_t NumberOfLanes
Field Documentation



19.2.2
uint32_t DSI_InitTypeDef::AutomaticClockLaneControl
Automatic clock lane control This parameter can be any value of
DSI_Automatic_Clk_Lane_Control
uint32_t DSI_InitTypeDef::TXEscapeCkdiv
TX Escape clock division The values 0 and 1 stop the TX_ESC clock generation
uint32_t DSI_InitTypeDef::NumberOfLanes
Number of lanes This parameter can be any value of DSI_Number_Of_Lanes
DSI_PLLInitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t PLLNDIV
uint32_t PLLIDF
uint32_t PLLODF
Field Documentation



19.2.3
uint32_t DSI_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLNDIV
PLL Loop Division Factor This parameter must be a value between 10 and 125
uint32_t DSI_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLIDF
PLL Input Division Factor This parameter can be any value of DSI_PLL_IDF
uint32_t DSI_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLODF
PLL Output Division Factor This parameter can be any value of DSI_PLL_ODF
DSI_VidCfgTypeDef
Data Fields

uint32_t VirtualChannelID
DOCID025834 Rev 3
271/963
UM1725


























uint32_t ColorCoding
uint32_t LooselyPacked
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t PacketSize
uint32_t NumberOfChunks
uint32_t NullPacketSize
uint32_t HSPolarity
uint32_t VSPolarity
uint32_t DEPolarity
uint32_t HorizontalSyncActive
uint32_t HorizontalBackPorch
uint32_t HorizontalLine
uint32_t VerticalSyncActive
uint32_t VerticalBackPorch
uint32_t VerticalFrontPorch
uint32_t VerticalActive
uint32_t LPCommandEnable
uint32_t LPLargestPacketSize
uint32_t LPVACTLargestPacketSize
uint32_t LPHorizontalFrontPorchEnable
uint32_t LPHorizontalBackPorchEnable
uint32_t LPVerticalActiveEnable
uint32_t LPVerticalFrontPorchEnable
uint32_t LPVerticalBackPorchEnable
uint32_t LPVerticalSyncActiveEnable
uint32_t FrameBTAAcknowledgeEnable
Field Documentation










272/963
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VirtualChannelID
Virtual channel ID
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::ColorCoding
Color coding for LTDC interface This parameter can be any value of
DSI_Color_Coding
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LooselyPacked
Enable or disable loosely packed stream (needed only when using 18-bit
configuration). This parameter can be any value of DSI_LooselyPacked
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::Mode
Video mode type This parameter can be any value of DSI_Video_Mode_Type
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::PacketSize
Video packet size
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::NumberOfChunks
Number of chunks
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::NullPacketSize
Null packet size
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::HSPolarity
HSYNC pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_HSYNC_Polarity
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VSPolarity
VSYNC pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_VSYNC_Polarity
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::DEPolarity
Data Enable pin polarity This parameter can be any value of
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_Polarity
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

















19.2.4
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::HorizontalSyncActive
Horizontal synchronism active duration (in lane byte clock cycles)
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::HorizontalBackPorch
Horizontal back-porch duration (in lane byte clock cycles)
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::HorizontalLine
Horizontal line duration (in lane byte clock cycles)
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VerticalSyncActive
Vertical synchronism active duration
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VerticalBackPorch
Vertical back-porch duration
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VerticalFrontPorch
Vertical front-porch duration
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VerticalActive
Vertical active duration
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPCommandEnable
Low-power command enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_Command
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPLargestPacketSize
The size, in bytes, of the low power largest packet that can fit in a line during VSA,
VBP and VFP regions
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVACTLargestPacketSize
The size, in bytes, of the low power largest packet that can fit in a line during VACT
region
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPHorizontalFrontPorchEnable
Low-power horizontal front-porch enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_HFP
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPHorizontalBackPorchEnable
Low-power horizontal back-porch enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_HBP
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVerticalActiveEnable
Low-power vertical active enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_VACT
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVerticalFrontPorchEnable
Low-power vertical front-porch enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_VFP
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVerticalBackPorchEnable
Low-power vertical back-porch enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_VBP
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVerticalSyncActiveEnable
Low-power vertical sync active enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_VSYNC
uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::FrameBTAAcknowledgeEnable
Frame bus-turn-around acknowledge enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_FBTA_acknowledge
DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef
Data Fields




uint32_t VirtualChannelID
uint32_t ColorCoding
uint32_t CommandSize
uint32_t TearingEffectSource
DOCID025834 Rev 3
273/963
UM1725







uint32_t TearingEffectPolarity
uint32_t HSPolarity
uint32_t VSPolarity
uint32_t DEPolarity
uint32_t VSyncPol
uint32_t AutomaticRefresh
uint32_t TEAcknowledgeRequest
Field Documentation











19.2.5
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::VirtualChannelID
Virtual channel ID
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::ColorCoding
Color coding for LTDC interface This parameter can be any value of
DSI_Color_Coding
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::CommandSize
Maximum allowed size for an LTDC write memory command, measured in pixels.
This parameter can be any value between 0x00 and 0xFFFF
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::TearingEffectSource
Tearing effect source This parameter can be any value of DSI_TearingEffectSource
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::TearingEffectPolarity
Tearing effect pin polarity This parameter can be any value of
DSI_TearingEffectPolarity
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::HSPolarity
HSYNC pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_HSYNC_Polarity
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::VSPolarity
VSYNC pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_VSYNC_Polarity
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::DEPolarity
Data Enable pin polarity This parameter can be any value of
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_Polarity
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::VSyncPol
VSync edge on which the LTDC is halted This parameter can be any value of
DSI_VSYNC_Polarity
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::AutomaticRefresh
Automatic refresh mode This parameter can be any value of DSI_AutomaticRefresh
uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::TEAcknowledgeRequest
Tearing Effect Acknowledge Request Enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_TE_AcknowledgeRequest
DSI_LPCmdTypeDef
Data Fields








274/963
uint32_t LPGenShortWriteNoP
uint32_t LPGenShortWriteOneP
uint32_t LPGenShortWriteTwoP
uint32_t LPGenShortReadNoP
uint32_t LPGenShortReadOneP
uint32_t LPGenShortReadTwoP
uint32_t LPGenLongWrite
uint32_t LPDcsShortWriteNoP
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725





uint32_t LPDcsShortWriteOneP
uint32_t LPDcsShortReadNoP
uint32_t LPDcsLongWrite
uint32_t LPMaxReadPacket
uint32_t AcknowledgeRequest
Field Documentation













19.2.6
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortWriteNoP
Generic Short Write Zero parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value
of DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteNoP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortWriteOneP
Generic Short Write One parameter Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteOneP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortWriteTwoP
Generic Short Write Two parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value
of DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteTwoP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortReadNoP
Generic Short Read Zero parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value
of DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadNoP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortReadOneP
Generic Short Read One parameter Transmission This parameter can be any value
of DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadOneP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortReadTwoP
Generic Short Read Two parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value
of DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadTwoP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenLongWrite
Generic Long Write Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPGenLongWrite
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPDcsShortWriteNoP
DCS Short Write Zero parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPDcsShortWriteNoP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPDcsShortWriteOneP
DCS Short Write One parameter Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPDcsShortWriteOneP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPDcsShortReadNoP
DCS Short Read Zero parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPDcsShortReadNoP
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPDcsLongWrite
DCS Long Write Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPDcsLongWrite
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPMaxReadPacket
Maximum Read Packet Size Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPMaxReadPacket
uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::AcknowledgeRequest
Acknowledge Request Enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_AcknowledgeRequest
DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef
Data Fields
DOCID025834 Rev 3
275/963
UM1725






uint32_t ClockLaneHS2LPTime
uint32_t ClockLaneLP2HSTime
uint32_t DataLaneHS2LPTime
uint32_t DataLaneLP2HSTime
uint32_t DataLaneMaxReadTime
uint32_t StopWaitTime
Field Documentation






19.2.7
uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::ClockLaneHS2LPTime
The maximum time that the D-PHY clock lane takes to go from high-speed to lowpower transmission
uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::ClockLaneLP2HSTime
The maximum time that the D-PHY clock lane takes to go from low-power to highspeed transmission
uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::DataLaneHS2LPTime
The maximum time that the D-PHY data lanes takes to go from high-speed to lowpower transmission
uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::DataLaneLP2HSTime
The maximum time that the D-PHY data lanes takes to go from low-power to highspeed transmission
uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::DataLaneMaxReadTime
The maximum time required to perform a read command
uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::StopWaitTime
The minimum wait period to request a High-Speed transmission after the Stop state
DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef
Data Fields









uint32_t TimeoutCkdiv
uint32_t HighSpeedTransmissionTimeout
uint32_t LowPowerReceptionTimeout
uint32_t HighSpeedReadTimeout
uint32_t LowPowerReadTimeout
uint32_t HighSpeedWriteTimeout
uint32_t HighSpeedWritePrespMode
uint32_t LowPowerWriteTimeout
uint32_t BTATimeout
Field Documentation




276/963
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::TimeoutCkdiv
Time-out clock division
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::HighSpeedTransmissionTimeout
High-speed transmission time-out
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::LowPowerReceptionTimeout
Low-power reception time-out
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::HighSpeedReadTimeout
High-speed read time-out
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725





19.2.8
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::LowPowerReadTimeout
Low-power read time-out
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::HighSpeedWriteTimeout
High-speed write time-out
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::HighSpeedWritePrespMode
High-speed write presp mode This parameter can be any value of
DSI_HS_PrespMode
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::LowPowerWriteTimeout
Low-speed write time-out
uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::BTATimeout
BTA time-out
DSI_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields






DSI_TypeDef * Instance
DSI_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_DSI_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
uint32_t ErrorMsk
Field Documentation






DSI_TypeDef* DSI_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
DSI_InitTypeDef DSI_HandleTypeDef::Init
DSI required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef DSI_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DSI peripheral status
__IO HAL_DSI_StateTypeDef DSI_HandleTypeDef::State
DSI communication state
__IO uint32_t DSI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DSI Error code
uint32_t DSI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorMsk
DSI Error monitoring mask
19.3
DSI Firmware driver API description
19.3.1
Initialization and Configuration functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the DSI
De-initialize the DSI
This section contains the following APIs:


HAL_DSI_Init()
HAL_DSI_DeInit()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
277/963
UM1725




19.3.2
HAL_DSI_GetError()
HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor()
HAL_DSI_MspInit()
HAL_DSI_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides function allowing to:

Handle DSI interrupt request
This section contains the following APIs:




19.3.3
HAL_DSI_IRQHandler()
HAL_DSI_TearingEffectCallback()
HAL_DSI_EndOfRefreshCallback()
HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



This section contains the following APIs:





























278/963
HAL_DSI_SetGenericVCID()
HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode()
HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode()
HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand()
HAL_DSI_ConfigFlowControl()
HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer()
HAL_DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts()
HAL_DSI_Start()
HAL_DSI_Stop()
HAL_DSI_Refresh()
HAL_DSI_ColorMode()
HAL_DSI_Shutdown()
HAL_DSI_ShortWrite()
HAL_DSI_LongWrite()
HAL_DSI_Read()
HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData()
HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData()
HAL_DSI_EnterULPM()
HAL_DSI_ExitULPM()
HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStart()
HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStop()
HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning()
HAL_DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter()
HAL_DSI_SetSDD()
HAL_DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration()
HAL_DSI_SetPHYTimings()
HAL_DSI_ForceTXStopMode()
HAL_DSI_ForceRXLowPower()
HAL_DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


19.3.4
HAL_DSI_SetPullDown()
HAL_DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the DSI state.
Get error code.
This section contains the following APIs:

19.3.5
HAL_DSI_GetState()
HAL_DSI_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Init (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi,
DSI_PLLInitTypeDef * PLLInit)
Function Description
Initializes the DSI according to the specified parameters in the
DSI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

Return values
19.3.6
19.3.7
19.3.8

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
PLLInit: pointer to a DSI_PLLInitTypeDef structure that
contains the PLL Clock structure definition for the DSI.

HAL status
HAL_DSI_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_DeInit (DSI_HandleTypeDef *
hdsi)
Function Description
De-initializes the DSI peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_DSI_GetError (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Return the DSI error code.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

DSI Error Code
HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ActiveErrors)
Function Description
Enable the error monitor flags.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
279/963
UM1725
Return values
19.3.9
19.3.10
19.3.11
19.3.12
19.3.13
280/963

ActiveErrors: indicates which error interrupts will be
enabled. This parameter can be any combination of DSI Error
Data Type.

HAL status
HAL_DSI_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_DSI_MspInit (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Initializes the DSI MSP.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

None
HAL_DSI_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_DSI_MspDeInit (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
De-initializes the DSI MSP.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

None
HAL_DSI_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_DSI_IRQHandler (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Handles DSI interrupt request.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_TearingEffectCallback
Function Name
void HAL_DSI_TearingEffectCallback (DSI_HandleTypeDef *
hdsi)
Function Description
Tearing Effect DSI callback.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

None
HAL_DSI_EndOfRefreshCallback
Function Name
void HAL_DSI_EndOfRefreshCallback (DSI_HandleTypeDef *
hdsi)
Function Description
End of Refresh DSI callback.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
19.3.14
19.3.15
Function Name
void HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Operation Error DSI callback.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

None
HAL_DSI_SetGenericVCID
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetGenericVCID
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t VirtualChannelID)
Function Description
Configure the Generic interface read-back Virtual Channel ID.
Parameters


HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef * VidCfg)
Function Description
Select video mode and configure the corresponding parameters.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
VidCfg: pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that
contains the DSI video mode configuration parameters

HAL status
HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef * CmdCfg)
Function Description
Select adapted command mode and configure the corresponding
parameters.
Parameters

Return values
19.3.18

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
VirtualChannelID: Virtual channel ID
HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode
Return values
19.3.17
None
HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback
Return values
19.3.16


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
CmdCfg: pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that
contains the DSI command mode configuration parameters

HAL status
HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_LPCmdTypeDef * LPCmd)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
281/963
Function Description
UM1725
Configure command transmission mode: High-speed or Lowpower and enable/disable acknowledge request after packet
transmission.
Parameters

Return values
19.3.19
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigFlowControl
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t FlowControl)
Function Description
Configure the flow control parameters.
Parameters


HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef *
PhyTimings)
Function Description
Configure the DSI PHY timer parameters.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
PhyTimers: DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef structure that contains
the DSI PHY timing parameters

HAL status
HAL_DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef *
HostTimeouts)
Function Description
Configure the DSI HOST timeout parameters.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
HostTimeouts: DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef structure that
contains the DSI host timeout parameters

HAL status
HAL_DSI_Start
Function Name
282/963

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
FlowControl: flow control feature(s) to be enabled. This
parameter can be any combination of DSI Flow Control.
HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer
Return values
19.3.22
HAL status
Function Name
Return values
19.3.21

HAL_DSI_ConfigFlowControl
Return values
19.3.20

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
LPCmd: pointer to a DSI_LPCmdTypeDef structure that
contains the DSI command transmission mode configuration
parameters
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Start (DSI_HandleTypeDef *
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
hdsi)
19.3.23
19.3.24
19.3.25
Function Description
Start the DSI module.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Stop (DSI_HandleTypeDef *
hdsi)
Function Description
Stop the DSI module.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_Refresh
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Refresh (DSI_HandleTypeDef *
hdsi)
Function Description
Refresh the display in command mode.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_ColorMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ColorMode
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ColorMode)
Function Description
Controls the display color mode in Video mode.
Parameters

Return values
19.3.26

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
ColorMode: Color mode (full or 8-colors). This parameter
can be any value of DSI Color Mode

HAL status
HAL_DSI_Shutdown
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Shutdown
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Shutdown)
Function Description
Control the display shutdown in Video mode.
Parameters

Return values

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Shutdown: Shut-down (Display-ON or Display-OFF). This
parameter can be any value of DSI ShutDown

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
283/963
UM1725
19.3.27
HAL_DSI_ShortWrite
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ShortWrite
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ChannelID, uint32_t
Mode, uint32_t Param1, uint32_t Param2)
Function Description
DCS or Generic short write command.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
ChannelID: Virtual channel ID.
Mode: DSI short packet data type. This parameter can be
any value of DSI SHORT WRITE PKT Data Type.
Param1: DSC command or first generic parameter. This
parameter can be any value of DSI DCS Command or a
generic command code.
Param2: DSC parameter or second generic parameter.

HAL status



Return values
19.3.28
HAL_DSI_LongWrite
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_LongWrite
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ChannelID, uint32_t
Mode, uint32_t Nbparams, uint32_t Param1, uint8_t *
ParametersTable)
Function Description
DCS or Generic long write command.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
ChannelID: Virtual channel ID.
Mode: DSI long packet data type. This parameter can be any
value of DSI LONG WRITE PKT Data Type.
NbParams: Number of parameters.
Param1: DSC command or first generic parameter. This
parameter can be any value of DSI DCS Command or a
generic command code
ParametersTable: Pointer to parameter values table.

HAL status




Return values
19.3.29
HAL_DSI_Read
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Read (DSI_HandleTypeDef *
hdsi, uint32_t ChannelNbr, uint8_t * Array, uint32_t Size,
uint32_t Mode, uint32_t DCSCmd, uint8_t * ParametersTable)
Function Description
Read command (DCS or generic)
Parameters





284/963
hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
ChannelNbr: Virtual channel ID
Array: pointer to a buffer to store the payload of a read back
operation.
Size: Data size to be read (in byte).
Mode: DSI read packet data type. This parameter can be
any value of DSI SHORT READ PKT Data Type.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
19.3.30
19.3.31
19.3.32
19.3.33
19.3.34


DCSCmd: DCS get/read command.
ParametersTable: Pointer to parameter values table.

HAL status
HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Enter the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL
running (only data lanes are in ULPM)
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Exit the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL
running (only data lanes are in ULPM)
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_EnterULPM
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_EnterULPM
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Enter the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL
turned off (both data and clock lanes are in ULPM)
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_ExitULPM
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ExitULPM (DSI_HandleTypeDef
* hdsi)
Function Description
Exit the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL
turned off (both data and clock lanes are in ULPM)
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStart
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStart
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t
DOCID025834 Rev 3
285/963
UM1725
Orientation)
Function Description
Start test pattern generation.
Parameters



Return values
19.3.35
19.3.36

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStop
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Stop test pattern generation.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t CommDelay, uint32_t
Lane, uint32_t Value)
Function Description
Set Slew-Rate And Delay Tuning.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
CommDelay: Communication delay to be adjusted. This
parameter can be any value of DSI Communication Delay
Lane: select between clock or data lanes. This parameter
can be any value of DSI Lane Group
Value: Custom value of the slew-rate or delay

HAL status

Return values
HAL_DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Frequency)
Function Description
Low-Power Reception Filter Tuning.
Parameters

Return values
19.3.38
286/963
HAL status
HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStop

19.3.37
hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Mode: Pattern generator mode This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 : Color bars (horizontal or vertical) 1 :
BER pattern (vertical only)
Orientation: Pattern generator orientation This parameter
can be one of the following values: 0 : Vertical color bars 1 :
Horizontal color bars

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Frequency: cutoff frequency of low-pass filter at the input of
LPRX

HAL status
HAL_DSI_SetSDD
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetSDD (DSI_HandleTypeDef *
hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Function Description
Activate an additional current path on all lanes to meet the SDDTx
parameter defined in the MIPI D-PHY specification.
Parameters

Return values
19.3.39

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
State: ENABLE or DISABLE

HAL status
HAL_DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t CustomLane, uint32_t
Lane, FunctionalState State)
Function Description
Custom lane pins configuration.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
CustomLane: Function to be applyed on selected lane. This
parameter can be any value of DSI CustomLane
Lane: select between clock or data lane 0 or data lane 1.
This parameter can be any value of DSI Lane Select
State: ENABLE or DISABLE

HAL status


Return values
19.3.40
HAL_DSI_SetPHYTimings
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetPHYTimings
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Timing, FunctionalState
State, uint32_t Value)
Function Description
Set custom timing for the PHY.
Parameters



hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Timing: PHY timing to be adjusted. This parameter can be
any value of DSI PHY Timing
State: ENABLE or DISABLE
Value: Custom value of the timing

HAL status

Return values
19.3.41
HAL_DSI_ForceTXStopMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ForceTXStopMode
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Lane, FunctionalState
State)
Function Description
Force the Clock/Data Lane in TX Stop Mode.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Lane: select between clock or data lanes. This parameter
can be any value of DSI Lane Group
DOCID025834 Rev 3
287/963
UM1725
Return values
19.3.42
Function Description
Forces LP Receiver in Low-Power Mode.
Parameters


HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Function Description
Force Data Lanes in RX Mode after a BTA.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
State: ENABLE or DISABLE

HAL status
HAL_DSI_SetPullDown
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetPullDown
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Function Description
Enable a pull-down on the lanes to prevent from floating states
when unused.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
State: ENABLE or DISABLE

HAL status
HAL_DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Function Description
Switch off the contention detection on data lanes.
Parameters


hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
State: ENABLE or DISABLE

HAL status
HAL_DSI_GetState
Function Name
288/963

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
State: ENABLE or DISABLE
HAL_DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX
Return values
19.3.46
HAL status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ForceRXLowPower
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Return values
19.3.45

Function Name
Return values
19.3.44
State: ENABLE or DISABLE
HAL_DSI_ForceRXLowPower
Return values
19.3.43

HAL_DSI_StateTypeDef HAL_DSI_GetState
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
(DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Function Description
Return the DSI state.
Parameters

hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the DSI.
Return values

HAL state
19.4
DSI Firmware driver defines
19.4.1
DSI
DSI Acknowledge Request
DSI_ACKNOWLEDGE_DISABLE
DSI_ACKNOWLEDGE_ENABLE
DSI Automatic Refresh
DSI_AR_DISABLE
DSI_AR_ENABLE
DSI Automatic Clk Lane Control
DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_DISABLE
DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_ENABLE
DSI Color Coding
DSI_RGB565
The values 0x00000001 and 0x00000002 can also be used for the
RGB565 color mode configuration
DSI_RGB666
The value 0x00000004 can also be used for the RGB666 color
mode configuration
DSI_RGB888
DSI Color Mode
DSI_COLOR_MODE_FULL
DSI_COLOR_MODE_EIGHT
DSI Communication Delay
DSI_SLEW_RATE_HSTX
DSI_SLEW_RATE_LPTX
DSI_HS_DELAY
DSI CustomLane
DSI_SWAP_LANE_PINS
DSI_INVERT_HS_SIGNAL
DSI DATA ENABLE Polarity
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_LOW
DSI DCS Command
DOCID025834 Rev 3
289/963
UM1725
DSI_ENTER_IDLE_MODE
DSI_ENTER_INVERT_MODE
DSI_ENTER_NORMAL_MODE
DSI_ENTER_PARTIAL_MODE
DSI_ENTER_SLEEP_MODE
DSI_EXIT_IDLE_MODE
DSI_EXIT_INVERT_MODE
DSI_EXIT_SLEEP_MODE
DSI_GET_3D_CONTROL
DSI_GET_ADDRESS_MODE
DSI_GET_BLUE_CHANNEL
DSI_GET_DIAGNOSTIC_RESULT
DSI_GET_DISPLAY_MODE
DSI_GET_GREEN_CHANNEL
DSI_GET_PIXEL_FORMAT
DSI_GET_POWER_MODE
DSI_GET_RED_CHANNEL
DSI_GET_SCANLINE
DSI_GET_SIGNAL_MODE
DSI_NOP
DSI_READ_DDB_CONTINUE
DSI_READ_DDB_START
DSI_READ_MEMORY_CONTINUE
DSI_READ_MEMORY_START
DSI_SET_3D_CONTROL
DSI_SET_ADDRESS_MODE
DSI_SET_COLUMN_ADDRESS
DSI_SET_DISPLAY_OFF
DSI_SET_DISPLAY_ON
DSI_SET_GAMMA_CURVE
DSI_SET_PAGE_ADDRESS
DSI_SET_PARTIAL_COLUMNS
DSI_SET_PARTIAL_ROWS
DSI_SET_PIXEL_FORMAT
DSI_SET_SCROLL_AREA
DSI_SET_SCROLL_START
290/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
DSI_SET_TEAR_OFF
DSI_SET_TEAR_ON
DSI_SET_TEAR_SCANLINE
DSI_SET_VSYNC_TIMING
DSI_SOFT_RESET
DSI_WRITE_LUT
DSI_WRITE_MEMORY_CONTINUE
DSI_WRITE_MEMORY_START
DSI Error Data Type
HAL_DSI_ERROR_NONE
HAL_DSI_ERROR_ACK
acknowledge errors
HAL_DSI_ERROR_PHY
PHY related errors
HAL_DSI_ERROR_TX
transmission error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_RX
reception error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_ECC
ECC errors
HAL_DSI_ERROR_CRC
CRC error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_PSE
Packet Size error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_EOT
End Of Transmission error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_OVF
FIFO overflow error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_GEN
Generic FIFO related errors
DSI FBTA Acknowledge
DSI_FBTAA_DISABLE
DSI_FBTAA_ENABLE
DSI Flags
DSI_FLAG_TE
DSI_FLAG_ER
DSI_FLAG_BUSY
DSI_FLAG_PLLLS
DSI_FLAG_PLLL
DSI_FLAG_PLLU
DSI_FLAG_RRS
DSI_FLAG_RR
DSI Flow Control
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_CRC_RX
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ECC_RX
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_BTA
DOCID025834 Rev 3
291/963
UM1725
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_EOTP_RX
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_EOTP_TX
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ALL
DSI HSYNC Polarity
DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH
DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW
DSI HS Presp Mode
DSI_HS_PM_DISABLE
DSI_HS_PM_ENABLE
DSI Interrupts
DSI_IT_TE
DSI_IT_ER
DSI_IT_PLLL
DSI_IT_PLLU
DSI_IT_RR
DSI Lane Group
DSI_CLOCK_LANE
DSI_CLOCK_LANE
DSI_DATA_LANES
DSI Lane Select
DSI_DATA_LANE0
DSI_DATA_LANE1
DSI LONG WRITE PKT Data Type
DSI_DCS_LONG_PKT_WRITE
DCS long write
DSI_GEN_LONG_PKT_WRITE
Generic long write
DSI Loosely Packed
DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED_ENABLE
DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED_DISABLE
DSI LP Command
DSI_LP_COMMAND_DISABLE
DSI_LP_COMMAND_ENABLE
DSI LP HBP
DSI_LP_HBP_DISABLE
DSI_LP_HBP_ENABLE
DSI LP HFP
DSI_LP_HFP_DISABLE
292/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
DSI_LP_HFP_ENABLE
DSI LP LPDcs Long Write
DSI_LP_DLW_DISABLE
DSI_LP_DLW_ENABLE
DSI LP LPDcs Short Read NoP
DSI_LP_DSR0P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_DSR0P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPDcs Short Write NoP
DSI_LP_DSW0P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_DSW0P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPDcs Short Write OneP
DSI_LP_DSW1P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_DSW1P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen LongWrite
DSI_LP_GLW_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GLW_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Read NoP
DSI_LP_GSR0P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GSR0P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Read OneP
DSI_LP_GSR1P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GSR1P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Read TwoP
DSI_LP_GSR2P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GSR2P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Write NoP
DSI_LP_GSW0P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GSW0P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Write OneP
DSI_LP_GSW1P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GSW1P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Write TwoP
DSI_LP_GSW2P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GSW2P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPMax Read Packet
DSI_LP_MRDP_DISABLE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
293/963
UM1725
DSI_LP_MRDP_ENABLE
DSI LP VACT
DSI_LP_VACT_DISABLE
DSI_LP_VACT_ENABLE
DSI LP VBP
DSI_LP_VBP_DISABLE
DSI_LP_VBP_ENABLE
DSI LP VFP
DSI_LP_VFP_DISABLE
DSI_LP_VFP_ENABLE
DSI LP VSYNC
DSI_LP_VSYNC_DISABLE
DSI_LP_VSYNC_ENABLE
DSI Number Of Lanes
DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE
DSI_TWO_DATA_LANES
DSI PHY Timing
DSI_TCLK_POST
DSI_TLPX_CLK
DSI_THS_EXIT
DSI_TLPX_DATA
DSI_THS_ZERO
DSI_THS_TRAIL
DSI_THS_PREPARE
DSI_TCLK_ZERO
DSI_TCLK_PREPARE
DSI PLL IDF
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV1
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV2
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV3
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV4
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV5
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV6
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV7
DSI PLL ODF
DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV1
294/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV2
DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV4
DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV8
DSI Private Constants
DSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE
DSI_ERROR_ACK_MASK
DSI_ERROR_PHY_MASK
DSI_ERROR_TX_MASK
DSI_ERROR_RX_MASK
DSI_ERROR_ECC_MASK
DSI_ERROR_CRC_MASK
DSI_ERROR_PSE_MASK
DSI_ERROR_EOT_MASK
DSI_ERROR_OVF_MASK
DSI_ERROR_GEN_MASK
DSI_MAX_RETURN_PKT_SIZE
Maximum return packet configuration
DSI Private Macros
IS_DSI_PLL_NDIV
IS_DSI_PLL_IDF
IS_DSI_PLL_ODF
IS_DSI_AUTO_CLKLANE_CONTROL
IS_DSI_NUMBER_OF_LANES
IS_DSI_FLOW_CONTROL
IS_DSI_COLOR_CODING
IS_DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED
IS_DSI_DE_POLARITY
IS_DSI_VSYNC_POLARITY
IS_DSI_HSYNC_POLARITY
IS_DSI_VIDEO_MODE_TYPE
IS_DSI_COLOR_MODE
IS_DSI_SHUT_DOWN
IS_DSI_LP_COMMAND
IS_DSI_LP_HFP
IS_DSI_LP_HBP
IS_DSI_LP_VACTIVE
IS_DSI_LP_VFP
DOCID025834 Rev 3
295/963
UM1725
IS_DSI_LP_VBP
IS_DSI_LP_VSYNC
IS_DSI_FBTAA
IS_DSI_TE_SOURCE
IS_DSI_TE_POLARITY
IS_DSI_AUTOMATIC_REFRESH
IS_DSI_VS_POLARITY
IS_DSI_TE_ACK_REQUEST
IS_DSI_ACK_REQUEST
IS_DSI_LP_GSW0P
IS_DSI_LP_GSW1P
IS_DSI_LP_GSW2P
IS_DSI_LP_GSR0P
IS_DSI_LP_GSR1P
IS_DSI_LP_GSR2P
IS_DSI_LP_GLW
IS_DSI_LP_DSW0P
IS_DSI_LP_DSW1P
IS_DSI_LP_DSR0P
IS_DSI_LP_DLW
IS_DSI_LP_MRDP
IS_DSI_SHORT_WRITE_PACKET_TYPE
IS_DSI_LONG_WRITE_PACKET_TYPE
IS_DSI_READ_PACKET_TYPE
IS_DSI_COMMUNICATION_DELAY
IS_DSI_LANE_GROUP
IS_DSI_CUSTOM_LANE
IS_DSI_LANE
IS_DSI_PHY_TIMING
DSI SHORT READ PKT Data Type
DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_READ
DCS short read
DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P0
Generic short read, no parameters
DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P1
Generic short read, one parameter
DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P2
Generic short read, two parameters
DSI SHORT WRITE PKT Data Type
DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P0
296/963
DCS short write, no parameters
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P1
DCS short write, one parameter
DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P0
Generic short write, no parameters
DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P1
Generic short write, one parameter
DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P2
Generic short write, two parameters
DSI ShutDown
DSI_DISPLAY_ON
DSI_DISPLAY_OFF
DSI Tearing Effect Polarity
DSI_TE_RISING_EDGE
DSI_TE_FALLING_EDGE
DSI Tearing Effect Source
DSI_TE_DSILINK
DSI_TE_EXTERNAL
DSI TE Acknowledge Request
DSI_TE_ACKNOWLEDGE_DISABLE
DSI_TE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ENABLE
DSI Video Mode Type
DSI_VID_MODE_NB_PULSES
DSI_VID_MODE_NB_EVENTS
DSI_VID_MODE_BURST
DSI VSYNC Polarity
DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH
DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW
DOCID025834 Rev 3
297/963
UM1725
20
HAL ETH Generic Driver
20.1
HAL ETH Generic Driver
20.2
ETH Firmware driver registers structures
20.2.1
ETH_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t AutoNegotiation
uint32_t Speed
uint32_t DuplexMode
uint16_t PhyAddress
uint8_t * MACAddr
uint32_t RxMode
uint32_t ChecksumMode
uint32_t MediaInterface
Field Documentation








20.2.2
298/963
uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::AutoNegotiation
Selects or not the AutoNegotiation mode for the external PHY The AutoNegotiation
allows an automatic setting of the Speed (10/100Mbps) and the mode (half/fullduplex). This parameter can be a value of ETH_AutoNegotiation
uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::Speed
Sets the Ethernet speed: 10/100 Mbps. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Speed
uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::DuplexMode
Selects the MAC duplex mode: Half-Duplex or Full-Duplex mode This parameter can
be a value of ETH_Duplex_Mode
uint16_t ETH_InitTypeDef::PhyAddress
Ethernet PHY address. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and
Max_Data = 32
uint8_t* ETH_InitTypeDef::MACAddr
MAC Address of used Hardware: must be pointer on an array of 6 bytes
uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::RxMode
Selects the Ethernet Rx mode: Polling mode, Interrupt mode. This parameter can be
a value of ETH_Rx_Mode
uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::ChecksumMode
Selects if the checksum is check by hardware or by software. This parameter can be
a value of ETH_Checksum_Mode
uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::MediaInterface
Selects the media-independent interface or the reduced media-independent interface.
This parameter can be a value of ETH_Media_Interface
ETH_MACInitTypeDef
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Data Fields





























uint32_t Watchdog
uint32_t Jabber
uint32_t InterFrameGap
uint32_t CarrierSense
uint32_t ReceiveOwn
uint32_t LoopbackMode
uint32_t ChecksumOffload
uint32_t RetryTransmission
uint32_t AutomaticPadCRCStrip
uint32_t BackOffLimit
uint32_t DeferralCheck
uint32_t ReceiveAll
uint32_t SourceAddrFilter
uint32_t PassControlFrames
uint32_t BroadcastFramesReception
uint32_t DestinationAddrFilter
uint32_t PromiscuousMode
uint32_t MulticastFramesFilter
uint32_t UnicastFramesFilter
uint32_t HashTableHigh
uint32_t HashTableLow
uint32_t PauseTime
uint32_t ZeroQuantaPause
uint32_t PauseLowThreshold
uint32_t UnicastPauseFrameDetect
uint32_t ReceiveFlowControl
uint32_t TransmitFlowControl
uint32_t VLANTagComparison
uint32_t VLANTagIdentifier
Field Documentation





uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::Watchdog
Selects or not the Watchdog timer When enabled, the MAC allows no more then 2048
bytes to be received. When disabled, the MAC can receive up to 16384 bytes. This
parameter can be a value of ETH_Watchdog
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::Jabber
Selects or not Jabber timer When enabled, the MAC allows no more then 2048 bytes
to be sent. When disabled, the MAC can send up to 16384 bytes. This parameter can
be a value of ETH_Jabber
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::InterFrameGap
Selects the minimum IFG between frames during transmission. This parameter can
be a value of ETH_Inter_Frame_Gap
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::CarrierSense
Selects or not the Carrier Sense. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Carrier_Sense
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ReceiveOwn
Selects or not the ReceiveOwn, ReceiveOwn allows the reception of frames when the
TX_EN signal is asserted in Half-Duplex mode. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Receive_Own
DOCID025834 Rev 3
299/963
UM1725

















300/963
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::LoopbackMode
Selects or not the internal MAC MII Loopback mode. This parameter can be a value
of ETH_Loop_Back_Mode
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ChecksumOffload
Selects or not the IPv4 checksum checking for received frame payloads'
TCP/UDP/ICMP headers. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Checksum_Offload
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::RetryTransmission
Selects or not the MAC attempt retries transmission, based on the settings of BL,
when a collision occurs (Half-Duplex mode). This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Retry_Transmission
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::AutomaticPadCRCStrip
Selects or not the Automatic MAC Pad/CRC Stripping. This parameter can be a value
of ETH_Automatic_Pad_CRC_Strip
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::BackOffLimit
Selects the BackOff limit value. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Back_Off_Limit
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::DeferralCheck
Selects or not the deferral check function (Half-Duplex mode). This parameter can be
a value of ETH_Deferral_Check
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ReceiveAll
Selects or not all frames reception by the MAC (No filtering). This parameter can be a
value of ETH_Receive_All
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::SourceAddrFilter
Selects the Source Address Filter mode. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Source_Addr_Filter
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::PassControlFrames
Sets the forwarding mode of the control frames (including unicast and multicast
PAUSE frames) This parameter can be a value of ETH_Pass_Control_Frames
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::BroadcastFramesReception
Selects or not the reception of Broadcast Frames. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Broadcast_Frames_Reception
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::DestinationAddrFilter
Sets the destination filter mode for both unicast and multicast frames. This parameter
can be a value of ETH_Destination_Addr_Filter
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::PromiscuousMode
Selects or not the Promiscuous Mode This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Promiscuous_Mode
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::MulticastFramesFilter
Selects the Multicast Frames filter mode:
None/HashTableFilter/PerfectFilter/PerfectHashTableFilter. This parameter can be a
value of ETH_Multicast_Frames_Filter
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::UnicastFramesFilter
Selects the Unicast Frames filter mode:
HashTableFilter/PerfectFilter/PerfectHashTableFilter. This parameter can be a value
of ETH_Unicast_Frames_Filter
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::HashTableHigh
This field holds the higher 32 bits of Hash table. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xFFFFFFFF
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::HashTableLow
This field holds the lower 32 bits of Hash table. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xFFFFFFFF
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::PauseTime
This field holds the value to be used in the Pause Time field in the transmit control
frame. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data =
0xFFFF
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725







20.2.3
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ZeroQuantaPause
Selects or not the automatic generation of Zero-Quanta Pause Control frames. This
parameter can be a value of ETH_Zero_Quanta_Pause
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::PauseLowThreshold
This field configures the threshold of the PAUSE to be checked for automatic
retransmission of PAUSE Frame. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Pause_Low_Threshold
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::UnicastPauseFrameDetect
Selects or not the MAC detection of the Pause frames (with MAC Address0 unicast
address and unique multicast address). This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Unicast_Pause_Frame_Detect
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ReceiveFlowControl
Enables or disables the MAC to decode the received Pause frame and disable its
transmitter for a specified time (Pause Time) This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Receive_Flow_Control
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::TransmitFlowControl
Enables or disables the MAC to transmit Pause frames (Full-Duplex mode) or the
MAC back-pressure operation (Half-Duplex mode) This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Transmit_Flow_Control
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::VLANTagComparison
Selects the 12-bit VLAN identifier or the complete 16-bit VLAN tag for comparison
and filtering. This parameter can be a value of ETH_VLAN_Tag_Comparison
uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::VLANTagIdentifier
Holds the VLAN tag identifier for receive frames
ETH_DMAInitTypeDef
Data Fields
















uint32_t DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame
uint32_t ReceiveStoreForward
uint32_t FlushReceivedFrame
uint32_t TransmitStoreForward
uint32_t TransmitThresholdControl
uint32_t ForwardErrorFrames
uint32_t ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames
uint32_t ReceiveThresholdControl
uint32_t SecondFrameOperate
uint32_t AddressAlignedBeats
uint32_t FixedBurst
uint32_t RxDMABurstLength
uint32_t TxDMABurstLength
uint32_t EnhancedDescriptorFormat
uint32_t DescriptorSkipLength
uint32_t DMAArbitration
Field Documentation

uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame
Selects or not the Dropping of TCP/IP Checksum Error Frames. This parameter can
be a value of ETH_Drop_TCP_IP_Checksum_Error_Frame
DOCID025834 Rev 3
301/963
UM1725















20.2.4
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::ReceiveStoreForward
Enables or disables the Receive store and forward mode. This parameter can be a
value of ETH_Receive_Store_Forward
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::FlushReceivedFrame
Enables or disables the flushing of received frames. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Flush_Received_Frame
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::TransmitStoreForward
Enables or disables Transmit store and forward mode. This parameter can be a value
of ETH_Transmit_Store_Forward
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::TransmitThresholdControl
Selects or not the Transmit Threshold Control. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Transmit_Threshold_Control
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::ForwardErrorFrames
Selects or not the forward to the DMA of erroneous frames. This parameter can be a
value of ETH_Forward_Error_Frames
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames
Enables or disables the Rx FIFO to forward Undersized frames (frames with no Error
and length less than 64 bytes) including pad-bytes and CRC) This parameter can be a
value of ETH_Forward_Undersized_Good_Frames
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::ReceiveThresholdControl
Selects the threshold level of the Receive FIFO. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Receive_Threshold_Control
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::SecondFrameOperate
Selects or not the Operate on second frame mode, which allows the DMA to process
a second frame of Transmit data even before obtaining the status for the first frame.
This parameter can be a value of ETH_Second_Frame_Operate
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::AddressAlignedBeats
Enables or disables the Address Aligned Beats. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Address_Aligned_Beats
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::FixedBurst
Enables or disables the AHB Master interface fixed burst transfers. This parameter
can be a value of ETH_Fixed_Burst
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::RxDMABurstLength
Indicates the maximum number of beats to be transferred in one Rx DMA transaction.
This parameter can be a value of ETH_Rx_DMA_Burst_Length
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::TxDMABurstLength
Indicates the maximum number of beats to be transferred in one Tx DMA transaction.
This parameter can be a value of ETH_Tx_DMA_Burst_Length
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::EnhancedDescriptorFormat
Enables the enhanced descriptor format. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_DMA_Enhanced_descriptor_format
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::DescriptorSkipLength
Specifies the number of word to skip between two unchained descriptors (Ring mode)
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 32
uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::DMAArbitration
Selects the DMA Tx/Rx arbitration. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_DMA_Arbitration
ETH_DMADescTypeDef
Data Fields
302/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725








__IO uint32_t Status
uint32_t ControlBufferSize
uint32_t Buffer1Addr
uint32_t Buffer2NextDescAddr
uint32_t ExtendedStatus
uint32_t Reserved1
uint32_t TimeStampLow
uint32_t TimeStampHigh
Field Documentation








20.2.5
__IO uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::Status
Status
uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::ControlBufferSize
Control and Buffer1, Buffer2 lengths
uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::Buffer1Addr
Buffer1 address pointer
uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::Buffer2NextDescAddr
Buffer2 or next descriptor address pointer Enhanced ETHERNET DMA PTP
Descriptors
uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::ExtendedStatus
Extended status for PTP receive descriptor
uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::Reserved1
Reserved
uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::TimeStampLow
Time Stamp Low value for transmit and receive
uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::TimeStampHigh
Time Stamp High value for transmit and receive
ETH_DMARxFrameInfos
Data Fields





ETH_DMADescTypeDef * FSRxDesc
ETH_DMADescTypeDef * LSRxDesc
uint32_t SegCount
uint32_t length
uint32_t buffer
Field Documentation





ETH_DMADescTypeDef* ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::FSRxDesc
First Segment Rx Desc
ETH_DMADescTypeDef* ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::LSRxDesc
Last Segment Rx Desc
uint32_t ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::SegCount
Segment count
uint32_t ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::length
Frame length
uint32_t ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::buffer
Frame buffer
DOCID025834 Rev 3
303/963
UM1725
20.2.6
ETH_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields








ETH_TypeDef * Instance
ETH_InitTypeDef Init
uint32_t LinkStatus
ETH_DMADescTypeDef * RxDesc
ETH_DMADescTypeDef * TxDesc
ETH_DMARxFrameInfos RxFrameInfos
__IO HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef State
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
Field Documentation








ETH_TypeDef* ETH_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
ETH_InitTypeDef ETH_HandleTypeDef::Init
Ethernet Init Configuration
uint32_t ETH_HandleTypeDef::LinkStatus
Ethernet link status
ETH_DMADescTypeDef* ETH_HandleTypeDef::RxDesc
Rx descriptor to Get
ETH_DMADescTypeDef* ETH_HandleTypeDef::TxDesc
Tx descriptor to Set
ETH_DMARxFrameInfos ETH_HandleTypeDef::RxFrameInfos
last Rx frame infos
__IO HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef ETH_HandleTypeDef::State
ETH communication state
HAL_LockTypeDef ETH_HandleTypeDef::Lock
ETH Lock
20.3
ETH Firmware driver API description
20.3.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
304/963
Declare a ETH_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: ETH_HandleTypeDef
heth;
Fill parameters of Init structure in heth handle
Call HAL_ETH_Init() API to initialize the Ethernet peripheral (MAC, DMA, ...)
Initialize the ETH low level resources through the HAL_ETH_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the Ethernet interface clock using

__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_ENABLE();

__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_ENABLE();

__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_ENABLE();
b.
Initialize the related GPIO clocks
c.
Configure Ethernet pin-out
d.
Configure Ethernet NVIC interrupt (IT mode)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
5.
Initialize Ethernet DMA Descriptors in chain mode and point to allocated buffers:
a.
HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(); for Transmission process
b.
HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(); for Reception process
6. Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception:
a.
HAL_ETH_Start();
7. Prepare ETH DMA TX Descriptors and give the hand to ETH DMA to transfer the
frame to MAC TX FIFO:
a.
HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame();
8. Poll for a received frame in ETH RX DMA Descriptors and get received frame
parameters
a.
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); (should be called into an infinite loop)
9.
Get a received frame when an ETH RX interrupt occurs:
a.
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(); (called in IT mode only)
10. Communicate with external PHY device:
a.
Read a specific register from the PHY HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister();
b.
Write data to a specific RHY register: HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister();
11. Configure the Ethernet MAC after ETH peripheral initialization
HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(); all MAC parameters should be filled.
12. Configure the Ethernet DMA after ETH peripheral initialization
HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(); all DMA parameters should be filled. The PTP protocol and
the DMA descriptors ring mode are not supported in this driver
20.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the Ethernet peripheral
De-initialize the Ethernet peripheral
This section contains the following APIs:






20.3.3
HAL_ETH_Init()
HAL_ETH_DeInit()
HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit()
HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit()
HAL_ETH_MspInit()
HAL_ETH_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Transmit a frame HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame();
Receive a frame HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame();
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT();
Read from an External PHY register HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister();
Write to an External PHY register HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister();
This section contains the following APIs:








HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame()
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame()
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT()
HAL_ETH_IRQHandler()
HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback()
HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
305/963
UM1725

20.3.4
HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception. HAL_ETH_Start();
Disable MAC and DMA transmission and reception. HAL_ETH_Stop();
Set the MAC configuration in runtime mode HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC();
Set the DMA configuration in runtime mode HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA();
This section contains the following APIs:




20.3.5
HAL_ETH_Start()
HAL_ETH_Stop()
HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC()
HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.

Get the ETH handle state: HAL_ETH_GetState();
This section contains the following APIs:

20.3.6
20.3.7
20.3.8
306/963
HAL_ETH_GetState()
HAL_ETH_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Init (ETH_HandleTypeDef *
heth)
Function Description
Initializes the Ethernet MAC and DMA according to default
parameters.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ETH_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DeInit (ETH_HandleTypeDef *
heth)
Function Description
De-Initializes the ETH peripheral.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *
DMATxDescTab, uint8_t * TxBuff, uint32_t TxBuffCount)
Function Description
Initializes the DMA Tx descriptors in chain mode.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
20.3.9
20.3.11
20.3.12

HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *
DMARxDescTab, uint8_t * RxBuff, uint32_t RxBuffCount)
Function Description
Initializes the DMA Rx descriptors in chain mode.
Parameters




heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
DMARxDescTab: Pointer to the first Rx desc list
RxBuff: Pointer to the first RxBuffer list
RxBuffCount: Number of the used Rx desc in the list

HAL status
HAL_ETH_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_ETH_MspInit (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
Initializes the ETH MSP.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

None
HAL_ETH_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_ETH_MspDeInit (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
DeInitializes ETH MSP.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

None
HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, uint32_t FrameLength)
Function Description
Sends an Ethernet frame.
Parameters

Return values
20.3.13
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
DMATxDescTab: Pointer to the first Tx desc list
TxBuff: Pointer to the first TxBuffer list
TxBuffCount: Number of the used Tx desc in the list
HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit
Return values
20.3.10




heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
FrameLength: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame
DOCID025834 Rev 3
307/963
UM1725
20.3.14
20.3.15
20.3.16
20.3.17
20.3.18
308/963
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
Checks for received frames.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
Gets the Received frame in interrupt mode.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ETH_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_ETH_IRQHandler (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
This function handles ETH interrupt request.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

None
HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

None
HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
Ethernet transfer error callbacks.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values
20.3.19

HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t *
RegValue)
Function Description
Reads a PHY register.
Parameters


heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32
PHY register. This parameter can be one of the following
values: PHY_BCR: Transceiver Basic Control Register,
PHY_BSR: Transceiver Basic Status Register. More PHY
register could be read depending on the used PHY
RegValue: PHY register value

HAL status

Return values
20.3.20
HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t
RegValue)
Function Description
Writes to a PHY register.
Parameters


heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32
PHY register. This parameter can be one of the following
values: PHY_BCR: Transceiver Control Register. More PHY
register could be written depending on the used PHY
RegValue: the value to write

HAL status

Return values
20.3.21
20.3.22
None
HAL_ETH_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Start (ETH_HandleTypeDef *
heth)
Function Description
Enables Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ETH_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Stop (ETH_HandleTypeDef *
heth)
Function Description
Stop Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
309/963
UM1725
20.3.23
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, ETH_MACInitTypeDef * macconf)
Function Description
Set ETH MAC Configuration.
Parameters

Return values
20.3.24

HAL status
HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, ETH_DMAInitTypeDef * dmaconf)
Function Description
Sets ETH DMA Configuration.
Parameters

Return values
20.3.25

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
macconf: MAC Configuration structure

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
dmaconf: DMA Configuration structure

HAL status
HAL_ETH_GetState
Function Name
HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetState
(ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Function Description
Return the ETH HAL state.
Parameters

heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for ETHERNET module
Return values

HAL state
20.4
ETH Firmware driver defines
20.4.1
ETH
ETH Address Aligned Beats
ETH_ADDRESSALIGNEDBEATS_ENABLE
ETH_ADDRESSALIGNEDBEATS_DISABLE
ETH Automatic Pad CRC Strip
ETH_AUTOMATICPADCRCSTRIP_ENABLE
ETH_AUTOMATICPADCRCSTRIP_DISABLE
ETH AutoNegotiation
ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION_ENABLE
310/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION_DISABLE
ETH Back Off Limit
ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_10
ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_8
ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_4
ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_1
ETH Broadcast Frames Reception
ETH_BROADCASTFRAMESRECEPTION_ENABLE
ETH_BROADCASTFRAMESRECEPTION_DISABLE
ETH Buffers setting
ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
ETH_HEADER + ETH_EXTRA + ETH_VLAN_TAG +
ETH_MAX_ETH_PAYLOAD + ETH_CRC
ETH_HEADER
6 byte Dest addr, 6 byte Src addr, 2 byte length/type
ETH_CRC
Ethernet CRC
ETH_EXTRA
Extra bytes in some cases
ETH_VLAN_TAG
optional 802.1q VLAN Tag
ETH_MIN_ETH_PAYLOAD
Minimum Ethernet payload size
ETH_MAX_ETH_PAYLOAD
Maximum Ethernet payload size
ETH_JUMBO_FRAME_PAYLOAD
Jumbo frame payload size
ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE
ETH_RXBUFNB
ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE
ETH_TXBUFNB
ETH Carrier Sense
ETH_CARRIERSENCE_ENABLE
ETH_CARRIERSENCE_DISABLE
ETH Checksum Mode
ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE
ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_SOFTWARE
ETH Checksum Offload
ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_ENABLE
ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_DISABLE
ETH Deferral Check
ETH_DEFFERRALCHECK_ENABLE
ETH_DEFFERRALCHECK_DISABLE
ETH Destination Addr Filter
ETH_DESTINATIONADDRFILTER_NORMAL
DOCID025834 Rev 3
311/963
UM1725
ETH_DESTINATIONADDRFILTER_INVERSE
ETH DMA Arbitration
ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_1_1
ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_2_1
ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_3_1
ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_4_1
ETH_DMAARBITRATION_RXPRIORTX
ETH DMA Enhanced descriptor format
ETH_DMAENHANCEDDESCRIPTOR_ENABLE
ETH_DMAENHANCEDDESCRIPTOR_DISABLE
ETH DMA Flags
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TST
Time-stamp trigger interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_FLAG_PMT
PMT interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_FLAG_MMC
MMC interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_FLAG_DATATRANSFERERROR
Error bits 0-Rx DMA, 1-Tx DMA
ETH_DMA_FLAG_READWRITEERROR
Error bits 0-write transfer, 1-read transfer
ETH_DMA_FLAG_ACCESSERROR
Error bits 0-data buffer, 1-desc. access
ETH_DMA_FLAG_NIS
Normal interrupt summary flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS
Abnormal interrupt summary flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_ER
Early receive flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_FBE
Fatal bus error flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_ET
Early transmit flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_RWT
Receive watchdog timeout flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_RPS
Receive process stopped flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_RBU
Receive buffer unavailable flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_R
Receive flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TU
Underflow flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_RO
Overflow flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TJT
Transmit jabber timeout flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TBU
Transmit buffer unavailable flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TPS
Transmit process stopped flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_T
Transmit flag
ETH DMA Interrupts
312/963
ETH_DMA_IT_TST
Time-stamp trigger interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_IT_PMT
PMT interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_IT_MMC
MMC interrupt (on DMA)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
ETH_DMA_IT_NIS
Normal interrupt summary
ETH_DMA_IT_AIS
Abnormal interrupt summary
ETH_DMA_IT_ER
Early receive interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_FBE
Fatal bus error interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_ET
Early transmit interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_RWT
Receive watchdog timeout interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_RPS
Receive process stopped interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_RBU
Receive buffer unavailable interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_R
Receive interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_TU
Underflow interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_RO
Overflow interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_TJT
Transmit jabber timeout interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_TBU
Transmit buffer unavailable interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_TPS
Transmit process stopped interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_T
Transmit interrupt
ETH DMA overflow
ETH_DMA_OVERFLOW_RXFIFOCOUNTER
Overflow bit for FIFO overflow
counter
ETH_DMA_OVERFLOW_MISSEDFRAMECOUNTER
Overflow bit for missed frame
counter
ETH DMA receive process state
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_STOPPED
Stopped - Reset or Stop Rx Command
issued
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_FETCHING
Running - fetching the Rx descriptor
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_WAITING
Running - waiting for packet
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_SUSPENDED
Suspended - Rx Descriptor unavailable
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_CLOSING
Running - closing descriptor
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_QUEUING
Running - queuing the receive frame
into host memory
ETH DMA RX Descriptor
ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN
OWN bit:
descriptor is
owned by DMA
engine
ETH_DMARXDESC_AFM
DA Filter Fail for
the rx frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_FL
Receive
descriptor frame
length
ETH_DMARXDESC_ES
Error summary:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
313/963
UM1725
OR of the
following bits:
DE || OE || IPC ||
LC || RWT || RE
|| CE
314/963
ETH_DMARXDESC_DE
Descriptor error:
no more
descriptors for
receive frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_SAF
SA Filter Fail for
the received
frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_LE
Frame size not
matching with
length field
ETH_DMARXDESC_OE
Overflow Error:
Frame was
damaged due to
buffer overflow
ETH_DMARXDESC_VLAN
VLAN Tag:
received frame
is a VLAN frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_FS
First descriptor
of the frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_LS
Last descriptor
of the frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_IPV4HCE
IPC Checksum
Error: Rx Ipv4
header
checksum error
ETH_DMARXDESC_LC
Late collision
occurred during
reception
ETH_DMARXDESC_FT
Frame type Ethernet,
otherwise 802.3
ETH_DMARXDESC_RWT
Receive
Watchdog
Timeout:
watchdog timer
expired during
reception
ETH_DMARXDESC_RE
Receive error:
error reported by
MII interface
ETH_DMARXDESC_DBE
Dribble bit error:
frame contains
non int multiple
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
of 8 bits
ETH_DMARXDESC_CE
CRC error
ETH_DMARXDESC_MAMPCE
Rx MAC
Address/Payloa
d Checksum
Error: Rx MAC
address
matched/ Rx
Payload
Checksum Error
ETH_DMARXDESC_DIC
Disable Interrupt
on Completion
ETH_DMARXDESC_RBS2
Receive Buffer2
Size
ETH_DMARXDESC_RER
Receive End of
Ring
ETH_DMARXDESC_RCH
Second Address
Chained
ETH_DMARXDESC_RBS1
Receive Buffer1
Size
ETH_DMARXDESC_B1AP
Buffer1 Address
Pointer
ETH_DMARXDESC_B2AP
Buffer2 Address
Pointer
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPV
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPFT
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_SYNC
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_FOLLOWUP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_DELAYREQ
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_DELAYRESP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_PDELAYREQ_ANNOUNCE
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_PDELAYRESP_MANAG
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_PDELAYRESPFOLLOWUP_SIGNA
L
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPV6PR
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPV4PR
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPCB
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPE
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPHE
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPT
DOCID025834 Rev 3
315/963
UM1725
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPT_UDP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPT_TCP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPT_ICMP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_RTSL
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_RTSH
ETH DMA Rx descriptor buffers
ETH_DMARXDESC_BUFFER1
DMA Rx Desc Buffer1
ETH_DMARXDESC_BUFFER2
DMA Rx Desc Buffer2
ETH DMA transmit process state
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_STOPPED
Stopped - Reset or Stop Tx Command
issued
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_FETCHING
Running - fetching the Tx descriptor
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_WAITING
Running - waiting for status
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_READING
Running - reading the data from host
memory
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_SUSPENDED
Suspended - Tx Descriptor
unavailable
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_CLOSING
Running - closing Rx descriptor
ETH DMA TX Descriptor
316/963
ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN
OWN bit: descriptor is owned by
DMA engine
ETH_DMATXDESC_IC
Interrupt on Completion
ETH_DMATXDESC_LS
Last Segment
ETH_DMATXDESC_FS
First Segment
ETH_DMATXDESC_DC
Disable CRC
ETH_DMATXDESC_DP
Disable Padding
ETH_DMATXDESC_TTSE
Transmit Time Stamp Enable
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC
Checksum Insertion Control: 4
cases
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC_BYPASS
Do Nothing: Checksum Engine is
bypassed
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC_IPV4HEADER
IPV4 header Checksum Insertion
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC_TCPUDPICMP_SEGMENT
TCP/UDP/ICMP Checksum
Insertion calculated over segment
only
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC_TCPUDPICMP_FULL
TCP/UDP/ICMP Checksum
Insertion fully calculated
ETH_DMATXDESC_TER
Transmit End of Ring
ETH_DMATXDESC_TCH
Second Address Chained
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
ETH_DMATXDESC_TTSS
Tx Time Stamp Status
ETH_DMATXDESC_IHE
IP Header Error
ETH_DMATXDESC_ES
Error summary: OR of the
following bits: UE || ED || EC ||
LCO || NC || LCA || FF || JT
ETH_DMATXDESC_JT
Jabber Timeout
ETH_DMATXDESC_FF
Frame Flushed: DMA/MTL flushed
the frame due to SW flush
ETH_DMATXDESC_PCE
Payload Checksum Error
ETH_DMATXDESC_LCA
Loss of Carrier: carrier lost during
transmission
ETH_DMATXDESC_NC
No Carrier: no carrier signal from
the transceiver
ETH_DMATXDESC_LCO
Late Collision: transmission
aborted due to collision
ETH_DMATXDESC_EC
Excessive Collision: transmission
aborted after 16 collisions
ETH_DMATXDESC_VF
VLAN Frame
ETH_DMATXDESC_CC
Collision Count
ETH_DMATXDESC_ED
Excessive Deferral
ETH_DMATXDESC_UF
Underflow Error: late data arrival
from the memory
ETH_DMATXDESC_DB
Deferred Bit
ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS2
Transmit Buffer2 Size
ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1
Transmit Buffer1 Size
ETH_DMATXDESC_B1AP
Buffer1 Address Pointer
ETH_DMATXDESC_B2AP
Buffer2 Address Pointer
ETH_DMAPTPTXDESC_TTSL
ETH_DMAPTPTXDESC_TTSH
ETH DMA Tx descriptor Checksum Insertion Control
ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMBYPASS
Checksum engine bypass
ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMIPV4HEADER
IPv4 header checksum
insertion
ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPSEGMENT
TCP/UDP/ICMP checksum
insertion. Pseudo header
checksum is assumed to be
present
ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPFULL
TCP/UDP/ICMP checksum
fully in hardware including
pseudo header
ETH DMA Tx descriptor segment
DOCID025834 Rev 3
317/963
UM1725
ETH_DMATXDESC_LASTSEGMENTS
Last Segment
ETH_DMATXDESC_FIRSTSEGMENT
First Segment
ETH Drop TCP IP Checksum Error Frame
ETH_DROPTCPIPCHECKSUMERRORFRAME_ENABLE
ETH_DROPTCPIPCHECKSUMERRORFRAME_DISABLE
ETH Duplex Mode
ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX
ETH_MODE_HALFDUPLEX
ETH Exported Macros
__HAL_ETH_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset ETH handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the ETH
handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified
ETHERNET DMA Tx Desc flag is set or
not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag of TDES0
to check.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMARXDESC_GET_FLAG
the: ETH_DMATxDescFlag (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Checks whether the specified
ETHERNET DMA Rx Desc flag is set or
not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag of RDES0
to check.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMARXDESC_ENABLE_IT
Description:

318/963
the: ETH_DMATxDescFlag (SET or
RESET).
DOCID025834 Rev 3
Enables the specified DMA Rx Desc
UM1725
receive interrupt.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMARXDESC_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified DMA Rx Desc
receive interrupt.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMARXDESC_SET_OWN_
BIT
None
Description:

Set the specified DMA Rx Desc Own bit.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_GET_COLLI
SION_COUNT
None
Description:

Returns the specified ETHERNET DMA
Tx Desc collision count.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_SET_OWN_
BIT
The: Transmit descriptor collision
counter value.
Description:

Set the specified DMA Tx Desc Own bit.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enables the specified DMA Tx Desc
Transmit interrupt.
Parameters:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
319/963
UM1725
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified DMA Tx Desc
Transmit interrupt.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUM
_INSERTION
None
Description:

Selects the specified ETHERNET DMA
Tx Desc Checksum Insertion.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
__CHECKSUM__: specifies is the DMA
Tx desc checksum insertion. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMB
YPASS : Checksum bypass

ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMI
PV4HEADER : IPv4 header
checksum

ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMT
CPUDPICMPSEGMENT :
TCP/UDP/ICMP checksum. Pseudo
header checksum is assumed to be
present

ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMT
CPUDPICMPFULL :
TCP/UDP/ICMP checksum fully in
hardware including pseudo header
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_CRC_ENABL
E
None
Description:

Enables the DMA Tx Desc CRC.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_CRC_DISAB
LE
None
Description:

Disables the DMA Tx Desc CRC.
Parameters:
320/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_SHORT_FRA
ME_PADDING_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the DMA Tx Desc padding for
frame shorter than 64 bytes.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_SHORT_FRA
ME_PADDING_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the DMA Tx Desc padding for
frame shorter than 64 bytes.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MAC_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enables the specified ETHERNET MAC
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : ETH Handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
ETHERNET MAC interrupt sources to
be enabled or disabled. This parameter
can be any combination of the following
values:

ETH_MAC_IT_TST : Time stamp
trigger interrupt

ETH_MAC_IT_PMT : PMT interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MAC_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified ETHERNET MAC
interrupts.
Parameters:


DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: : ETH Handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
ETHERNET MAC interrupt sources to
be enabled or disabled. This parameter
can be any combination of the following
values:
321/963
UM1725


ETH_MAC_IT_TST : Time stamp
trigger interrupt
ETH_MAC_IT_PMT : PMT interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_INITIATE_PAUSE_CONTRO
L_FRAME
None
Description:

Initiate a Pause Control Frame (Fullduplex only).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_GET_FLOW_CONTROL_BU
SY_STATUS
None
Description:

Checks whether the ETHERNET flow
control busy bit is set or not.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_BACK_PRESSURE_ACTIVA
TION_ENABLE
The: new state of flow control busy
status bit (SET or RESET).
Description:

Enables the MAC Back Pressure
operation activation (Half-duplex only).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_BACK_PRESSURE_ACTIVA
TION_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the MAC BackPressure
operation activation (Half-duplex only).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MAC_GET_FLAG
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified
ETHERNET MAC flag is set or not.
Parameters:

322/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
UM1725

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

ETH_MAC_FLAG_TST : Time
stamp trigger flag

ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMCT : MMC
transmit flag

ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMCR : MMC
receive flag

ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMC : MMC
flag

ETH_MAC_FLAG_PMT : PMT flag
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMA_ENABLE_IT
The: state of ETHERNET MAC flag.
Description:

Enables the specified ETHERNET DMA
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : ETH Handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
ETHERNET DMA interrupt sources to
be enabled
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMA_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disables the specified ETHERNET DMA
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : ETH Handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
ETHERNET DMA interrupt sources to
be disabled.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT
None
Description:

Clears the ETHERNET DMA IT pending
bit.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : ETH Handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
pending bit to clear.
Return value:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
None
323/963
UM1725
__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG
Description:

Checks whether the specified
ETHERNET DMA flag is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of ETH_DMA_FLAG
(SET or RESET).
Description:

Checks whether the specified
ETHERNET DMA flag is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_GET_DMA_OVERFLOW_ST
ATUS
The: new state of ETH_DMA_FLAG
(SET or RESET).
Description:

Checks whether the specified
ETHERNET DMA overflow flag is set or
not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
__OVERFLOW__: specifies the DMA
overflow flag to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

ETH_DMA_OVERFLOW_RXFIFO
COUNTER : Overflow for FIFO
Overflows Counter

ETH_DMA_OVERFLOW_MISSED
FRAMECOUNTER : Overflow for
Buffer Unavailable Missed Frame
Counter
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_SET_RECEIVE_WATCHDO
G_TIMER
The: state of ETHERNET DMA overflow
Flag (SET or RESET).
Description:

Set the DMA Receive status watchdog
timer register value.
Parameters:


324/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
__VALUE__: DMA Receive status
UM1725
watchdog timer register value
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_GLOBAL_UNICAST_WAKE
UP_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables any unicast packet filtered by
the MAC address recognition to be a
wake-up frame.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_GLOBAL_UNICAST_WAKE
UP_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables any unicast packet filtered by
the MAC address recognition to be a
wake-up frame.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_FRAME_DETECT
ION_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the MAC Wake-Up Frame
Detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_FRAME_DETECT
ION_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the MAC Wake-Up Frame
Detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MAGIC_PACKET_DETECTI
ON_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the MAC Magic Packet
Detection.
Parameters:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
325/963
UM1725
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MAGIC_PACKET_DETECTI
ON_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the MAC Magic Packet
Detection.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the MAC Power Down.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the MAC Power Down.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_GET_PMT_FLAG_STATUS
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified
ETHERNET PMT flag is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

ETH_PMT_FLAG_WUFFRPR :
Wake-Up Frame Filter Register
Pointer Reset

ETH_PMT_FLAG_WUFR : WakeUp Frame Received

ETH_PMT_FLAG_MPR : Magic
Packet Received
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_FULL_PR
326/963
The: new state of ETHERNET PMT Flag
(SET or RESET).
Description:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

ESET
Preset and Initialize the MMC counters
to almost-full value: 0xFFFF_FFF0 (full 16)
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_HALF_PR
ESET
None
Description:

Preset and Initialize the MMC counters
to almost-half value: 0x7FFF_FFF0 (half
- 16)
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_FREEZE_
ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the MMC Counter Freeze.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_FREEZE_
DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the MMC Counter Freeze.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_ETH_MMC_RESET_ONREA
D_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the MMC Reset On Read.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_ETH_MMC_RESET_ONREA
D_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the MMC Reset On Read.
Parameters:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
327/963
UM1725
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_RO
LLOVER_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the MMC Counter Stop
Rollover.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_RO
LLOVER_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the MMC Counter Stop
Rollover.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTERS_RESET
None
Description:

Resets the MMC Counters.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MMC_RX_IT_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the specified ETHERNET MMC
Rx interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
ETHERNET MMC interrupt sources to
be enabled or disabled. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

ETH_MMC_IT_RGUF : When Rx
good unicast frames counter
reaches half the maximum value

ETH_MMC_IT_RFAE : When Rx
alignment error counter reaches
half the maximum value

ETH_MMC_IT_RFCE : When Rx
crc error counter reaches half the
maximum value
Return value:
328/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

__HAL_ETH_MMC_RX_IT_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the specified ETHERNET MMC
Rx interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
ETHERNET MMC interrupt sources to
be enabled or disabled. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

ETH_MMC_IT_RGUF : When Rx
good unicast frames counter
reaches half the maximum value

ETH_MMC_IT_RFAE : When Rx
alignment error counter reaches
half the maximum value

ETH_MMC_IT_RFCE : When Rx
crc error counter reaches half the
maximum value
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MMC_TX_IT_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enables the specified ETHERNET MMC
Tx interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
ETHERNET MMC interrupt sources to
be enabled or disabled. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

ETH_MMC_IT_TGF : When Tx
good frame counter reaches half
the maximum value

ETH_MMC_IT_TGFMSC: When Tx
good multi col counter reaches half
the maximum value

ETH_MMC_IT_TGFSC : When Tx
good single col counter reaches
half the maximum value
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_MMC_TX_IT_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disables the specified ETHERNET MMC
Tx interrupts.
Parameters:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
329/963
UM1725

__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
ETHERNET MMC interrupt sources to
be enabled or disabled. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

ETH_MMC_IT_TGF : When Tx
good frame counter reaches half
the maximum value

ETH_MMC_IT_TGFMSC: When Tx
good multi col counter reaches half
the maximum value

ETH_MMC_IT_TGFSC : When Tx
good single col counter reaches
half the maximum value
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_I
T
None
Description:

Enables the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_I
T
None
Description:

Disables the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_E
VENT
None
Description:

Enable event on ETH External event
line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_
EVENT
None.
Description:

Disable event on ETH External event
line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
None.
Description:

Get flag of the ETH External interrupt
line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FL
AG
330/963
None
Description:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
Clear flag of the ETH External interrupt
line.
UM1725
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_R
ISING_EDGE_TRIGGER
None
Description:

Enables rising edge trigger to the ETH
External interrupt line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_
RISING_EDGE_TRIGGER
None
Description:

Disables the rising edge trigger to the
ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_F
ALLING_EDGE_TRIGGER
None
Description:

Enables falling edge trigger to the ETH
External interrupt line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_
FALLING_EDGE_TRIGGER
None
Description:

Disables falling edge trigger to the ETH
External interrupt line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_F
ALLINGRISING_TRIGGER
None
Description:

Enables rising/falling edge trigger to the
ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_
FALLINGRISING_TRIGGER
None
Description:

Disables rising/falling edge trigger to the
ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:

__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_GENERAT
E_SWIT
None
Description:

Generate a Software interrupt on
selected EXTI line.
Return value:

None.
ETH EXTI LINE WAKEUP
DOCID025834 Rev 3
331/963
UM1725
External interrupt line 19 Connected to the ETH EXTI Line
ETH_EXTI_LINE_WAKEUP
ETH Fixed Burst
ETH_FIXEDBURST_ENABLE
ETH_FIXEDBURST_DISABLE
ETH Flush Received Frame
ETH_FLUSHRECEIVEDFRAME_ENABLE
ETH_FLUSHRECEIVEDFRAME_DISABLE
ETH Forward Error Frames
ETH_FORWARDERRORFRAMES_ENABLE
ETH_FORWARDERRORFRAMES_DISABLE
ETH Forward Undersized Good Frames
ETH_FORWARDUNDERSIZEDGOODFRAMES_ENABLE
ETH_FORWARDUNDERSIZEDGOODFRAMES_DISABLE
ETH Inter Frame Gap
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_96BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is
96Bit
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_88BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is
88Bit
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_80BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is
80Bit
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_72BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is
72Bit
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_64BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is
64Bit
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_56BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is
56Bit
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_48BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is
48Bit
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_40BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is
40Bit
ETH Jabber
ETH_JABBER_ENABLE
ETH_JABBER_DISABLE
ETH Loop Back Mode
ETH_LOOPBACKMODE_ENABLE
ETH_LOOPBACKMODE_DISABLE
ETH MAC addresses
ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0
ETH_MAC_ADDRESS1
332/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
ETH_MAC_ADDRESS2
ETH_MAC_ADDRESS3
ETH MAC addresses filter Mask bytes
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSMASK_BYTE6
Mask MAC Address high reg bits [15:8]
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSMASK_BYTE5
Mask MAC Address high reg bits [7:0]
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSMASK_BYTE4
Mask MAC Address low reg bits [31:24]
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSMASK_BYTE3
Mask MAC Address low reg bits [23:16]
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSMASK_BYTE2
Mask MAC Address low reg bits [15:8]
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSMASK_BYTE1
Mask MAC Address low reg bits [70]
ETH MAC addresses filter SA DA
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSFILTER_SA
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSFILTER_DA
ETH MAC Debug flags
ETH_MAC_TXFIFO_FULL
ETH_MAC_TXFIFONOT_EMPTY
ETH_MAC_TXFIFO_WRITE_ACTIVE
ETH_MAC_TXFIFO_IDLE
ETH_MAC_TXFIFO_READ
ETH_MAC_TXFIFO_WAITING
ETH_MAC_TXFIFO_WRITING
ETH_MAC_TRANSMISSION_PAUSE
ETH_MAC_TRANSMITFRAMECONTROLLER_IDLE
ETH_MAC_TRANSMITFRAMECONTROLLER_WAITING
ETH_MAC_TRANSMITFRAMECONTROLLER_GENRATING_PCF
ETH_MAC_TRANSMITFRAMECONTROLLER_TRANSFERRING
ETH_MAC_MII_TRANSMIT_ACTIVE
ETH_MAC_RXFIFO_EMPTY
ETH_MAC_RXFIFO_BELOW_THRESHOLD
ETH_MAC_RXFIFO_ABOVE_THRESHOLD
ETH_MAC_RXFIFO_FULL
ETH_MAC_READCONTROLLER_IDLE
ETH_MAC_READCONTROLLER_READING_DATA
ETH_MAC_READCONTROLLER_READING_STATUS
ETH_MAC_READCONTROLLER_FLUSHING
ETH_MAC_RXFIFO_WRITE_ACTIVE
ETH_MAC_SMALL_FIFO_NOTACTIVE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
333/963
UM1725
ETH_MAC_SMALL_FIFO_READ_ACTIVE
ETH_MAC_SMALL_FIFO_WRITE_ACTIVE
ETH_MAC_SMALL_FIFO_RW_ACTIVE
ETH_MAC_MII_RECEIVE_PROTOCOL_ACTIVE
ETH MAC Flags
ETH_MAC_FLAG_TST
Time stamp trigger flag (on MAC)
ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMCT
MMC transmit flag
ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMCR
MMC receive flag
ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMC
MMC flag (on MAC)
ETH_MAC_FLAG_PMT
PMT flag (on MAC)
ETH MAC Interrupts
ETH_MAC_IT_TST
Time stamp trigger interrupt (on MAC)
ETH_MAC_IT_MMCT
MMC transmit interrupt
ETH_MAC_IT_MMCR
MMC receive interrupt
ETH_MAC_IT_MMC
MMC interrupt (on MAC)
ETH_MAC_IT_PMT
PMT interrupt (on MAC)
ETH Media Interface
ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE_MII
ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE_RMII
ETH MMC Rx Interrupts
ETH_MMC_IT_RGUF
When Rx good unicast frames counter reaches half the maximum
value
ETH_MMC_IT_RFAE
When Rx alignment error counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH_MMC_IT_RFCE
When Rx crc error counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH MMC Tx Interrupts
ETH_MMC_IT_TGF
When Tx good frame counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH_MMC_IT_TGFMSC
When Tx good multi col counter reaches half the maximum
value
ETH_MMC_IT_TGFSC
When Tx good single col counter reaches half the maximum
value
ETH Multicast Frames Filter
ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECTHASHTABLE
ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_HASHTABLE
ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT
ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_NONE
ETH Pass Control Frames
ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_BLOCKALL
334/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
MAC filters all
control frames from
UM1725
reaching the
application
ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_FORWARDALL
MAC forwards all
control frames to
application even if
they fail the
Address Filter
ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_FORWARDPASSEDADDRFILTER
MAC forwards
control frames that
pass the Address
Filter.
ETH Pause Low Threshold
ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS4
Pause time minus 4 slot times
ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS28
Pause time minus 28 slot times
ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS144
Pause time minus 144 slot times
ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS256
Pause time minus 256 slot times
ETH PMT Flags
ETH_PMT_FLAG_WUFFRPR
Wake-Up Frame Filter Register Pointer Reset
ETH_PMT_FLAG_WUFR
Wake-Up Frame Received
ETH_PMT_FLAG_MPR
Magic Packet Received
ETH Private Constants
LINKED_STATE_TIMEOUT_VALUE
AUTONEGO_COMPLETED_TIMEOUT_VALUE
ETH_Private_Defines
ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY
ETH_SUCCESS
ETH_ERROR
ETH_DMATXDESC_COLLISION_COUNTSHIFT
ETH_DMATXDESC_BUFFER2_SIZESHIFT
ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAME_LENGTHSHIFT
ETH_DMARXDESC_BUFFER2_SIZESHIFT
ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT
ETH_MAC_ADDR_HBASE
ETH_MAC_ADDR_LBASE
ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK
ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK
ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK
ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK
ETH_WAKEUP_REGISTER_LENGTH
DOCID025834 Rev 3
335/963
UM1725
ETH_DMA_RX_OVERFLOW_MISSEDFRAMES_COUNTERSHIFT
ETH_Private_Macros
IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS
IS_ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION
IS_ETH_SPEED
IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE
IS_ETH_RX_MODE
IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_MODE
IS_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE
IS_ETH_WATCHDOG
IS_ETH_JABBER
IS_ETH_INTER_FRAME_GAP
IS_ETH_CARRIER_SENSE
IS_ETH_RECEIVE_OWN
IS_ETH_LOOPBACK_MODE
IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_OFFLOAD
IS_ETH_RETRY_TRANSMISSION
IS_ETH_AUTOMATIC_PADCRC_STRIP
IS_ETH_BACKOFF_LIMIT
IS_ETH_DEFERRAL_CHECK
IS_ETH_RECEIVE_ALL
IS_ETH_SOURCE_ADDR_FILTER
IS_ETH_CONTROL_FRAMES
IS_ETH_BROADCAST_FRAMES_RECEPTION
IS_ETH_DESTINATION_ADDR_FILTER
IS_ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE
IS_ETH_MULTICAST_FRAMES_FILTER
IS_ETH_UNICAST_FRAMES_FILTER
IS_ETH_PAUSE_TIME
IS_ETH_ZEROQUANTA_PAUSE
IS_ETH_PAUSE_LOW_THRESHOLD
IS_ETH_UNICAST_PAUSE_FRAME_DETECT
IS_ETH_RECEIVE_FLOWCONTROL
IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_FLOWCONTROL
IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_COMPARISON
IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_IDENTIFIER
336/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
IS_ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0123
IS_ETH_MAC_ADDRESS123
IS_ETH_MAC_ADDRESS_FILTER
IS_ETH_MAC_ADDRESS_MASK
IS_ETH_DROP_TCPIP_CHECKSUM_FRAME
IS_ETH_RECEIVE_STORE_FORWARD
IS_ETH_FLUSH_RECEIVE_FRAME
IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_STORE_FORWARD
IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_THRESHOLD_CONTROL
IS_ETH_FORWARD_ERROR_FRAMES
IS_ETH_FORWARD_UNDERSIZED_GOOD_FRAMES
IS_ETH_RECEIVE_THRESHOLD_CONTROL
IS_ETH_SECOND_FRAME_OPERATE
IS_ETH_ADDRESS_ALIGNED_BEATS
IS_ETH_FIXED_BURST
IS_ETH_RXDMA_BURST_LENGTH
IS_ETH_TXDMA_BURST_LENGTH
IS_ETH_DMA_DESC_SKIP_LENGTH
IS_ETH_DMA_ARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX
IS_ETH_DMATXDESC_GET_FLAG
IS_ETH_DMA_TXDESC_SEGMENT
IS_ETH_DMA_TXDESC_CHECKSUM
IS_ETH_DMATXDESC_BUFFER_SIZE
IS_ETH_DMARXDESC_GET_FLAG
IS_ETH_DMA_RXDESC_BUFFER
IS_ETH_PMT_GET_FLAG
IS_ETH_DMA_FLAG
IS_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG
IS_ETH_MAC_IT
IS_ETH_MAC_GET_IT
IS_ETH_MAC_GET_FLAG
IS_ETH_DMA_IT
IS_ETH_DMA_GET_IT
IS_ETH_DMA_GET_OVERFLOW
IS_ETH_MMC_IT
IS_ETH_MMC_GET_IT
DOCID025834 Rev 3
337/963
UM1725
IS_ETH_ENHANCED_DESCRIPTOR_FORMAT
ETH Promiscuous Mode
ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_ENABLE
ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_DISABLE
ETH Receive All
ETH_RECEIVEALL_ENABLE
ETH_RECEIVEAll_DISABLE
ETH Receive Flow Control
ETH_RECEIVEFLOWCONTROL_ENABLE
ETH_RECEIVEFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE
ETH Receive Own
ETH_RECEIVEOWN_ENABLE
ETH_RECEIVEOWN_DISABLE
ETH Receive Store Forward
ETH_RECEIVESTOREFORWARD_ENABLE
ETH_RECEIVESTOREFORWARD_DISABLE
ETH Receive Threshold Control
ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Receive FIFO is 64 Bytes
ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_32BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Receive FIFO is 32 Bytes
ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_96BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Receive FIFO is 96 Bytes
ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_128BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Receive FIFO is 128 Bytes
ETH Retry Transmission
ETH_RETRYTRANSMISSION_ENABLE
ETH_RETRYTRANSMISSION_DISABLE
ETH Rx DMA Burst Length
338/963
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_1BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 1
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_2BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 2
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_4BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 4
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_8BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
is 8
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_16BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 16
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 32
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_4BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 4
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_8BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 8
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_16BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 16
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_32BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 32
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_64BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 64
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_128BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one RxDMA transaction
is 128
ETH Rx Mode
ETH_RXPOLLING_MODE
ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE
ETH Second Frame Operate
ETH_SECONDFRAMEOPERARTE_ENABLE
ETH_SECONDFRAMEOPERARTE_DISABLE
ETH Source Addr Filter
ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_NORMAL_ENABLE
ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_INVERSE_ENABLE
ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_DISABLE
ETH Speed
ETH_SPEED_10M
ETH_SPEED_100M
ETH Transmit Flow Control
ETH_TRANSMITFLOWCONTROL_ENABLE
ETH_TRANSMITFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE
ETH Transmit Store Forward
DOCID025834 Rev 3
339/963
UM1725
ETH_TRANSMITSTOREFORWARD_ENABLE
ETH_TRANSMITSTOREFORWARD_DISABLE
ETH Transmit Threshold Control
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Transmit FIFO is 64 Bytes
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_128BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Transmit FIFO is 128 Bytes
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_192BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Transmit FIFO is 192 Bytes
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_256BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Transmit FIFO is 256 Bytes
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_40BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Transmit FIFO is 40 Bytes
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_32BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Transmit FIFO is 32 Bytes
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_24BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Transmit FIFO is 24 Bytes
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_16BYTES
threshold level of the MTL
Transmit FIFO is 16 Bytes
ETH Tx DMA Burst Length
340/963
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_1BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 1
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_2BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 2
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_4BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 4
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_8BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 8
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_16BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 16
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 32
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_4BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 4
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_8BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 8
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_16BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 16
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_32BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 32
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_64BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 64
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_128BEAT
maximum number of beats to be
transferred in one TxDMA (or both)
transaction is 128
ETH Unicast Frames Filter
ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECTHASHTABLE
ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_HASHTABLE
ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT
ETH Unicast Pause Frame Detect
ETH_UNICASTPAUSEFRAMEDETECT_ENABLE
ETH_UNICASTPAUSEFRAMEDETECT_DISABLE
ETH VLAN Tag Comparison
ETH_VLANTAGCOMPARISON_12BIT
ETH_VLANTAGCOMPARISON_16BIT
ETH Watchdog
ETH_WATCHDOG_ENABLE
ETH_WATCHDOG_DISABLE
ETH Zero Quanta Pause
ETH_ZEROQUANTAPAUSE_ENABLE
ETH_ZEROQUANTAPAUSE_DISABLE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
341/963
UM1725
21
HAL FLASH Generic Driver
21.1
HAL FLASH Generic Driver
21.2
FLASH Firmware driver registers structures
21.2.1
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef
Data Fields








__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing
__IO uint32_t NbSectorsToErase
__IO uint8_t VoltageForErase
__IO uint32_t Sector
__IO uint32_t Bank
__IO uint32_t Address
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation








__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::ProcedureOnGoing
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::NbSectorsToErase
__IO uint8_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::VoltageForErase
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Sector
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Bank
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Address
HAL_LockTypeDef FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Lock
__IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::ErrorCode
21.3
FLASH Firmware driver API description
21.3.1
FLASH peripheral features
The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses to the
Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations and the
read and write protection mechanisms.
The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch and cache lines.
The FLASH main features are:






342/963
Flash memory read operations
Flash memory program/erase operations
Read / write protections
Prefetch on I-Code
64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code
8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
21.3.2
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH memory of
all STM32F4xx devices.
1.
2.
FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:

Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions

Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word

There Two modes of programming :

Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function

Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
Interrupts and flags management functions :

Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()

Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status

Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode()
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing to handle the
following operations:






21.3.3
Set the latency
Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
Monitor the FLASH flags status
Programming operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH program
operations.
This section contains the following APIs:





21.3.4
HAL_FLASH_Program()
HAL_FLASH_Program_IT()
HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback()
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH memory
operations.
This section contains the following APIs:





21.3.5
HAL_FLASH_Unlock()
HAL_FLASH_Lock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock()
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch()
Peripheral Errors functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

HAL_FLASH_GetError()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
343/963
UM1725

21.3.6
FLASH_WaitForLastOperation()
HAL_FLASH_Program
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program (uint32_t
TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
Function Description
Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified
address.
Parameters

Return values
21.3.7
21.3.9
21.3.10
344/963

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_Program_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT (uint32_t
TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
Function Description
Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified
address with interrupt enabled.
Parameters

Return values
21.3.8


TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified
address. This parameter can be a value of FLASH Type
Program
Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
Data: specifies the data to be programmed


TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified
address. This parameter can be a value of FLASH Type
Program
Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
Data: specifies the data to be programmed

HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
Return values

None
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback (uint32_t
ReturnValue)
Function Description
FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
Parameters

ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on
the ongoing procedure Mass Erase: Bank number which has
been requested to erase Sectors Erase: Sector which has
been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected
sectors have been erased) Program: Address which was
selected for data program
Return values

None
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
21.3.11
21.3.12
21.3.13
21.3.14
21.3.15
21.3.16
Function Name
void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback (uint32_t
ReturnValue)
Function Description
FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
Parameters

ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on
the ongoing procedure Mass Erase: Bank number which has
been requested to erase Sectors Erase: Sector number which
returned an error Program: Address which was selected for
data program
Return values

None
HAL_FLASH_Unlock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock (void )
Function Description
Unlock the FLASH control register access.
Return values

HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock (void )
Function Description
Locks the FLASH control register access.
Return values

HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock (void )
Function Description
Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
Return values

HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock (void )
Function Description
Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
Return values

HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch (void )
Function Description
Launch the option byte loading.
Return values

HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError (void )
Function Description
Get the specific FLASH error flag.
Return values

FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be a combination
of: HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error
flag (PCROP) HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH
DOCID025834 Rev 3
345/963
UM1725
Programming Sequence error flag
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming
Parallelism error flag HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH
Programming Alignment error flag
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error
flag HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation
Error flag
21.3.17
FLASH_WaitForLastOperation
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation (uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
Parameters

Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
Return values

HAL Status
21.4
FLASH Firmware driver defines
21.4.1
FLASH
FLASH Error Code
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD
Read Protection error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS
Programming Sequence error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP
Programming Parallelism error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA
Programming Alignment error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP
Write protection error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION
Operation Error
FLASH Exported Macros
__HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY
Description:

Set the FLASH Latency.
Parameters:

__LATENCY__: FLASH Latency
The value of this parameter
depend on device used within the
same series
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY
none
Description:

Get the FLASH Latency.
Return value:

346/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
FLASH: Latency The value of this
parameter depend on device
UM1725
used within the same series
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE
Description:

Enable the FLASH prefetch
buffer.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABL
E
none
Description:

Disable the FLASH prefetch
buffer.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENAB
LE
none
Description:

Enable the FLASH instruction
cache.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISAB
LE
none
Description:

Disable the FLASH instruction
cache.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE
none
Description:

Enable the FLASH data cache.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE
none
Description:

Disable the FLASH data cache.
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESE
T
none
Description:

Resets the FLASH instruction
Cache.
Return value:

None
Notes:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
This function must be used only
when the Instruction Cache is
disabled.
347/963
UM1725
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET
Description:

Resets the FLASH data Cache.
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT
This function must be used only
when the data Cache is disabled.
Description:

Enable the specified FLASH
interrupt.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: : FLASH
interrupt This parameter can be
any combination of the following
values:

FLASH_IT_EOP: End of
FLASH Operation Interrupt

FLASH_IT_ERR: Error
Interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT
none
Description:

Disable the specified FLASH
interrupt.
Parameters:

__INTERRUPT__: : FLASH
interrupt This parameter can be
any combination of the following
values:

FLASH_IT_EOP: End of
FLASH Operation Interrupt

FLASH_IT_ERR: Error
Interrupt
Return value:

none
Description:
__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG

Get the specified FLASH flag
status.
Parameters:

348/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__FLAG__: specifies the FLASH
flag to check. This parameter can
be one of the following values:

FLASH_FLAG_EOP :
FLASH End of Operation flag
UM1725







FLASH_FLAG_OPERR :
FLASH operation Error flag
FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR:
FLASH Write protected error
flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR:
FLASH Programming
Alignment error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR:
FLASH Programming
Parallelism error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR:
FLASH Programming
Sequence error flag
FLASH_FLAG_RDERR :
FLASH Read Protection
error flag (PCROP)
FLASH_FLAG_BSY : FLASH
Busy flag
Return value:

__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__
(SET or RESET).
Description:

Clear the specified FLASH flag.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the FLASH
flags to clear. This parameter can
be any combination of the
following values:

FLASH_FLAG_EOP :
FLASH End of Operation flag

FLASH_FLAG_OPERR :
FLASH operation Error flag

FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR:
FLASH Write protected error
flag

FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR:
FLASH Programming
Alignment error flag

FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR:
FLASH Programming
Parallelism error flag

FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR:
FLASH Programming
Sequence error flag

FLASH_FLAG_RDERR :
FLASH Read Protection
error flag (PCROP)
Return value:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
none
349/963
UM1725
FLASH Flag definition
FLASH_FLAG_EOP
FLASH End of Operation flag
FLASH_FLAG_OPERR
FLASH operation Error flag
FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR
FLASH Write protected error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR
FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR
FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR
FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
FLASH_FLAG_RDERR
Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
FLASH_FLAG_BSY
FLASH Busy flag
FLASH Interrupt definition
FLASH_IT_EOP
End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source
FLASH_IT_ERR
Error Interrupt source
FLASH Private macros to check input parameters
IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM
FLASH Keys
RDP_KEY
FLASH_KEY1
FLASH_KEY2
FLASH_OPT_KEY1
FLASH_OPT_KEY2
FLASH Latency
350/963
FLASH_LATENCY_0
FLASH Zero Latency cycle
FLASH_LATENCY_1
FLASH One Latency cycle
FLASH_LATENCY_2
FLASH Two Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_3
FLASH Three Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_4
FLASH Four Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_5
FLASH Five Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_6
FLASH Six Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_7
FLASH Seven Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_8
FLASH Eight Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_9
FLASH Nine Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_10
FLASH Ten Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_11
FLASH Eleven Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_12
FLASH Twelve Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_13
FLASH Thirteen Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_14
FLASH Fourteen Latency cycles
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
FLASH_LATENCY_15
FLASH Fifteen Latency cycles
FLASH Private Constants
FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE
ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS
OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS
OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS
OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS
OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS
FLASH Program Parallelism
FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE
FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD
FLASH_PSIZE_WORD
FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD
CR_PSIZE_MASK
FLASH Type Program
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE
Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD
Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified
address
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD
Program a word (32-bit) at a specified
address
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD
Program a double word (64-bit) at a
specified address
DOCID025834 Rev 3
351/963
UM1725
22
HAL FLASH Extension Driver
22.1
HAL FLASH Extension Driver
22.2
FLASHEx Firmware driver registers structures
22.2.1
FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t TypeErase
uint32_t Banks
uint32_t Sector
uint32_t NbSectors
uint32_t VoltageRange
Field Documentation





22.2.2
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::TypeErase
Mass erase or sector Erase. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Type_Erase
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::Banks
Select banks to erase when Mass erase is enabled. This parameter must be a value
of FLASHEx_Banks
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::Sector
Initial FLASH sector to erase when Mass erase is disabled This parameter must be a
value of FLASHEx_Sectors
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::NbSectors
Number of sectors to be erased. This parameter must be a value between 1 and (max
number of sectors - value of Initial sector)
uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::VoltageRange
The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism This parameter must be
a value of FLASHEx_Voltage_Range
FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef
Data Fields







uint32_t OptionType
uint32_t WRPState
uint32_t WRPSector
uint32_t Banks
uint32_t RDPLevel
uint32_t BORLevel
uint8_t USERConfig
Field Documentation
352/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725







22.2.3
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::OptionType
Option byte to be configured. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Type
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPState
Write protection activation or deactivation. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_WRP_State
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPSector
Specifies the sector(s) to be write protected. The value of this parameter depend on
device used within the same series
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::Banks
Select banks for WRP activation/deactivation of all sectors. This parameter must be a
value of FLASHEx_Banks
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::RDPLevel
Set the read protection level. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection
uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::BORLevel
Set the BOR Level. This parameter can be a value of FLASHEx_BOR_Reset_Level
uint8_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::USERConfig
Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t OptionType
uint32_t PCROPState
uint32_t Banks
uint16_t SectorsBank1
uint16_t SectorsBank2
uint8_t BootConfig
Field Documentation






uint32_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::OptionType
Option byte to be configured for extension. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Advanced_Option_Type
uint32_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::PCROPState
PCROP activation or deactivation. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_PCROP_State
uint32_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::Banks
Select banks for PCROP activation/deactivation of all sectors. This parameter must
be a value of FLASHEx_Banks
uint16_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::SectorsBank1
Specifies the sector(s) set for PCROP for Bank1. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection
uint16_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::SectorsBank2
Specifies the sector(s) set for PCROP for Bank2. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection
uint8_t FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef::BootConfig
Specifies Option bytes for boot config. This parameter can be a value of
FLASHEx_Dual_Boot
DOCID025834 Rev 3
353/963
UM1725
22.3
FLASHEx Firmware driver API description
22.3.1
Flash Extension features
Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32F427xx/437xx and
STM32F429xx/439xx devices contains the following additional features



22.3.2
Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write
capability (RWW)
Dual bank memory organization
PCROP protection for all banks
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory of all
STM32F427xx/437xx, STM32F429xx/439xx, STM32F469xx/479xx and STM32F446xx
devices. It includes
1.
2.
3.
22.3.3
FLASH Memory Erase functions:

Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions

Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors

There are two modes of erase :

Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()

Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to :

Set/Reset the write protection

Set the Read protection Level

Set the BOR level

Program the user Option Bytes
Advanced Option Bytes Programming functions: Use
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram() to :

Extended space (bank 2) erase function

Full FLASH space (2 Mo) erase (bank 1 and bank 2)

Dual Boot activation

Write protection configuration for bank 2

PCROP protection configuration and control for both banks
Extended programming operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extension FLASH
programming operations.
This section contains the following APIs:









354/963
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram()
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig()
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram()
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig()
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP()
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP()
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_GetBank2WRP()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
22.3.4
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase
(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef * pEraseInit, uint32_t * SectorError)
Function Description
Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory
sectors.
Parameters


Return values
22.3.5
22.3.6
22.3.7
22.3.8

pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the erasing.
SectorError: pointer to variable that contains the
configuration information on faulty sector in case of error
(0xFFFFFFFF means that all the sectors have been correctly
erased)
HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT
(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef * pEraseInit)
Function Description
Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory
sectors with interrupt enabled.
Parameters

pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the erasing.
Return values

HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram
(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef * pOBInit)
Function Description
Program option bytes.
Parameters

pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
contains the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig
Function Name
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig
(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef * pOBInit)
Function Description
Get the Option byte configuration.
Parameters

pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
contains the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

None
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram
(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef * pAdvOBInit)
Function Description
Program option bytes.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
355/963
UM1725
22.3.9
22.3.10
Parameters

pAdvOBInit: pointer to an
FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

HAL Status
HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig
Function Name
void HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig
(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef * pAdvOBInit)
Function Description
Get the OBEX byte configuration.
Parameters

pAdvOBInit: pointer to an
FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the programming.
Return values

None
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP
Function
Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP (void )
Function
Description
Select the Protection Mode.
Return
values

HAL Status
Notes

After PCROP activated Option Byte modification NOT POSSIBLE!
excepted Global Read Out Protection modification (from level1 to
level0)
Once SPRMOD bit is active unprotection of a protected sector is not
possible
Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected
sector will set WRPERR Flag
This function can be used only for
STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F4
46xx/ STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx/STM32F412xG devices.



22.3.11
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP
Function
Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP (void )
Function
Description
Deselect the Protection Mode.
Return
values

HAL Status
Notes

After PCROP activated Option Byte modification NOT POSSIBLE!
excepted Global Read Out Protection modification (from level1 to
level0)
Once SPRMOD bit is active unprotection of a protected sector is not
possible
Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected
sector will set WRPERR Flag


356/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

22.3.12
This function can be used only for
STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F4
46xx/ STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx/STM32F412xG devices.
HAL_FLASHEx_OB_GetBank2WRP
Function Name
uint16_t HAL_FLASHEx_OB_GetBank2WRP (void )
Function Description
Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value for Bank
2.
Return values

The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
Notes

This function can be used only for
STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx
devices.
22.4
FLASHEx Firmware driver defines
22.4.1
FLASHEx
FLASH Advanced Option Type
OPTIONBYTE_PCROP
PCROP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG
BOOTConfig option byte configuration
FLASH Banks
FLASH_BANK_1
Bank 1
FLASH_BANK_2
Bank 2
FLASH_BANK_BOTH
Bank1 and Bank2
FLASH BOR Reset Level
OB_BOR_LEVEL3
Supply voltage ranges from 2.70 to 3.60 V
OB_BOR_LEVEL2
Supply voltage ranges from 2.40 to 2.70 V
OB_BOR_LEVEL1
Supply voltage ranges from 2.10 to 2.40 V
OB_BOR_OFF
Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.10 V
FLASH Dual Boot
OB_DUAL_BOOT_ENABLE
Dual Bank Boot Enable
OB_DUAL_BOOT_DISABLE
Dual Bank Boot Disable, always boot on User Flash
FLASH Private macros to check input parameters
IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE
IS_VOLTAGERANGE
IS_WRPSTATE
IS_OPTIONBYTE
IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL
IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE
IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
357/963
UM1725
IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE
IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL
IS_PCROPSTATE
IS_OBEX
IS_FLASH_LATENCY
IS_FLASH_BANK
IS_FLASH_SECTOR
IS_FLASH_ADDRESS
IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS
IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR
IS_OB_PCROP
IS_OB_BOOT
IS_OB_PCROP_SELECT
FLASH Mass Erase bit
FLASH_MER_BIT
2 MER bits here to clear
FLASH Option Bytes IWatchdog
OB_IWDG_SW
Software IWDG selected
OB_IWDG_HW
Hardware IWDG selected
FLASH Option Bytes nRST_STDBY
OB_STDBY_NO_RST
No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
OB_STDBY_RST
Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
FLASH Option Bytes nRST_STOP
OB_STOP_NO_RST
No reset generated when entering in STOP
OB_STOP_RST
Reset generated when entering in STOP
FLASH Option Bytes PC ReadWrite Protection
358/963
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0
PC Read/Write protection of Sector0
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_1
PC Read/Write protection of Sector1
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_2
PC Read/Write protection of Sector2
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_3
PC Read/Write protection of Sector3
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_4
PC Read/Write protection of Sector4
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_5
PC Read/Write protection of Sector5
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_6
PC Read/Write protection of Sector6
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_7
PC Read/Write protection of Sector7
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_8
PC Read/Write protection of Sector8
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_9
PC Read/Write protection of Sector9
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_10
PC Read/Write protection of Sector10
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_11
PC Read/Write protection of Sector11
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_12
PC Read/Write protection of Sector12
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_13
PC Read/Write protection of Sector13
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_14
PC Read/Write protection of Sector14
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_15
PC Read/Write protection of Sector15
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_16
PC Read/Write protection of Sector16
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_17
PC Read/Write protection of Sector17
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_18
PC Read/Write protection of Sector18
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_19
PC Read/Write protection of Sector19
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_20
PC Read/Write protection of Sector20
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_21
PC Read/Write protection of Sector21
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_22
PC Read/Write protection of Sector22
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_23
PC Read/Write protection of Sector23
OB_PCROP_SECTOR_All
PC Read/Write protection of all Sectors
FLASH Option Bytes Read Protection
OB_RDP_LEVEL_0
OB_RDP_LEVEL_1
OB_RDP_LEVEL_2
Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 it s no more
possible to go back to level 1 or 0
FLASH Option Bytes Write Protection
OB_WRP_SECTOR_0
Write protection of Sector0
OB_WRP_SECTOR_1
Write protection of Sector1
OB_WRP_SECTOR_2
Write protection of Sector2
OB_WRP_SECTOR_3
Write protection of Sector3
OB_WRP_SECTOR_4
Write protection of Sector4
OB_WRP_SECTOR_5
Write protection of Sector5
OB_WRP_SECTOR_6
Write protection of Sector6
OB_WRP_SECTOR_7
Write protection of Sector7
OB_WRP_SECTOR_8
Write protection of Sector8
OB_WRP_SECTOR_9
Write protection of Sector9
OB_WRP_SECTOR_10
Write protection of Sector10
OB_WRP_SECTOR_11
Write protection of Sector11
OB_WRP_SECTOR_12
Write protection of Sector12
OB_WRP_SECTOR_13
Write protection of Sector13
OB_WRP_SECTOR_14
Write protection of Sector14
OB_WRP_SECTOR_15
Write protection of Sector15
OB_WRP_SECTOR_16
Write protection of Sector16
DOCID025834 Rev 3
359/963
UM1725
OB_WRP_SECTOR_17
Write protection of Sector17
OB_WRP_SECTOR_18
Write protection of Sector18
OB_WRP_SECTOR_19
Write protection of Sector19
OB_WRP_SECTOR_20
Write protection of Sector20
OB_WRP_SECTOR_21
Write protection of Sector21
OB_WRP_SECTOR_22
Write protection of Sector22
OB_WRP_SECTOR_23
Write protection of Sector23
OB_WRP_SECTOR_All
Write protection of all Sectors
FLASH Option Type
OPTIONBYTE_WRP
WRP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_RDP
RDP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_USER
USER option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_BOR
BOR option byte configuration
FLASH PCROP State
OB_PCROP_STATE_DISABLE
Disable PCROP
OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE
Enable PCROP
FLASH Private Constants
FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE
FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL
OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS
FLASH Sectors
360/963
FLASH_SECTOR_0
Sector Number 0
FLASH_SECTOR_1
Sector Number 1
FLASH_SECTOR_2
Sector Number 2
FLASH_SECTOR_3
Sector Number 3
FLASH_SECTOR_4
Sector Number 4
FLASH_SECTOR_5
Sector Number 5
FLASH_SECTOR_6
Sector Number 6
FLASH_SECTOR_7
Sector Number 7
FLASH_SECTOR_8
Sector Number 8
FLASH_SECTOR_9
Sector Number 9
FLASH_SECTOR_10
Sector Number 10
FLASH_SECTOR_11
Sector Number 11
FLASH_SECTOR_12
Sector Number 12
FLASH_SECTOR_13
Sector Number 13
FLASH_SECTOR_14
Sector Number 14
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
FLASH_SECTOR_15
Sector Number 15
FLASH_SECTOR_16
Sector Number 16
FLASH_SECTOR_17
Sector Number 17
FLASH_SECTOR_18
Sector Number 18
FLASH_SECTOR_19
Sector Number 19
FLASH_SECTOR_20
Sector Number 20
FLASH_SECTOR_21
Sector Number 21
FLASH_SECTOR_22
Sector Number 22
FLASH_SECTOR_23
Sector Number 23
FLASH Selection Protection Mode
OB_PCROP_DESELECTED
Disabled PcROP, nWPRi bits used for Write Protection on
sector i
OB_PCROP_SELECTED
Enable PcROP, nWPRi bits used for PCRoP Protection on
sector i
FLASH Type Erase
FLASH_TYPEERASE_SECTORS
Sectors erase only
FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE
Flash Mass erase activation
FLASH Voltage Range
FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1
Device operating range: 1.8V to 2.1V
FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2
Device operating range: 2.1V to 2.7V
FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3
Device operating range: 2.7V to 3.6V
FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4
Device operating range: 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp
FLASH WRP State
OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE
Disable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors
OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE
Enable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors
DOCID025834 Rev 3
361/963
UM1725
23
HAL FLASH__RAMFUNC Generic Driver
23.1
HAL FLASH__RAMFUNC Generic Driver
23.2
FLASH__RAMFUNC Firmware driver API description
23.2.1
APIs executed from Internal RAM
ARM Compiler
RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. Functions that are be executed in
RAM should reside in a separate source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can
simply change the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the Options for Target' dialog.
ICCARM Compiler
RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
GNU Compiler
RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
"__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
23.2.2
ramfunc functions
This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:




23.2.3
HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk()
HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk()
HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode()
HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode()
HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk (void )
Function Description
Stop the flash interface while System Run.
Return values

None
Notes

This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx
devices.
This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.

23.2.4
362/963
HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk (void )
Function Description
Start the flash interface while System Run.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values

None
Notes

This mode is only available for STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx
devices.
This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.

23.2.5
HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode (void )
Function Description
Enable the flash sleep while System Run.
Return values

None
Notes

This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx
devices.
This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash
itself. It should be done with specific routine executed from
RAM.

23.2.6
HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode
Function Name
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode (void )
Function Description
Disable the flash sleep while System Run.
Return values

None
Notes

This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx
devices.
This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.

23.3
FLASH__RAMFUNC Firmware driver defines
23.3.1
FLASH__RAMFUNC
DOCID025834 Rev 3
363/963
UM1725
24
HAL FMPI2C Generic Driver
24.1
HAL FMPI2C Generic Driver
24.2
FMPI2C Firmware driver registers structures
24.2.1
FMPI2C_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t Timing
uint32_t OwnAddress1
uint32_t AddressingMode
uint32_t DualAddressMode
uint32_t OwnAddress2
uint32_t OwnAddress2Masks
uint32_t GeneralCallMode
uint32_t NoStretchMode
Field Documentation








364/963
uint32_t FMPI2C_InitTypeDef::Timing
Specifies the FMPI2C_TIMINGR_register value. This parameter calculated by
referring to FMPI2C initialization section in Reference manual
uint32_t FMPI2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress1
Specifies the first device own address. This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit
address.
uint32_t FMPI2C_InitTypeDef::AddressingMode
Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a
value of FMPI2C_addressing_mode
uint32_t FMPI2C_InitTypeDef::DualAddressMode
Specifies if dual addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
FMPI2C_dual_addressing_mode
uint32_t FMPI2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2
Specifies the second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected This
parameter can be a 7-bit address.
uint32_t FMPI2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2Masks
Specifies the acknoledge mask address second device own address if dual
addressing mode is selected This parameter can be a value of
FMPI2C_own_address2_masks
uint32_t FMPI2C_InitTypeDef::GeneralCallMode
Specifies if general call mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
FMPI2C_general_call_addressing_mode
uint32_t FMPI2C_InitTypeDef::NoStretchMode
Specifies if nostretch mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
FMPI2C_nostretch_mode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
24.2.2
FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields










FMPI2C_TypeDef * Instance
FMPI2C_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pBuffPtr
uint16_t XferSize
__IO uint16_t XferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_FMPI2C_StateTypeDef State
__IO HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode
Field Documentation










FMPI2C_TypeDef* FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::Instance
FMPI2C registers base address
FMPI2C_InitTypeDef FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::Init
FMPI2C communication parameters
uint8_t* FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to FMPI2C transfer buffer
uint16_t FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
FMPI2C transfer size
__IO uint16_t FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
FMPI2C transfer counter
DMA_HandleTypeDef* FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
FMPI2C Tx DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
FMPI2C Rx DMA handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::Lock
FMPI2C locking object
__IO HAL_FMPI2C_StateTypeDef FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::State
FMPI2C communication state
__IO HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorTypeDef FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
24.3
FMPI2C Firmware driver API description
24.3.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialiaze the
FMPI2Cx peripheral:


User must Implement HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit() function in which he configures all
related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
Call the function HAL_FMPI2C_Init() to configure the selected device with the
selected configuration:

Clock Timing

Own Address 1

Addressing mode (Master, Slave)

Dual Addressing mode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
365/963
UM1725


Own Address 2

Own Address 2 Mask

General call mode

Nostretch mode
Call the function HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the
selected FMPI2Cx periperal.
This section contains the following APIs:




24.3.2
HAL_FMPI2C_Init()
HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit()
HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit()
HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FMPI2C data transfers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
366/963
There is two mode of transfer:

Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
processing will be indicated through the dedicated FMPI2C IRQ when using
Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit()

HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive()

HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit()

HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive()

HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write()

HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read()

HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT()

HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT()

HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()

HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT()

HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT()

HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA()

HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()

HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA()

HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:

HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback()

HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback()

HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()

HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()

HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()

HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:




























24.3.3
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit()
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive()
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit()
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive()
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT()
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write()
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read()
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT()
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT()
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady()
HAL_FMPI2C_EV_IRQHandler()
HAL_FMPI2C_ER_IRQHandler()
HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


24.3.4
24.3.5
HAL_FMPI2C_GetState()
HAL_FMPI2C_GetError()
HAL_FMPI2C_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Init
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Initializes the FMPI2C according to the specified parameters in the
FMPI2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit
DOCID025834 Rev 3
367/963
UM1725
24.3.6
24.3.7
24.3.8
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
DeInitializes the FMPI2C peripheral.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *
hfmpi2c)
Function Description
FMPI2C MSP Init.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *
hfmpi2c)
Function Description
FMPI2C MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.9

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive
Function Name
368/963




hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Description
Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.10
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.12

HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit
Return values
24.3.11




hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration



hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters


hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
DOCID025834 Rev 3
369/963
UM1725
Return values
24.3.13
370/963
HAL status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters




hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters



hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.16

Function Name
Return values
24.3.15
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT
Return values
24.3.14




hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.17
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters




hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.19

HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA
Return values
24.3.18



hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent


hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
371/963
UM1725
Parameters
Return values
24.3.20
HAL status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory
address.
Parameters







hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory
address.
Parameters







hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT
Function Name
372/963

Function Name
Return values
24.3.22


hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write
Return values
24.3.21

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData,
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.23

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.24





hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent





hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values





hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
373/963
UM1725
24.3.25
HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values
24.3.26
24.3.27
24.3.28
374/963





hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be read

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Checks if target device is ready for communication.
Parameters




hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
DevAddress: Target device address
Trials: Number of trials
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL status
Notes

This function is used with Memory devices
HAL_FMPI2C_EV_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_EV_IRQHandler (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *
hfmpi2c)
Function Description
This function handles FMPI2C event interrupt request.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_ER_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_ER_IRQHandler (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *
hfmpi2c)
Function Description
This function handles FMPI2C error interrupt request.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
24.3.29
24.3.30
24.3.31
24.3.32
24.3.33
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback
DOCID025834 Rev 3
375/963
UM1725
24.3.34
24.3.35
24.3.36
24.3.37
376/963
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *
hfmpi2c)
Function Description
FMPI2C error callbacks.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2C_GetState
Function Name
HAL_FMPI2C_StateTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_GetState
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Returns the FMPI2C state.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : FMPI2C handle
Return values

HAL state
HAL_FMPI2C_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_FMPI2C_GetError (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *
hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Return the FMPI2C error code.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2C.
Return values

FMPI2C Error Code
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
24.4
FMPI2C Firmware driver defines
24.4.1
FMPI2C
FMPI2C addressing mode
FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT
FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT
FMPI2C dual addressing mode
FMPI2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE
FMPI2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE
FMPI2C Exported Macros
__HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset FMPI2C handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the FMPI2C
Handle. This parameter can be
FMPI2C where x: 1 or 2 to select the
FMPI2C peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enables or disables the specified
FMPI2C interrupts.
Parameters:


DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the FMPI2C
Handle. This parameter can be
FMPI2C where x: 1 or 2 to select the
FMPI2C peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
interrupt source to enable or disable.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

FMPI2C_IT_ERRI: Errors interrupt
enable

FMPI2C_IT_TCI: Transfer
complete interrupt enable

FMPI2C_IT_STOPI: STOP
detection interrupt enable

FMPI2C_IT_NACKI: NACK
received interrupt enable

FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI: Address
match interrupt enable

FMPI2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt
enable

FMPI2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt
enable
377/963
UM1725
Return value:

None
__HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Checks if the specified FMPI2C
interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the FMPI2C
Handle. This parameter can be
FMPI2C where x: 1 or 2 to select the
FMPI2C peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the
FMPI2C interrupt source to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

FMPI2C_IT_ERRI: Errors interrupt
enable

FMPI2C_IT_TCI: Transfer
complete interrupt enable

FMPI2C_IT_STOPI: STOP
detection interrupt enable

FMPI2C_IT_NACKI: NACK
received interrupt enable

FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI: Address
match interrupt enable

FMPI2C_IT_RXI: RX interrupt
enable

FMPI2C_IT_TXI: TX interrupt
enable
Return value:

__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified FMPI2C
flag is set or not.
Parameters:


378/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the FMPI2C
Handle. This parameter can be
FMPI2C where x: 1 or 2 to select the
FMPI2C peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE: Transmit
data register empty

FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS: Transmit
interrupt status

FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE: Receive
UM1725













data register not empty
FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address
matched (slave mode)
FMPI2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge
failure received flag
FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP
detection flag
FMPI2C_FLAG_TC: Transfer
complete (master mode)
FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR: Transfer
complete reload
FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error
FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration
lost
FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR:
Overrun/Underrun
FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC
error in reception
FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT:
Timeout or Tlow detection flag
FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus
alert
FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy
FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR: Transfer
direction (slave mode)
Return value:

__HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clears the FMPI2C pending flags which
are cleared by writing 1 in a specific bit.
Parameters:


DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the FMPI2C
Handle. This parameter can be
FMPI2C where x: 1 or 2 to select the
FMPI2C peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
This parameter can be any combination
of the following values:

FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address
matched (slave mode)

FMPI2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge
failure received flag

FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF: STOP
detection flag

FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error

FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration
lost

FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR:
Overrun/Underrun

FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC
379/963


UM1725
error in reception
FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT:
Timeout or Tlow detection flag
FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT: SMBus
alert
Return value:

__HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE
__HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE
__HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2
__HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_MSB
__HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB
__HAL_FMPI2C_GENERATE_START
IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS1
IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2
FMPI2C Flag definition
FMPI2C_FLAG_TXE
FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS
FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE
FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR
FMPI2C_FLAG_AF
FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF
FMPI2C_FLAG_TC
FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR
FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR
FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO
FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR
FMPI2C_FLAG_PECERR
FMPI2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT
FMPI2C_FLAG_ALERT
FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY
FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR
FMPI2C general call addressing mode
FMPI2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE
FMPI2C_GENERALCALL_ENABLE
FMPI2C Interrupt configuration definition
FMPI2C_IT_ERRI
FMPI2C_IT_TCI
380/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
None
UM1725
FMPI2C_IT_STOPI
FMPI2C_IT_NACKI
FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI
FMPI2C_IT_RXI
FMPI2C_IT_TXI
FMPI2C Memory Address Size
FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT
FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE_16BIT
FMPI2C nostretch mode
FMPI2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE
FMPI2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE
FMPI2C own address2 masks
FMPI2C_OA2_NOMASK
FMPI2C_OA2_MASK01
FMPI2C_OA2_MASK02
FMPI2C_OA2_MASK03
FMPI2C_OA2_MASK04
FMPI2C_OA2_MASK05
FMPI2C_OA2_MASK06
FMPI2C_OA2_MASK07
FMPI2C Private Constants
TIMING_CLEAR_MASK
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_DIR
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TC
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS
FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG
FMPI2C_FLAG_MASK
FMPI2C Private Macros
IS_FMPI2C_ADDRESSING_MODE
IS_FMPI2C_DUAL_ADDRESS
IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK
DOCID025834 Rev 3
381/963
UM1725
IS_FMPI2C_GENERAL_CALL
IS_FMPI2C_NO_STRETCH
IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE
IS_TRANSFER_MODE
IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST
FMPI2C ReloadEndMode definition
FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE
FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE
FMPI2C_SOFTEND_MODE
FMPI2C StartStopMode definition
FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP
FMPI2C_GENERATE_STOP
FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ
FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE
382/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
25
HAL FMPI2C Extension Driver
25.1
HAL FMPI2C Extension Driver
25.2
FMPI2CEx Firmware driver API description
25.2.1
Extension features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

Configure Noise Filters
This section contains the following APIs:






25.2.2
HAL_FMPI2CEx_AnalogFilter_Config()
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DigitalFilter_Config()
HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
HAL_FMPI2CEx_AnalogFilter_Config
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_AnalogFilter_Config
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
Function Description
Configures FMPI2C Analog noise filter.
Parameters

Return values
25.2.3

hfmpi2c: : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2Cx peripheral.
AnalogFilter: : new state of the Analog filter.

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DigitalFilter_Config
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_DigitalFilter_Config
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
Function Description
Configures FMPI2C Digital noise filter.
Parameters


Return values
25.2.4

hfmpi2c: : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2Cx peripheral.
DigitalFilter: : Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00
and 0x0F.
HAL status
HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableWakeUp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableWakeUp
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Enables FMPI2C wakeup from stop mode.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
383/963
UM1725
25.2.5
25.2.6
25.2.7
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2Cx peripheral.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableWakeUp
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableWakeUp
(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef * hfmpi2c)
Function Description
Disables FMPI2C wakeup from stop mode.
Parameters

hfmpi2c: : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the specified
FMPI2Cx peripheral.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableFastModePlus
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableFastModePlus (uint32_t
ConfigFastModePlus)
Function Description
Enable the FMPI2C1 fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters

ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin. This parameter can
be one of the FMPI2C Fast Mode Plus values
Return values

None
HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableFastModePlus
Function Name
void HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableFastModePlus (uint32_t
ConfigFastModePlus)
Function Description
Disable the FMPI2C1 fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters

ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin. This parameter can
be one of the FMPI2C Fast Mode Plus values
Return values

None
25.3
FMPI2CEx Firmware driver defines
25.3.1
FMPI2CEx
FMPI2C Analog Filter
FMPI2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
FMPI2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
FMPI2C Fast Mode Plus
384/963
FMPI2C_FASTMODEPLUS_SCL
Enable Fast Mode Plus on FMPI2C1 SCL pins
FMPI2C_FASTMODEPLUS_SDA
Enable Fast Mode Plus on FMPI2C1 SDA pins
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
26
HAL GPIO Generic Driver
26.1
HAL GPIO Generic Driver
26.2
GPIO Firmware driver registers structures
26.2.1
GPIO_InitTypeDef
Data Fields





uint32_t Pin
uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Pull
uint32_t Speed
uint32_t Alternate
Field Documentation





uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pin
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. This parameter can be any value of
GPIO_pins_define
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_mode_define
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pull
Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-Down activation for the selected pins. This parameter
can be a value of GPIO_pull_define
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Speed
Specifies the speed for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_speed_define
uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Alternate
Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_Alternate_function_selection
26.3
GPIO Firmware driver API description
26.3.1
GPIO Peripheral features
Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet,
each port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by
software in several modes:





Input mode
Analog mode
Output mode
Alternate function mode
External interrupt/event lines
DOCID025834 Rev 3
385/963
UM1725
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt lines are not
active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be activated
or not.
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull type
and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt lines, the port
must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external
interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors (16 lines are
connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each input line can be
independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event) and the corresponding
trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also be masked independently.
26.3.2
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
26.3.3
Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().

Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure

Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.

In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is configured
through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.

In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO is
configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.

Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel or DAC
output.

In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and the
corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not active and the GPIO pins
are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins).
The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general
purpose (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as general purpose PH0
and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. The HSE has priority over the
GPIO function.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs to be ready
for use.
This section contains the following APIs:
386/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


26.3.4
HAL_GPIO_Init()
HAL_GPIO_DeInit()
IO operation functions
This section contains the following APIs:






26.3.5
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin()
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin()
HAL_GPIO_LockPin()
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler()
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback()
HAL_GPIO_Init
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx,
GPIO_InitTypeDef * GPIO_Init)
Function Description
Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified
parameters in the GPIO_Init.
Parameters

Return values
26.3.6

GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F429X device or x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO
peripheral.

None
HAL_GPIO_DeInit
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t
GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters


Return values
26.3.7

GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F429X device or x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. This parameter
can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
None
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin
Function Name
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx,
uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Reads the specified input port pin.
Parameters


GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F429X device or x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. This parameter can
be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
DOCID025834 Rev 3
387/963
UM1725
Return values
26.3.8

HAL_GPIO_WritePin
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t
GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
Function Description
Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
Parameters



26.3.9

None
Notes

This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic
read/modify accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ
occurring between the read and the modify access.
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t
GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
Parameters


GPIOx: Where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F429X device or x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.

None
HAL_GPIO_LockPin
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin (GPIO_TypeDef *
GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
Parameters


GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F4 family
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. This parameter
can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be
(0..15).
Return values

None
Notes

The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER,
GPIOx_OSPEEDR, GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and
GPIOx_AFRH.
The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be
modified until the next reset.

388/963
GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral
for STM32F429X device or x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO
peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. This parameter
can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum
values: GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port
pinGPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
Return values
Return values
26.3.10
The input port pin value.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
26.3.11
26.3.12
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler (uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
Parameters

GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
Return values

None
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback (uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Function Description
EXTI line detection callbacks.
Parameters

GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
Return values

None
26.4
GPIO Firmware driver defines
26.4.1
GPIO
GPIO Alternate Function Selection
GPIO_AF0_RTC_50Hz
GPIO_AF0_MCO
GPIO_AF0_TAMPER
GPIO_AF0_SWJ
GPIO_AF0_TRACE
GPIO_AF1_TIM1
GPIO_AF1_TIM2
GPIO_AF2_TIM3
GPIO_AF2_TIM4
GPIO_AF2_TIM5
GPIO_AF3_TIM8
GPIO_AF3_TIM9
GPIO_AF3_TIM10
GPIO_AF3_TIM11
GPIO_AF4_I2C1
GPIO_AF4_I2C2
GPIO_AF4_I2C3
GPIO_AF5_SPI1
GPIO_AF5_SPI2
GPIO_AF5_SPI3
GPIO_AF5_SPI4
DOCID025834 Rev 3
389/963
UM1725
GPIO_AF5_SPI5
GPIO_AF5_SPI6
GPIO_AF5_I2S3ext
GPIO_AF6_SPI3
GPIO_AF6_I2S2ext
GPIO_AF6_SAI1
GPIO_AF7_USART1
GPIO_AF7_USART2
GPIO_AF7_USART3
GPIO_AF7_I2S3ext
GPIO_AF8_UART4
GPIO_AF8_UART5
GPIO_AF8_USART6
GPIO_AF8_UART7
GPIO_AF8_UART8
GPIO_AF9_CAN1
GPIO_AF9_CAN2
GPIO_AF9_TIM12
GPIO_AF9_TIM13
GPIO_AF9_TIM14
GPIO_AF9_LTDC
GPIO_AF9_QSPI
GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS
GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS
GPIO_AF10_QSPI
GPIO_AF11_ETH
GPIO_AF12_FMC
GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS
GPIO_AF12_SDIO
GPIO_AF13_DCMI
GPIO_AF13_DSI
GPIO_AF14_LTDC
GPIO_AF15_EVENTOUT
GPIO Exported Macros
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:

390/963
Checks whether the specified EXTI line
flag is set or not.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line
flag to check. This parameter can be
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines
flags to clear. This parameter can be any
combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be (0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified EXTI line is
asserted or not.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to
check. This parameter can be
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT
The: new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or
RESET).
Description:

Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines
to clear. This parameter can be any
combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be (0..15)
Return value:

__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
None
Description:

Generates a Software interrupt on selected
EXTI line.
Parameters:

__EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to
check. This parameter can be
DOCID025834 Rev 3
391/963
UM1725
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
Return value:

None
GPIO mode define
GPIO_MODE_INPUT
Input Floating Mode
GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP
Output Push Pull Mode
GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD
Output Open Drain Mode
GPIO_MODE_AF_PP
Alternate Function Push Pull Mode
GPIO_MODE_AF_OD
Alternate Function Open Drain Mode
GPIO_MODE_ANALOG
Analog Mode
GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING
External Event Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING
External Event Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING
External Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
GPIO pins define
GPIO_PIN_0
GPIO_PIN_1
GPIO_PIN_2
GPIO_PIN_3
GPIO_PIN_4
GPIO_PIN_5
GPIO_PIN_6
GPIO_PIN_7
GPIO_PIN_8
GPIO_PIN_9
GPIO_PIN_10
GPIO_PIN_11
GPIO_PIN_12
GPIO_PIN_13
GPIO_PIN_14
392/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
GPIO_PIN_15
GPIO_PIN_All
GPIO_PIN_MASK
GPIO Private Constants
GPIO_MODE
EXTI_MODE
GPIO_MODE_IT
GPIO_MODE_EVT
RISING_EDGE
FALLING_EDGE
GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE
GPIO_NUMBER
GPIO Private Macros
IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION
IS_GPIO_PIN
IS_GPIO_MODE
IS_GPIO_SPEED
IS_GPIO_PULL
GPIO pull define
GPIO_NOPULL
No Pull-up or Pull-down activation
GPIO_PULLUP
Pull-up activation
GPIO_PULLDOWN
Pull-down activation
GPIO speed define
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
IO works at 2 MHz, please refer to the product
datasheet
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
range 12,5 MHz to 50 MHz, please refer to the
product datasheet
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
range 25 MHz to 100 MHz, please refer to the
product datasheet
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH
range 50 MHz to 200 MHz, please refer to the
product datasheet
DOCID025834 Rev 3
393/963
UM1725
27
HAL GPIO Extension Driver
27.1
HAL GPIO Extension Driver
27.2
GPIOEx Firmware driver defines
27.2.1
GPIOEx
GPIO Get Port Index
GPIO_GET_INDEX
GPIO Check Alternate Function
IS_GPIO_AF
394/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
28
HAL HASH Generic Driver
28.1
HAL HASH Generic Driver
28.2
HASH Firmware driver registers structures
28.2.1
HASH_InitTypeDef
Data Fields



uint32_t DataType
uint32_t KeySize
uint8_t * pKey
Field Documentation



28.2.2
uint32_t HASH_InitTypeDef::DataType
32-bit data, 16-bit data, 8-bit data or 1-bit string. This parameter can be a value of
HASH_Data_Type
uint32_t HASH_InitTypeDef::KeySize
The key size is used only in HMAC operation
uint8_t* HASH_InitTypeDef::pKey
The key is used only in HMAC operation
HASH_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields











HASH_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pHashInBuffPtr
uint8_t * pHashOutBuffPtr
__IO uint32_t HashBuffSize
__IO uint32_t HashInCount
__IO uint32_t HashITCounter
HAL_StatusTypeDef Status
HAL_HASHPhaseTypeDef Phase
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmain
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_HASH_STATETypeDef State
Field Documentation


HASH_InitTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::Init
HASH required parameters
uint8_t* HASH_HandleTypeDef::pHashInBuffPtr
Pointer to input buffer
DOCID025834 Rev 3
395/963
UM1725









uint8_t* HASH_HandleTypeDef::pHashOutBuffPtr
Pointer to input buffer
__IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::HashBuffSize
Size of buffer to be processed
__IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::HashInCount
Counter of inputed data
__IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::HashITCounter
Counter of issued interrupts
HAL_StatusTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::Status
HASH peripheral status
HAL_HASHPhaseTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::Phase
HASH peripheral phase
DMA_HandleTypeDef* HASH_HandleTypeDef::hdmain
HASH In DMA handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::Lock
HASH locking object
__IO HAL_HASH_STATETypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::State
HASH peripheral state
28.3
HASH Firmware driver API description
28.3.1
How to use this driver
The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
396/963
Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit():
a.
Enable the HASH interface clock using __HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE()
b.
In case of using processing APIs based on interrupts (e.g.
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_IT())

Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()

Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()

In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler()
c.
In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g.
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA())

Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure and enable one DMA stream one for managing data transfer from
memory to peripheral (input stream). Managing data transfer from peripheral
to memory can be performed only using CPU

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle using
__HAL_LINKDMA()

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Stream using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function configures mainly:
a.
The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit.
b.
For HMAC, the encryption key.
c.
For HMAC, the key size used for encryption.
Three processing functions are available:
a.
Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions i.e. they process the data
and wait till the digest computation is finished e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start()
b.
Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions i.e.
they process the data under interrupt e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
c.
4.
5.
6.
7.
28.3.2
DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is not used
for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA e.g.
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA()
When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_HASH_Init() the HASH
peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input. After that, the digest
computation is started. When processing multi-buffer use the accumulate function to
write the data in the peripheral without starting the digest computation. In last buffer
use the start function to input the last buffer ans start the digest computation.
a.
e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate() : write 1st data buffer in the peripheral
without starting the digest computation
b.
write (n-1)th data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
c.
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start() : write (n)th data buffer in the peripheral and start the
digest computation
In HMAC mode, there is no Accumulate API. Only Start API is available.
In case of using DMA, call the DMA start processing e.g.
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA(). After that, call the finish function in order to get the
digest value e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish()
Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral.
HASH processing using polling mode functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode the hash value using
one of the following algorithms:


MD5
SHA1
This section contains the following APIs:




28.3.3
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start()
HAL_HASH_MD5_Accumulate()
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start()
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate()
HASH processing using interrupt mode functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode the hash value using
one of the following algorithms:


MD5
SHA1
This section contains the following APIs:





28.3.4
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT()
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT()
HAL_HASH_IRQHandler()
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start()
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start()
HASH processing using DMA mode functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode the hash value using
one of the following algorithms:


MD5
SHA1
This section contains the following APIs:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
397/963
UM1725






28.3.5
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA()
HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish()
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA()
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish()
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT()
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT()
HMAC processing using polling mode functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode the HMAC value using
one of the following algorithms:


MD5
SHA1
This section contains the following APIs:






28.3.6
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start()
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start()
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA()
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish()
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA()
HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish()
HMAC processing using DMA mode functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode the HMAC value using
one of the following algorithms:


MD5
SHA1
This section contains the following APIs:


28.3.7
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA()
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:


28.3.8
HAL_HASH_GetState()
HAL_HASH_IRQHandler()
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the HASH according to the specified parameters in the HASH_InitTypeDef
and creates the associated handle.
DeInitialize the HASH peripheral.
Initialize the HASH MSP.
DeInitialize HASH MSP.
This section contains the following APIs:



398/963
HAL_HASH_Init()
HAL_HASH_DeInit()
HAL_HASH_MspInit()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725




28.3.9
HAL_HASH_MspDeInit()
HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback()
HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback()
HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback()
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is multiple
of 64 bytes, appending the input buffer is possible. If the Size
is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by
hardware and appending the input buffer is no more possible.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
16 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
28.3.10
HAL_HASH_MD5_Accumulate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Accumulate
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then writes the
pInBuffer.
Parameters



Return values
28.3.11

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is multiple
of 64 bytes, appending the input buffer is possible. If the Size
is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by
hardware and appending the input buffer is no more possible.
HAL status
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters



hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
DOCID025834 Rev 3
399/963

UM1725
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status

Return values
28.3.12
28.3.13
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters



hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

Input buffer size in bytes must be a multiple of 4 otherwise the
digest computation is corrupted.
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters




Return values
28.3.14

HAL status
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters



400/963
hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
16 bytes.
hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
28.3.15
28.3.16

multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.

HAL status
HAL_HASH_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_IRQHandler (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
This function handles HASH interrupt request.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode then
processes pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
28.3.17
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode then
processes pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
28.3.18
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA
DOCID025834 Rev 3
401/963
Function Name
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then enables DMA to
control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
28.3.19
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the computed digest in MD5 mode.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
16 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status

Return values
28.3.20
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then enables DMA
to control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
28.3.21


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the computed digest in SHA1 mode.
Parameters


402/963
hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
28.3.22

Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters




Return values
28.3.23

HAL status
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters




Return values
28.3.24
hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
16 bytes.
HAL status
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode then
processes pInBuffer.
Parameters




hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
403/963
UM1725
Return values
28.3.25

Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode then
processes pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
28.3.26
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then enables DMA
to control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
28.3.27


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the computed digest in SHA1 mode.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status

Return values
28.3.28
404/963
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then enables DMA to
control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
28.3.29


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the computed digest in MD5 mode.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
16 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status

Return values
28.3.30
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode then enables
DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
28.3.31


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode then enables
DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
DOCID025834 Rev 3
405/963
UM1725
Return values
28.3.32
28.3.33
28.3.34
28.3.35
28.3.36
406/963

Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASH_GetState
Function Name
HAL_HASH_STATETypeDef HAL_HASH_GetState
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
return the HASH state
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

HAL state
HAL_HASH_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_IRQHandler (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
This function handles HASH interrupt request.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HASH_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_Init (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH according to the specified parameters in the
HASH_HandleTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_HASH_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_DeInit
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
DeInitializes the HASH peripheral.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

HAL status
Notes

This API must be called before starting a new processing.
HAL_HASH_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_MspInit (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH MSP.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
28.3.37
28.3.38
28.3.39
28.3.40
28.3.41
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HASH_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_MspDeInit (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
DeInitializes HASH MSP.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
Input data transfer complete callback.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
Data transfer Error callback.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
Digest computation complete callback.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
Notes

This callback is not relevant with DMA.
HAL_HASH_GetState
Function Name
HAL_HASH_STATETypeDef HAL_HASH_GetState
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
return the HASH state
DOCID025834 Rev 3
407/963
UM1725
28.3.42
28.3.43
28.3.44
28.3.45
28.3.46
408/963
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

HAL state
HAL_HASH_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_MspInit (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH MSP.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HASH_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_MspDeInit (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Function Description
DeInitializes HASH MSP.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
Input data transfer complete callback.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
Digest computation complete callback.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
Notes

This callback is not relevant with DMA.
HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
Data transfer Error callback.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
28.4
HASH Firmware driver defines
28.4.1
HASH
HASH Data Type
HASH_DATATYPE_32B
32-bit data. No swapping
HASH_DATATYPE_16B
16-bit data. Each half word is swapped
HASH_DATATYPE_8B
8-bit data. All bytes are swapped
HASH_DATATYPE_1B
1-bit data. In the word all bits are swapped
HASH Algorithm Selection
HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1
HASH function is SHA1
HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224
HASH function is SHA224
HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256
HASH function is SHA256
HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5
HASH function is MD5
HASH Algorithm Mode
HASH_ALGOMODE_HASH
Algorithm is HASH
HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC
Algorithm is HMAC
HASH HMAC Long key
HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_SHORTKEY
HMAC Key is <= 64 bytes
HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY
HMAC Key is> 64 bytes
HASH Flags definition
HASH_FLAG_DINIS
16 locations are free in the DIN : A new block can be entered into
the input buffer
HASH_FLAG_DCIS
Digest calculation complete
HASH_FLAG_DMAS
DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or a transfer is ongoing
HASH_FLAG_BUSY
The hash core is Busy : processing a block of data
HASH_FLAG_DINNE
DIN not empty : The input buffer contains at least one word of data
HASH Interrupts definition
HASH_IT_DINI
A new block can be entered into the input buffer (DIN)
HASH_IT_DCI
Digest calculation complete
HASH Exported Macros
__HAL_HASH_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset HASH handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the HASH
handle.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
409/963
UM1725
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG

Check whether the specified HASH flag is
set or not.
Parameters:

__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

HASH_FLAG_DINIS: A new block
can be entered into the input buffer.

HASH_FLAG_DCIS: Digest
calculation complete

HASH_FLAG_DMAS: DMA interface
is enabled (DMAE=1) or a transfer is
ongoing

HASH_FLAG_BUSY: The hash core
is Busy : processing a block of data

HASH_FLAG_DINNE: DIN not
empty : The input buffer contains at
least one word of data
Return value:

__HAL_HASH_SET_MDMAT
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Enable the multiple DMA mode.
Return value:

__HAL_HASH_RESET_MDMAT
None
Description:

Disable the multiple DMA mode.
Return value:

__HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST
None
Description:

Start the digest computation.
Return value:

__HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS
None
Description:

Set the number of valid bits in last word
written in Data register.
Parameters:

410/963
SIZE: size in byte of last data written in
Data register.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return value:

None
HASH Private Macros
IS_HASH_ALGOSELECTION
IS_HASH_ALGOMODE
IS_HASH_DATATYPE
IS_HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE
IS_HASH_SHA1_BUFFER_SIZE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
411/963
UM1725
29
HAL HASH Extension Driver
29.1
HAL HASH Extension Driver
29.2
HASHEx Firmware driver API description
29.2.1
How to use this driver
The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
412/963
Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit():
a.
Enable the HASH interface clock using __HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE()
b.
In case of using processing APIs based on interrupts (e.g.
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start())

Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()

Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()

In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler()
c.
In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g.
HAL_HMACEx_SH224_Start_DMA())

Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()

Configure and enable one DMA stream one for managing data transfer from
memory to peripheral (input stream). Managing data transfer from peripheral
to memory can be performed only using CPU

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle using
__HAL_LINKDMA()

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Stream: HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function configures mainly:
a.
The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit.
b.
For HMAC, the encryption key.
c.
For HMAC, the key size used for encryption.
Three processing functions are available:
a.
Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions i.e. they process the data
and wait till the digest computation is finished e.g.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start()
b.
Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions i.e.
they process the data under interrupt e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT()
c.
DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is not used
for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA e.g.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_HASH_Init() the HASH
peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input. After that, the digest
computation is started. When processing multi-buffer use the accumulate function to
write the data in the peripheral without starting the digest computation. In last buffer
use the start function to input the last buffer ans start the digest computation.
a.
e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate() : write 1st data buffer in the
peripheral without starting the digest computation
b.
write (n-1)th data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
c.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start() : write (n)th data buffer in the peripheral and
start the digest computation
In HMAC mode, there is no Accumulate API. Only Start API is available.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
6.
7.
29.2.2
In case of using DMA, call the DMA start processing e.g.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(). After that, call the finish function in order to get
the digest value e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish()
Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral.
HASH processing using polling mode functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode the hash value using
one of the following algorithms:


SHA224
SHA256
This section contains the following APIs:




29.2.3
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start()
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start()
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate()
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate()
HMAC processing using polling mode functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode the HMAC value using
one of the following algorithms:


SHA224
SHA256
This section contains the following APIs:


29.2.4
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start()
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start()
HASH processing using interrupt functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode the hash value using
one of the following algorithms:


SHA224
SHA256
This section contains the following APIs:



29.2.5
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT()
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT()
HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler()
HASH processing using DMA functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode the hash value using
one of the following algorithms:


SHA224
SHA256
This section contains the following APIs:




HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish()
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA()
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
413/963
UM1725
29.2.6
HMAC processing using DMA functions
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode the HMAC value using
one of the following algorithms:


SHA224
SHA256
This section contains the following APIs:


29.2.7
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA()
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
28 bytes.
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
29.2.8
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
32 bytes.
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
29.2.9
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate
Function Name
414/963
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters

Return values
29.2.10

HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters

Return values
29.2.11


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode then
processes pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
29.2.12
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode then
processes pInBuffer.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
DOCID025834 Rev 3
415/963
UM1725



pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status

Return values
29.2.13
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters




Return values
29.2.14

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters


Return values
416/963
HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT


29.2.15
hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
This function handles HASH interrupt request.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
29.2.16
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then enables
DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
29.2.17


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the computed digest in SHA224.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
28 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status

Return values
29.2.18
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then enables
DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
29.2.19


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the computed digest in SHA256.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
DOCID025834 Rev 3
417/963
UM1725

Return values
29.2.20
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode then
enables DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters



hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode then
enables DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
29.2.22

HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
Return values
29.2.21

pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
32 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters





418/963
hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
28 bytes.
Timeout: Specify Timeout value
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
29.2.23

HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
32 bytes.
Timeout: Specify Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
29.2.24
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters

Return values
29.2.25


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters

Return values
29.2.26
HAL status


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start
DOCID025834 Rev 3
419/963
Function Name
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode then
processes pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
29.2.27
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode then
processes pInBuffer.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status



Return values
29.2.28
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters




Return values
29.2.29
420/963

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes
pInBuffer.
Parameters




Return values
29.2.30
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then enables
DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters



hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the computed digest in SHA224.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
28 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status

Return values
29.2.32
HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
Return values
29.2.31

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
20 bytes.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then enables
DMA to control data transfer.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
421/963
UM1725
Parameters
Return values
29.2.33



hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the computed digest in SHA256.
Parameters


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be
32 bytes.
Timeout: Timeout value

HAL status

Return values
29.2.34
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode then
enables DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
29.2.35

HAL status
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
(HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size)
Function Description
Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode then
enables DMA to control data transfer.
Parameters

Return values
422/963


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.


hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes. If the Size is not
multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
29.2.36
HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler (HASH_HandleTypeDef *
hhash)
Function Description
This function handles HASH interrupt request.
Parameters

hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for HASH module
Return values

None
29.3
HASHEx Firmware driver defines
29.3.1
HASHEx
DOCID025834 Rev 3
423/963
UM1725
30
HAL HCD Generic Driver
30.1
HAL HCD Generic Driver
30.2
HCD Firmware driver registers structures
30.2.1
HCD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields






HCD_TypeDef * Instance
HCD_InitTypeDef Init
HCD_HCTypeDef hc
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HCD_StateTypeDef State
void * pData
Field Documentation






HCD_TypeDef* HCD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
HCD_InitTypeDef HCD_HandleTypeDef::Init
HCD required parameters
HCD_HCTypeDef HCD_HandleTypeDef::hc[15]
Host channels parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef HCD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
HCD peripheral status
__IO HCD_StateTypeDef HCD_HandleTypeDef::State
HCD communication state
void* HCD_HandleTypeDef::pData
Pointer Stack Handler
30.3
HCD Firmware driver API description
30.3.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
424/963
Declare a HCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: HCD_HandleTypeDef
hhcd;
Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
Call HAL_HCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Host core, ...)
Initialize the HCD low level resources through the HAL_HCD_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the HCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macros

__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE();

__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)

__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed
Mode)
b.
Initialize the related GPIO clocks
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
5.
6.
30.3.2
c.
Configure HCD pin-out
d.
Configure HCD NVIC interrupt
Associate the Upper USB Host stack to the HAL HCD Driver:
a.
hhcd.pData = phost;
Enable HCD transmission and reception:
a.
HAL_HCD_Start();
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
This section contains the following APIs:






30.3.3
HAL_HCD_Init()
HAL_HCD_HC_Init()
HAL_HCD_HC_Halt()
HAL_HCD_DeInit()
HAL_HCD_MspInit()
HAL_HCD_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USB Host Data
Transfer
This section contains the following APIs:






30.3.4
HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest()
HAL_HCD_IRQHandler()
HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback()
HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback()
HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback()
HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the HCD data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:



30.3.5
HAL_HCD_Start()
HAL_HCD_Stop()
HAL_HCD_ResetPort()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:






30.3.6
HAL_HCD_GetState()
HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState()
HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount()
HAL_HCD_HC_GetState()
HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame()
HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed()
HAL_HCD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Init (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
DOCID025834 Rev 3
425/963
UM1725
hhcd)
30.3.7
Function Description
Initialize the host driver.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_HCD_HC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Init (HCD_HandleTypeDef
* hhcd, uint8_t ch_num, uint8_t epnum, uint8_t dev_address,
uint8_t speed, uint8_t ep_type, uint16_t mps)
Function Description
Initialize a host channel.
Parameters







Return values
30.3.8
30.3.9
426/963

hhcd: HCD handle
ch_num: Channel number. This parameter can be a value
from 1 to 15
epnum: Endpoint number. This parameter can be a value
from 1 to 15
dev_address: : Current device address This parameter can
be a value from 0 to 255
speed: Current device speed. This parameter can be one of
these values: HCD_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode,
HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode, HCD_SPEED_LOW:
Low speed mode
ep_type: Endpoint Type. This parameter can be one of these
values: EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type, EP_TYPE_ISOC:
Isochronous type, EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type,
EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type
mps: Max Packet Size. This parameter can be a value from
0 to32K
HAL status
HAL_HCD_HC_Halt
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Halt
(HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t ch_num)
Function Description
Halt a host channel.
Parameters


hhcd: HCD handle
ch_num: Channel number. This parameter can be a value
from 1 to 15
Return values

HAL status
HAL_HCD_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_DeInit (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
hhcd)
Function Description
DeInitialize the host driver.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
30.3.10
30.3.11
30.3.12
HAL_HCD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_HCD_MspInit (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Function Description
Initialize the HCD MSP.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_HCD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_HCD_MspDeInit (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Function Description
DeInitialize the HCD MSP.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest
(HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t ch_num, uint8_t
direction, uint8_t ep_type, uint8_t token, uint8_t * pbuff,
uint16_t length, uint8_t do_ping)
Function Description
Submit a new URB for processing.
Parameters








Return values
30.3.13
30.3.14

hhcd: HCD handle
ch_num: Channel number. This parameter can be a value
from 1 to 15
direction: Channel number. This parameter can be one of
these values: 0 : Output / 1 : Input
ep_type: Endpoint Type. This parameter can be one of these
values: EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type/ EP_TYPE_ISOC:
Isochronous type/ EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type/
EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type/
token: Endpoint Type. This parameter can be one of these
values: 0: HC_PID_SETUP / 1: HC_PID_DATA1
pbuff: pointer to URB data
length: Length of URB data
do_ping: activate do ping protocol (for high speed only). This
parameter can be one of these values: 0 : do ping inactive / 1
: do ping active
HAL status
HAL_HCD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_HCD_IRQHandler (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Function Description
Handle HCD interrupt request.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback
DOCID025834 Rev 3
427/963
30.3.15
30.3.16
30.3.17
Function Name
UM1725
void HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Function Description
SOF callback.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
hhcd)
Function Description
Connection Event callback.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
hhcd)
Function Description
Disconnection Event callback.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback
(HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t chnum,
HCD_URBStateTypeDef urb_state)
Function Description
Notify URB state change callback.
Parameters



Return values
30.3.18
30.3.19
None
HAL_HCD_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Start (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
hhcd)
Function Description
Start the host driver.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_HCD_Stop
Function Name
428/963

hhcd: HCD handle
chnum: Channel number. This parameter can be a value
from 1 to 15
urb_state: This parameter can be one of these values:
URB_IDLE/ URB_DONE/ URB_NOTREADY/ URB_NYET/
URB_ERROR/ URB_STALL/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Stop (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
hhcd)
30.3.20
30.3.21
30.3.22
30.3.23
30.3.24
Function Description
Stop the host driver.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_HCD_ResetPort
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_ResetPort
(HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Function Description
Reset the host port.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_HCD_GetState
Function Name
HCD_StateTypeDef HAL_HCD_GetState (HCD_HandleTypeDef
* hhcd)
Function Description
Return the HCD handle state.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

HAL state
HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState
Function Name
HCD_URBStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState
(HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
Function Description
Return URB state for a channel.
Parameters


hhcd: HCD handle
chnum: Channel number. This parameter can be a value
from 1 to 15
Return values

URB state. This parameter can be one of these values:
URB_IDLE/ URB_DONE/ URB_NOTREADY/ URB_NYET/
URB_ERROR/ URB_STALL
HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
Function Description
Return the last host transfer size.
Parameters


hhcd: HCD handle
chnum: Channel number. This parameter can be a value
from 1 to 15
Return values

last transfer size in byte
HAL_HCD_HC_GetState
Function Name
HCD_HCStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetState
DOCID025834 Rev 3
429/963
UM1725
(HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
30.3.25
30.3.26
Function Description
Return the Host Channel state.
Parameters


hhcd: HCD handle
chnum: Channel number. This parameter can be a value
from 1 to 15
Return values

Host channel state This parameter can be one of these
values: HC_IDLE/ HC_XFRC/ HC_HALTED/ HC_NYET/
HC_NAK/ HC_STALL/ HC_XACTERR/ HC_BBLERR/
HC_DATATGLERR
HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
hhcd)
Function Description
Return the current Host frame number.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

Current Host frame number
HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed (HCD_HandleTypeDef *
hhcd)
Function Description
Return the Host enumeration speed.
Parameters

hhcd: HCD handle
Return values

Enumeration speed
30.4
HCD Firmware driver defines
30.4.1
HCD
HCD Exported Macros
__HAL_HCD_ENABLE
__HAL_HCD_DISABLE
__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG
__HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_HCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT
__HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT
__HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT
__HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT
__HAL_HCD_MASK_ACK_HC_INT
__HAL_HCD_UNMASK_ACK_HC_INT
HCD Instance definition
IS_HCD_ALL_INSTANCE
430/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
HCD PHY Module
HCD_PHY_ULPI
HCD_PHY_EMBEDDED
HCD Speed
HCD_SPEED_HIGH
HCD_SPEED_LOW
HCD_SPEED_FULL
DOCID025834 Rev 3
431/963
UM1725
31
HAL I2C Generic Driver
31.1
HAL I2C Generic Driver
31.2
I2C Firmware driver registers structures
31.2.1
I2C_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t ClockSpeed
uint32_t DutyCycle
uint32_t OwnAddress1
uint32_t AddressingMode
uint32_t DualAddressMode
uint32_t OwnAddress2
uint32_t GeneralCallMode
uint32_t NoStretchMode
Field Documentation








31.2.2
432/963
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::ClockSpeed
Specifies the clock frequency. This parameter must be set to a value lower than
400kHz
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::DutyCycle
Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress1
Specifies the first device own address. This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit
address.
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::AddressingMode
Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a
value of I2C_addressing_mode
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::DualAddressMode
Specifies if dual addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_dual_addressing_mode
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2
Specifies the second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected This
parameter can be a 7-bit address.
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::GeneralCallMode
Specifies if general call mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_general_call_addressing_mode
uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::NoStretchMode
Specifies if nostretch mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_nostretch_mode
I2C_HandleTypeDef
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Data Fields










I2C_TypeDef * Instance
I2C_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pBuffPtr
uint16_t XferSize
__IO uint16_t XferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation










I2C_TypeDef* I2C_HandleTypeDef::Instance
I2C registers base address
I2C_InitTypeDef I2C_HandleTypeDef::Init
I2C communication parameters
uint8_t* I2C_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to I2C transfer buffer
uint16_t I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
I2C transfer size
__IO uint16_t I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
I2C transfer counter
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
I2C Tx DMA handle parameters
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
I2C Rx DMA handle parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef I2C_HandleTypeDef::Lock
I2C locking object
__IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef I2C_HandleTypeDef::State
I2C communication state
__IO uint32_t I2C_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
I2C Error code
31.3
I2C Firmware driver API description
31.3.1
How to use this driver
The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: I2C_HandleTypeDef
hi2c;
Initialize the I2C low level resources by implement the HAL_I2C_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the I2Cx interface clock
b.
I2C pins configuration

Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs

Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
c.
NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process

Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority

Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
d.
DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
DOCID025834 Rev 3
433/963
UM1725

3.
4.
5.
6.
Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive
stream

Enable the DMAx interface clock using

Configure the DMA handle parameters

Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
Configure the Communication Speed, Duty cycle, Addressing mode, Own Address1,
Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c
Init structure.
Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level
Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized
HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this
driver :
Polling mode IO operation




Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
Polling mode IO MEM operation


Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
Interrupt mode IO operation





434/963
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725




At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
Interrupt mode IO MEM operation





Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO operation









Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO MEM operation

Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address
using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
435/963
UM1725




At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory
address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
I2C HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.






__HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified I2C pending flag
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
31.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the I2Cx
peripheral:



User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures all related
peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC).
Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected
configuration:

Communication Speed

Duty cycle

Addressing mode

Own Address 1

Dual Addressing mode

Own Address 2

General call mode

Nostretch mode
Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected
I2Cx peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:




31.3.3
HAL_I2C_Init()
HAL_I2C_DeInit()
HAL_I2C_MspInit()
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data transfers.
1.
436/963
There are two modes of transfer:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

2.
3.
4.
5.
Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
processing will be indicated through the dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt
mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()

HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()

HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:














HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
437/963
UM1725














31.3.4
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler()
HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler()
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


31.3.5
31.3.6
31.3.7
31.3.8
438/963
HAL_I2C_GetState()
HAL_I2C_GetError()
HAL_I2C_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters in the
I2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2C_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
DeInitializes the I2C peripheral.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2C_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MspInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
I2C MSP Init.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
31.3.9
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
I2C MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.10

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.11




hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration




hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values



hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
439/963
UM1725
31.3.12
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.13
440/963
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters




hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.15

HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT
Return values
31.3.14



hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration



hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
31.3.16
HAL status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with Interrupt.
Parameters



hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters




hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.19

Function Name
Return values
31.3.18
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT
Return values
31.3.17





hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
441/963
Function Description
UM1725
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.20
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode
with DMA.
Parameters



hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory
address.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.22

HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
Return values
31.3.21


hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent






hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory
address.
Parameters


442/963
hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
31.3.23

HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a
specific memory address.
Parameters






hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.25
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Timeout duration
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT
Return values
31.3.24










hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a
specific memory address.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
443/963
UM1725
Parameters
Return values
31.3.26
31.3.28
444/963





hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Function Description
Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a
specific memory address.
Parameters

Return values
31.3.27






hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
MemAddress: Internal memory address
MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be read

HAL status
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t
Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Checks if target device is ready for communication.
Parameters




hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
DevAddress: Target device address
Trials: Number of trials
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL status
Notes

This function is used with Memory devices
HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
31.3.29
31.3.30
31.3.31
31.3.32
31.3.33
31.3.34
HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
DOCID025834 Rev 3
445/963
31.3.35
31.3.36
31.3.37
31.3.38
Function Name
UM1725
void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef *
hi2c)
Function Description
Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
I2C error callbacks.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

None
HAL_I2C_GetState
Function Name
HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Returns the I2C state.
Parameters

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2C module
Return values

HAL state
HAL_I2C_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Function Description
Return the I2C error code.
Parameters

hi2c: : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified I2C.
Return values

I2C Error Code
31.4
I2C Firmware driver defines
31.4.1
I2C
I2C addressing mode
446/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT
I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT
I2C dual addressing mode
I2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE
I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE
I2C duty cycle in fast mode
I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2
I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9
I2C Error Code
HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR
BERR error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO
ARLO error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF
AF error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout Error
I2C Exported Macros
__HAL_I2C_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset I2C handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
This parameter can be I2C where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2C peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable or disable the specified I2C
interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
This parameter can be I2C where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2C peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt enable

I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt enable

I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
447/963
UM1725
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Checks if the specified I2C interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
This parameter can be I2C where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2C peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2C
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt enable

I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt enable

I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG
The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set
or not.
Parameters:


448/963
__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
This parameter can be I2C where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2C peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert
flag

I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow
error flag

I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in
reception flag

I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun
flag

I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure
flag

I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag

I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag

I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty
flag

I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not
empty flag

I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag

I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent
flag

I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished
flag

I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725








Address matched flag
I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag
I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag
I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host
header
I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus
default header
I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call
header flag
I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver
flag
I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag
I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:
__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG

Clears the I2C pending flags which are
cleared by writing 0 in a specific bit.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
This parameter can be I2C where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2C peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert
flag

I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow
error flag

I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in
reception flag

I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun
flag (Slave mode)

I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure
flag

I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag
(Master mode)

I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG
None
Description:

Clears the I2C ADDR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
This parameter can be I2C where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2C peripheral.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
449/963
UM1725
Return value:

__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG
None
Description:

Clears the I2C STOPF pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
This parameter can be I2C where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2C peripheral.
Return value:

None
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE
I2C Flag definition
I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT
I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT
I2C_FLAG_PECERR
I2C_FLAG_OVR
I2C_FLAG_AF
I2C_FLAG_ARLO
I2C_FLAG_BERR
I2C_FLAG_TXE
I2C_FLAG_RXNE
I2C_FLAG_STOPF
I2C_FLAG_ADD10
I2C_FLAG_BTF
I2C_FLAG_ADDR
I2C_FLAG_SB
I2C_FLAG_DUALF
I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST
I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT
I2C_FLAG_GENCALL
I2C_FLAG_TRA
I2C_FLAG_BUSY
I2C_FLAG_MSL
I2C general call addressing mode
I2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE
I2C_GENERALCALL_ENABLE
450/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
I2C Interrupt configuration definition
I2C_IT_BUF
I2C_IT_EVT
I2C_IT_ERR
I2C Private macros to check input parameters
IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE
IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE
IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS
IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL
IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH
IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE
IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED
IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1
IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2
I2C Memory Address Size
I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT
I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_16BIT
I2C nostretch mode
I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE
I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE
I2C Private Constants
I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG
I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE
I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG
I2C_FLAG_MASK
I2C Private Macros
I2C_FREQRANGE
I2C_RISE_TIME
I2C_SPEED_STANDARD
I2C_SPEED_FAST
I2C_SPEED
I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE
I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ
I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS
I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE
I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ
DOCID025834 Rev 3
451/963
UM1725
I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB
I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB
452/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
32
HAL I2C Extension Driver
32.1
HAL I2C Extension Driver
32.2
I2CEx Firmware driver API description
32.2.1
I2C peripheral extension features
Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F427xx/437xx/
429xx/439xx devices contains the following additional features :


32.2.2
Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
How to use this driver
This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter
1.
2.
32.2.3
Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_AnalogFilter_Config()
Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_DigitalFilter_Config()
Extension features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

Configure Noise Filters
This section contains the following APIs:


32.2.4
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
Function Description
Configures I2C Analog noise filter.
Parameters

Return values
32.2.5

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
AnalogFilter: new state of the Analog filter.

HAL status
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter
(I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
Function Description
Configures I2C Digital noise filter.
Parameters

Return values

hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00
and 0x0F.

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
453/963
UM1725
32.3
I2CEx Firmware driver defines
32.3.1
I2CEx
I2C Analog Filter
I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
I2C Private Macros
IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER
IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER
454/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
33
HAL I2S Generic Driver
33.1
HAL I2S Generic Driver
33.2
I2S Firmware driver registers structures
33.2.1
I2S_InitTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t Mode
uint32_t Standard
uint32_t DataFormat
uint32_t MCLKOutput
uint32_t AudioFreq
uint32_t CPOL
uint32_t ClockSource
uint32_t FullDuplexMode
Field Documentation








33.2.2
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the I2S operating mode. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Mode
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::Standard
Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_Standard
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::DataFormat
Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value
of I2S_Data_Format
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::MCLKOutput
Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_MCLK_Output
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::AudioFreq
Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a
value of I2S_Audio_Frequency
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::CPOL
Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_Clock_Polarity
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::ClockSource
Specifies the I2S Clock Source. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Clock_Source
uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::FullDuplexMode
Specifies the I2S FullDuplex mode. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_FullDuplex_Mode
I2S_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields
DOCID025834 Rev 3
455/963
UM1725













SPI_TypeDef * Instance
I2S_InitTypeDef Init
uint16_t * pTxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t TxXferSize
__IO uint16_t TxXferCount
uint16_t * pRxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t RxXferSize
__IO uint16_t RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
__IO HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation













SPI_TypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::Instance
I2S_InitTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::Init
uint16_t* I2S_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
uint16_t* I2S_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
__IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
__IO HAL_LockTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::Lock
__IO HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::State
__IO uint32_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
33.3
I2S Firmware driver API description
33.3.1
How to use this driver
The I2S HAL driver can be used as follow:
1.
2.
456/963
Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the SPIx interface clock.
b.
I2S pins configuration:

Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs.

Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up.
c.
NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs).

Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority.

Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle.
d.
DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs:

Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.

Enable the DMAx interface clock.

Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx
parameters.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



3.
4.
Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
Associate the initialized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle.
Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and
Polarity using HAL_I2S_Init() function. The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission
complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the
macros __I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and
receive process. Make sure that either: I2S PLL is configured or External clock
source is configured after setting correctly the define constant
EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file.
Three operation modes are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation


Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit()
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive()
Interrupt mode IO operation







Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO operation






Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
DOCID025834 Rev 3
457/963
UM1725




In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
I2S HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver.





__HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts
__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not
You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros
33.3.2
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the I2Sx
peripheral in simplex mode:



User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures all related
peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected
configuration:

Mode

Standard

Data Format

MCLK Output

Audio frequency

Polarity
Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected
I2Sx peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:




33.3.3
HAL_I2S_Init()
HAL_I2S_DeInit()
HAL_I2S_MspInit()
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data transfers.
1.
458/963
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
2.
3.
4.
5.
processing will be indicated through the dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt
mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit()

HAL_I2S_Receive()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()

HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:

















33.3.4
HAL_I2S_Transmit()
HAL_I2S_Receive()
HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler()
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
HAL_I2S_GetState()
HAL_I2S_GetError()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


33.3.5
HAL_I2S_GetState()
HAL_I2S_GetError()
HAL_I2S_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters in the
I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
459/963
UM1725
33.3.6
33.3.7
33.3.8
33.3.9
HAL_I2S_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s)
Function Description
DeInitializes the I2S peripheral.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2S_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_MspInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S MSP Init.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None
HAL_I2S_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

33.3.10
460/963
HAL_I2S_Receive
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive (I2S_HandleTypeDef *
hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters




hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the
peripheral the clock will be generate in continuous way and as
the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction.


33.3.11
HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

33.3.12
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
DOCID025834 Rev 3
461/963
UM1725


pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid
de-synchronisation between Master and Slave otherwise the
I2S interrupt should be optimized.


33.3.13
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

33.3.14
462/963
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters



hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

33.3.15
33.3.16
33.3.17
33.3.18
33.3.19
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
HAL_I2S_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2S_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2S_DMAStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop (I2S_HandleTypeDef
* hi2s)
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
This function handles I2S interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
DOCID025834 Rev 3
463/963
UM1725
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values
33.3.20
33.3.21
33.3.22
33.3.23
33.3.24
33.3.25
464/963

None
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Rx Transfer half completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
I2S error callbacks.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None
HAL_I2S_GetState
Function Name
HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Return the I2S state.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL state
HAL_I2S_GetError
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
33.3.26
33.3.27
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Return the I2S error code.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

I2S Error Code
HAL_I2S_GetState
Function Name
HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Return the I2S state.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL state
HAL_I2S_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Return the I2S error code.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

I2S Error Code
33.4
I2S Firmware driver defines
33.4.1
I2S
I2S Audio Frequency
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_96K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_48K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_44K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_32K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_22K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_16K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_11K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT
I2S Clock Polarity
I2S_CPOL_LOW
I2S_CPOL_HIGH
I2S Clock Source
DOCID025834 Rev 3
465/963
UM1725
I2S_CLOCK_PLL
I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL
I2S Data Format
I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B
I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED
I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B
I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B
I2S Error Code
HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR
I2S Underrun error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR
I2S Overrun error
HAL_I2SEX_ERROR_UDR
I2S extended Underrun error
HAL_I2SEX_ERROR_OVR
I2S extended Overrun error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_FRE
I2S Frame format error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
I2S Exported Macros
__HAL_I2S_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset I2S handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable or disable the specified SPI
peripheral (in I2S mode).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

None
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT
Description:

Enable or disable the specified I2S
interrupts.
Parameters:


466/963
__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt
source to enable or disable. This parameter
can be one of the following values:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable
I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable
I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

None
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Checks if the specified I2S interrupt source
is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
This parameter can be I2S where x: 1, 2, or
3 to select the I2S peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2S
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:

I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt
enable

I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty
interrupt enable

I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
Description:

Checks whether the specified I2S flag is set
or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not
empty flag

I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty
flag

I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun flag

I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag

I2S_FLAG_FRE: Frame error flag

I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag

I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
DOCID025834 Rev 3
467/963
UM1725
__HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG
Description:

Clears the I2S OVR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG
None
Description:

Clears the I2S UDR pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:

None
I2S Flags Definition
I2S_FLAG_TXE
I2S_FLAG_RXNE
I2S_FLAG_UDR
I2S_FLAG_OVR
I2S_FLAG_FRE
I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE
I2S_FLAG_BSY
I2S FullDuplex Mode
I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_DISABLE
I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE
I2S Interrupts Definition
I2S_IT_TXE
I2S_IT_RXNE
I2S_IT_ERR
I2S Mclk Output
I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE
I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_DISABLE
I2S Mode
I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX
I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX
I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX
I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX
I2S Private Macros
468/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
IS_I2S_MODE
IS_I2S_STANDARD
IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT
IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT
IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ
IS_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_MODE
IS_I2S_CPOL
I2S Standard
I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS
I2S_STANDARD_MSB
I2S_STANDARD_LSB
I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT
I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG
DOCID025834 Rev 3
469/963
UM1725
34
HAL I2S Extension Driver
34.1
HAL I2S Extension Driver
34.2
I2SEx Firmware driver API description
34.2.1
I2S Extension features
1.
2.
3.
In I2S full duplex mode, each SPI peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving
data simultaneously using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block
called I2Sxext (i.e I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3).
The extension block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to implement full
duplex mode. The extension block uses the same clock sources as its master.
Both I2Sx and I2Sx_ext can be configured as transmitters or receivers.
Only I2Sx can deliver SCK and WS to I2Sx_ext in full duplex mode, where I2Sx
can be I2S2 or I2S3.
34.2.2
How to use this driver
Three operation modes are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation

Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in blocking mode using
HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive()
Interrupt mode IO operation






470/963
Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in non blocking mode using
HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_IT()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
DMA mode IO operation









34.2.3
Send and receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_DMA()
At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
Extension features Functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data transfers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These functions return the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data
processing will be indicated through the dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt
mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
Blocking mode functions are :

HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive()
No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :

HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_IT()
No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
This section contains the following APIs:








34.2.4
HAL_I2S_Init()
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive()
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT()
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA()
HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler()
HAL_I2S_Init
DOCID025834 Rev 3
471/963
Function Name
34.2.5
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters in the
I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in blocking mode.
Parameters





hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

34.2.6
472/963
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters




hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

34.2.7
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using
DMA.
Parameters




hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

34.2.8
34.2.9
34.2.10
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).
HAL_I2S_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2S_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2S_DMAStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop (I2S_HandleTypeDef
* hi2s)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
473/963
UM1725
34.2.11
34.2.12
Function Description
Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

HAL status
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Function Description
This function handles I2S interrupt request.
Parameters

hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
Return values

None
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in blocking mode.
Parameters





hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

34.2.13
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using
Interrupt.
Parameters




474/963
hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

34.2.14
HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA
(I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pTxData, uint16_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using
DMA.
Parameters




hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
the configuration information for I2S module
pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values

HAL status
Notes

When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is
selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size
parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the
transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of
16-bit data length.
The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the
clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave(example:
audio streaming).

34.3
I2SEx Firmware driver defines
34.3.1
I2SEx
I2S Private Macros
IS_I2S_CLOCKSOURCE
I2SxEXT
DOCID025834 Rev 3
475/963
UM1725
35
HAL IRDA Generic Driver
35.1
HAL IRDA Generic Driver
35.2
IRDA Firmware driver registers structures
35.2.1
IRDA_InitTypeDef
Data Fields






uint32_t BaudRate
uint32_t WordLength
uint32_t Parity
uint32_t Mode
uint8_t Prescaler
uint32_t IrDAMode
Field Documentation






35.2.2
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This member configures the IRDA communication baud rate. The baud rate is
computed using the following formula:IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (8 * (hirda>Init.BaudRate)))FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((uint32_t) IntegerDivider)) * 8)
+ 0.5
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter
can be a value of IRDA_Word_Length
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of IRDA_Parity
Note:When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position of
the transmitted data (9th bit when the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
word length is set to 8 data bits).
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be a value of IRDA_Mode
uint8_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the Prescaler
uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::IrDAMode
Specifies the IrDA mode This parameter can be a value of IRDA_Low_Power
IRDA_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




476/963
USART_TypeDef * Instance
IRDA_InitTypeDef Init
uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t TxXferSize
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725









uint16_t TxXferCount
uint8_t * pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t RxXferSize
uint16_t RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation













USART_TypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Instance
IRDA_InitTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Init
uint8_t* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
uint8_t* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
DMA_HandleTypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
DMA_HandleTypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
HAL_LockTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Lock
__IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::State
__IO uint32_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
35.3
IRDA Firmware driver API description
35.3.1
How to use this driver
The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API:
a.
Enable the USARTx interface clock.
b.
IRDA pins configuration:

Enable the clock for the IRDA GPIOs.

Configure these IRDA pins as alternate function pull-up.
c.
NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
(HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() and HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs):

Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.

Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
d.
DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
(HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() and HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs):

Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.

Enable the DMAx interface clock.

Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx
parameters.

Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.

Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle.

Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
477/963
3.
4.
5.
UM1725
Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Parity, IrDA Mode, Prescaler and
Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the hirda Init structure.
Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API:

This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
by calling the customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API. The specific IRDA interrupts
(Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be
managed using the macros __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
Three operation modes are available within this driver :
Polling mode IO operation


Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive()
Interrupt mode IO operation





Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
DMA mode IO operation





Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user
can add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
IRDA HAL driver macros list
You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
35.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
in IrDA mode.
478/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:

BaudRate

WordLength

Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written in the data
register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. Depending on the frame
length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), please refer to Reference manual for
possible IRDA frame formats.

Prescaler: A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s)
may or may not be rejected. The receiver set up time should be managed by
software. The IrDA physical layer specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms
delay between transmission and reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol).

Mode: Receiver/transmitter modes

IrDAMode: the IrDA can operate in the Normal mode or in the Low power mode.
The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows IRDA configuration procedures (details for the
procedures are available in reference manual).
This section contains the following APIs:




35.3.3
HAL_IRDA_Init()
HAL_IRDA_DeInit()
HAL_IRDA_MspInit()
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data on the
IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver is busy, data on
the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. While receiving data,
transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted could be corrupted.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
There are two modes of transfer:

Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL
status of all data processing is returned by the same function after finishing
transfer.

No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA,
These APIs return the HAL status. The end of the data processing will be
indicated through the dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the
DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks will be executed respectively at the
end of the transmit or Receive process The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user
callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
Blocking mode API's are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit()

HAL_IRDA_Receive()
Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()

HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()

HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :

HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()

HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()

HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()

HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
479/963
UM1725
This section contains the following APIs:















35.3.4
HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
HAL_IRDA_Receive()
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause()
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume()
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop()
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of IrDA
communication process and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication
process


HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the IrDA
peripheral.
HAL_IRDA_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during
communication.
This section contains the following APIs:


35.3.5
35.3.6
480/963
HAL_IRDA_GetState()
HAL_IRDA_GetError()
HAL_IRDA_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Initializes the IRDA mode according to the specified parameters in
the IRDA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_IRDA_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef
* hirda)
Function Description
DeInitializes the IRDA peripheral.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
35.3.7
35.3.8
35.3.9
HAL status
HAL_IRDA_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_MspInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
IRDA MSP Init.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
IRDA MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None
HAL_IRDA_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Sends an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
35.3.10




hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent
Timeout: Specify timeout value

HAL status
HAL_IRDA_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values



hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be received
Timeout: Specify timeout value

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
481/963
UM1725
35.3.11
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Send an amount of data in non blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
35.3.12
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode.
Parameters



hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be received

HAL status
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode.
Parameters



hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Function Description
Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode.
Parameters

Return values
482/963
HAL status
Function Name
Return values
35.3.14

HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT
Return values
35.3.13


hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be sent


hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
pData: Pointer to data buffer
Size: Amount of data to be received

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Notes
35.3.15
35.3.16
35.3.17
35.3.18
35.3.19

When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received
contain the parity bit.
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Pauses the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Resumes the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified UART
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Stops the DMA Transfer.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified UART
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
This function handles IRDA interrupt request.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Tx Transfer complete callbacks.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
483/963
UM1725
35.3.20
35.3.21
35.3.22
35.3.23
35.3.24
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified
USART module.
Return values

None
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Rx Transfer complete callbacks.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *
hirda)
Function Description
Rx Half Transfer complete callbacks.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
IRDA error callbacks.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

None
HAL_IRDA_GetState
Function Name
484/963
HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
(IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
35.3.25
Function Description
Returns the IRDA state.
Parameters

hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA
module.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_IRDA_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Function Description
Return the IARDA error code.
Parameters

hirda: : pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IRDA.
Return values

IRDA Error Code
35.4
IRDA Firmware driver defines
35.4.1
IRDA
IRDA Error Code
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE
Frame error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
IRDA Exported Macros
__HAL_IRDA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset IRDA handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_FLUSH_DRREGISTER
None
Description:

Flushs the IRDA DR register.
Parameters:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
485/963
UM1725
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
Description:
__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG

Checks whether the specified IRDA
flag is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to
check. This parameter can be one of
the following values:

IRDA_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data
register empty flag

IRDA_FLAG_TC: Transmission
Complete flag

IRDA_FLAG_RXNE: Receive
data register not empty flag

IRDA_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line
detection flag

IRDA_FLAG_ORE: OverRun
Error flag

IRDA_FLAG_NE: Noise Error
flag

IRDA_FLAG_FE: Framing Error
flag

IRDA_FLAG_PE: Parity Error
flag
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE
or FALSE).
Description:

Clears the specified IRDA pending
flag.
Parameters:


486/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to
check. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:

IRDA_FLAG_TC: Transmission
Complete flag.

IRDA_FLAG_RXNE: Receive
UM1725
data register not empty flag.
Return value:

None
Notes:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_PEFLAG
PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error),
NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun
error) and IDLE (Idle line detected)
flags are cleared by software
sequence: a read operation to
USART_SR register followed by a
read operation to USART_DR
register. RXNE flag can be also
cleared by a read to the USART_DR
register. TC flag can be also cleared
by software sequence: a read
operation to USART_SR register
followed by a write operation to
USART_DR register. TXE flag is
cleared only by a write to the
USART_DR register.
Description:

Clear the IRDA PE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA FE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_NEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA NE pending flag.
Parameters:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
487/963
UM1725
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA ORE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
None
Description:

Clear the IRDA IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enables or disables the specified
IRDA interrupt.
Parameters:


488/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA
interrupt source to check. This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line
UM1725


detection interrupt
IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error
interrupt
IRDA_IT_ERR: Error
interrupt(Frame error, noise
error, overrun error)
Return value:

None
__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:

Checks whether the specified IRDA
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: specifies the USART
Handle. This parameter can be
USARTx where x: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or
8 to select the USART or UART
peripheral.
__IT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt
source to check. This parameter can
be one of the following values:

IRDA_IT_TXE: Transmit Data
Register empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_TC: Transmission
complete interrupt

IRDA_IT_RXNE: Receive Data
register not empty interrupt

IRDA_IT_IDLE: Idle line
detection interrupt

USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt

IRDA_IT_PE: Parity Error
interrupt
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Macro to enable the IRDA's one bit
sample method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
None
Description:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
Macro to disable the IRDA's one bit
489/963
UM1725
sample method.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE
None
Description:

Enable UART/USART associated to
IRDA Handle.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. IRDA Handle selects the
USARTx or UARTy peripheral
(USART,UART availability and x,y
values depending on device).
Return value:

__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE
None
Description:

Disable UART/USART associated to
IRDA Handle.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA
Handle. IRDA Handle selects the
USARTx or UARTy peripheral
(USART,UART availability and x,y
values depending on device).
Return value:

IRDA Flags
IRDA_FLAG_TXE
IRDA_FLAG_TC
IRDA_FLAG_RXNE
IRDA_FLAG_IDLE
IRDA_FLAG_ORE
IRDA_FLAG_NE
IRDA_FLAG_FE
IRDA_FLAG_PE
IRDA Interrupt Definitions
IRDA_IT_PE
IRDA_IT_TXE
490/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
None
UM1725
IRDA_IT_TC
IRDA_IT_RXNE
IRDA_IT_IDLE
IRDA_IT_LBD
IRDA_IT_CTS
IRDA_IT_ERR
IRDA Low Power
IRDA_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER
IRDA_POWERMODE_NORMAL
IRDA Transfer Mode
IRDA_MODE_RX
IRDA_MODE_TX
IRDA_MODE_TX_RX
IRDA Parity
IRDA_PARITY_NONE
IRDA_PARITY_EVEN
IRDA_PARITY_ODD
IRDA Private Constants
IRDA_TIMEOUT_VALUE
IRDA_IT_MASK
IRDA_CR1_REG_INDEX
IRDA_CR2_REG_INDEX
IRDA_CR3_REG_INDEX
IRDA Private Macros
IS_IRDA_WORD_LENGTH
IS_IRDA_PARITY
IS_IRDA_MODE
IS_IRDA_POWERMODE
IS_IRDA_BAUDRATE
IRDA_DIV
IRDA_DIVMANT
IRDA_DIVFRAQ
IRDA_BRR
IRDA Word Length
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_8B
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B
DOCID025834 Rev 3
491/963
UM1725
36
HAL IWDG Generic Driver
36.1
HAL IWDG Generic Driver
36.2
IWDG Firmware driver registers structures
36.2.1
IWDG_InitTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t Prescaler
uint32_t Reload
Field Documentation


36.2.2
uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Select the prescaler of the IWDG. This parameter can be a value of IWDG_Prescaler
uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Reload
Specifies the IWDG down-counter reload value. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x0FFF
IWDG_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




IWDG_TypeDef * Instance
IWDG_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation




IWDG_TypeDef* IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
IWDG_InitTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Init
IWDG required parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Lock
IWDG Locking object
__IO HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::State
IWDG communication state
36.3
IWDG Firmware driver API description
36.3.1
IWDG Specific features
492/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725





36.3.2
The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable through option
byte).
The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays
active even if the main clock fails. Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and
cannot be disabled (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down
from the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a
system reset is generated.
The IWDG counter should be refreshed at regular intervals, otherwise the watchdog
generates an MCU reset when the counter reaches 0.
The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional in STOP
and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). IWDGRST flag in
RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG reset occurs.
Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s The IWDG timeout may vary
due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F4xx devices provide the capability to
measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input
capture). The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an
acceptable accuracy.
How to use this driver
If Window option is disabled

Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :

Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR.

Configure the IWDG prescaler, counter reload value. This reload value will be
loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter is reloaded, then the IWDG
will start counting down from this value.

Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to:

Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the IWDG_RLR register.

Start the IWDG, when the IWDG is used in software mode (no need to enable
the LSI, it will be enabled by hardware).
Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular intervals
during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
function.

if Window option is enabled:



Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to enable IWDG downcounter
Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :

Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.

Configure the IWDG prescaler, reload value and window value.
Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular intervals
during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
function.
IWDG HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver.



__HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected IWDG's flag status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
493/963
UM1725
36.3.3
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:



Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef
and create the associated handle
Initialize the IWDG MSP
DeInitialize IWDG MSP
This section contains the following APIs:


36.3.4
HAL_IWDG_Init()
HAL_IWDG_MspInit()
IO operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Start the IWDG.
Refresh the IWDG.
This section contains the following APIs:


36.3.5
HAL_IWDG_Start()
HAL_IWDG_Refresh()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:

36.3.6
36.3.7
36.3.8
494/963
HAL_IWDG_GetState()
HAL_IWDG_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init (IWDG_HandleTypeDef *
hiwdg)
Function Description
Initializes the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_IWDG_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_IWDG_MspInit (IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Initializes the IWDG MSP.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

None
HAL_IWDG_Start
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
36.3.9
36.3.10
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Start (IWDG_HandleTypeDef
* hiwdg)
Function Description
Starts the IWDG.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_IWDG_Refresh
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh
(IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Refreshes the IWDG.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_IWDG_GetState
Function Name
HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_IWDG_GetState
(IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Function Description
Returns the IWDG state.
Parameters

hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the specified IWDG
module.
Return values

HAL state
36.4
IWDG Firmware driver defines
36.4.1
IWDG
IWDG Exported Macros
__HAL_IWDG_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset IWDG handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IWDG handle.
Return value:

__HAL_IWDG_START
None
Description:

Enables the IWDG peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IWDG handle
DOCID025834 Rev 3
495/963
UM1725
Return value:

__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER
None
Description:

Reloads IWDG counter with value defined
in the reload register (write access to
IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
disabled).
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IWDG handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG

Gets the selected IWDG's flag status.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: IWDG handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
This parameter can be one of the
following values:

IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Watchdog
counter reload value update flag

IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Watchdog
counter prescaler value flag
Return value:

The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
IWDG Flag definition
IWDG_FLAG_PVU
Watchdog counter prescaler value update Flag
IWDG_FLAG_RVU
Watchdog counter reload value update Flag
IWDG Prescaler
IWDG_PRESCALER_4
IWDG prescaler set to 4
IWDG_PRESCALER_8
IWDG prescaler set to 8
IWDG_PRESCALER_16
IWDG prescaler set to 16
IWDG_PRESCALER_32
IWDG prescaler set to 32
IWDG_PRESCALER_64
IWDG prescaler set to 64
IWDG_PRESCALER_128
IWDG prescaler set to 128
IWDG_PRESCALER_256
IWDG prescaler set to 256
IWDG Private Constants
IWDG_TIMEOUT_FLAG
IWDG Private Macros
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS
496/963
Description:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

Enables write access to IWDG_PR and
IWDG_RLR registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IWDG handle
Return value:

IWDG_DISABLE_WRITE_ACCESS
None
Description:

Disables write access to IWDG_PR and
IWDG_RLR registers.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: IWDG handle
Return value:

None
IS_IWDG_PRESCALER
IS_IWDG_RELOAD
IWDG Registers BitMask
IWDG_KEY_RELOAD
IWDG Reload Counter Enable
IWDG_KEY_ENABLE
IWDG Peripheral Enable
IWDG_KEY_WRITE_ACCESS_ENABLE
IWDG KR Write Access Enable
IWDG_KEY_WRITE_ACCESS_DISABLE
IWDG KR Write Access Disable
DOCID025834 Rev 3
497/963
UM1725
37
HAL LPTIM Generic Driver
37.1
HAL LPTIM Generic Driver
37.2
LPTIM Firmware driver registers structures
37.2.1
LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t Source
uint32_t Prescaler
Field Documentation


37.2.2
uint32_t LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::Source
Selects the clock source. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Clock_Source
uint32_t LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the counter clock Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Clock_Prescaler
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t Polarity
uint32_t SampleTime
Field Documentation


37.2.3
uint32_t LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef::Polarity
Selects the polarity of the active edge for the counter unit if the ULPTIM input is
selected. Note: This parameter is used only when Ultra low power clock source is
used. Note: If the polarity is configured on 'both edges', an auxiliary clock (one of the
Low power oscillator) must be active. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Clock_Polarity
uint32_t LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef::SampleTime
Selects the clock sampling time to configure the clock glitch filter. Note: This
parameter is used only when Ultra low power clock source is used. This parameter
can be a value of LPTIM_Clock_Sample_Time
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef
Data Fields
498/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



uint32_t Source
uint32_t ActiveEdge
uint32_t SampleTime
Field Documentation



37.2.4
uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::Source
Selects the Trigger source. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Trigger_Source
uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::ActiveEdge
Selects the Trigger active edge. Note: This parameter is used only when an external
trigger is used. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_External_Trigger_Polarity
uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::SampleTime
Selects the trigger sampling time to configure the clock glitch filter. Note: This
parameter is used only when an external trigger is used. This parameter can be a
value of LPTIM_Trigger_Sample_Time
LPTIM_InitTypeDef
Data Fields






LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef Clock
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef UltraLowPowerClock
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef Trigger
uint32_t OutputPolarity
uint32_t UpdateMode
uint32_t CounterSource
Field Documentation






37.2.5
LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Clock
Specifies the clock parameters
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::UltraLowPowerClock
Specifies the Ultra Low Power clock parameters
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the Trigger parameters
uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::OutputPolarity
Specifies the Output polarity. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Output_Polarity
uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::UpdateMode
Specifies whether the update of the autorelaod and the compare values is done
immediately or after the end of current period. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Updating_Mode
uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::CounterSource
Specifies whether the counter is incremented each internal event or each external
event. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Counter_Source
LPTIM_HandleTypeDef
DOCID025834 Rev 3
499/963
UM1725
Data Fields





LPTIM_TypeDef * Instance
LPTIM_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_StatusTypeDef Status
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation





LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
LPTIM_InitTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Init
LPTIM required parameters
HAL_StatusTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Status
LPTIM peripheral status
HAL_LockTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Lock
LPTIM locking object
__IO HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::State
LPTIM peripheral state
37.3
LPTIM Firmware driver API description
37.3.1
How to use this driver
The LPTIM HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
500/963
Initialize the LPTIM low level resources by implementing the HAL_LPTIM_MspInit():
a.
Enable the LPTIM interface clock using __LPTIMx_CLK_ENABLE().
b.
In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT()):

Configure the LPTIM interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().

Enable the LPTIM IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().

In LPTIM IRQ handler, call HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler().
Initialize the LPTIM HAL using HAL_LPTIM_Init(). This function configures mainly:
a.
The instance: LPTIM1.
b.
Clock: the counter clock.

Source : it can be either the ULPTIM input (IN1) or one of the internal clock;
(APB, LSE, LSI or MSI).

Prescaler: select the clock divider.
c.
UltraLowPowerClock : To be used only if the ULPTIM is selected as counter
clock source.

Polarity: polarity of the active edge for the counter unit if the ULPTIM input
is selected.

SampleTime: clock sampling time to configure the clock glitch filter.
d.
Trigger: How the counter start.

Source: trigger can be software or one of the hardware triggers.

ActiveEdge : only for hardware trigger.

SampleTime : trigger sampling time to configure the trigger glitch filter.
e.
OutputPolarity : 2 opposite polarities are possibles.
f.
UpdateMode: specifies whether the update of the autoreload and the compare
values is done immediately or after the end of current period.
Six modes are available:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
a.
4.
5.
37.3.2
PWM Mode: To generate a PWM signal with specified period and pulse, call
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start() or HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT() for interruption
mode.
b.
One Pulse Mode: To generate pulse with specified width in response to a
stimulus, call HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start() or
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
c.
Set once Mode: In this mode, the output changes the level (from low level to high
level if the output polarity is configured high, else the opposite) when a compare
match occurs. To start this mode, call HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start() or
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
d.
Encoder Mode: To use the encoder interface call HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start()
or HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
e.
Time out Mode: an active edge on one selected trigger input rests the counter.
The first trigger event will start the timer, any successive trigger event will reset
the counter and the timer will restart. To start this mode call
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT() or HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT() for
interruption mode.
f.
Counter Mode: counter can be used to count external events on the LPTIM
Input1 or it can be used to count internal clock cycles. To start this mode, call
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start() or HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT() for interruption
mode.
User can stop any process by calling the corresponding API: HAL_LPTIM_Xxx_Stop()
or HAL_LPTIM_Xxx_Stop_IT() if the process is already started in interruption mode.
Call HAL_LPTIM_DeInit() to deinitialize the LPTIM peripheral.
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:




Initialize the LPTIM according to the specified parameters in the LPTIM_InitTypeDef
and creates the associated handle.
DeInitialize the LPTIM peripheral.
Initialize the LPTIM MSP.
DeInitialize LPTIM MSP.
This section contains the following APIs:




37.3.3
HAL_LPTIM_Init()
HAL_LPTIM_DeInit()
HAL_LPTIM_MspInit()
HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit()
LPTIM Start Stop operation functions
This section provides functions allowing to:











Start the PWM mode.
Stop the PWM mode.
Start the One pulse mode.
Stop the One pulse mode.
Start the Set once mode.
Stop the Set once mode.
Start the Encoder mode.
Stop the Encoder mode.
Start the Timeout mode.
Stop the Timeout mode.
Start the Counter mode.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
501/963
UM1725

Stop the Counter mode.
This section contains the following APIs:
























37.3.4
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start()
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop()
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT()
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT()
LPTIM Read operation functions
This section provides LPTIM Reading functions.



Read the counter value.
Read the period (Auto-reload) value.
Read the pulse (Compare)value.
This section contains the following APIs:



37.3.5
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter()
HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload()
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare()
LPTIM IRQ handler
This section provides LPTIM IRQ handler function.
This section contains the following APIs:








502/963
HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler()
HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback()
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
37.3.6
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
This section contains the following APIs:

37.3.7
37.3.8
37.3.9
37.3.10
37.3.11
HAL_LPTIM_GetState()
HAL_LPTIM_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Init (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef
* hlptim)
Function Description
Initializes the LPTIM according to the specified parameters in the
LPTIM_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_DeInit
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
DeInitializes the LPTIM peripheral.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_MspInit (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Initializes the LPTIM MSP.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
DeInitializes LPTIM MSP.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM PWM generation.
Parameters



hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
DOCID025834 Rev 3
503/963
UM1725
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values
37.3.12
37.3.13

HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM PWM generation.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM PWM generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters



Return values
37.3.14
37.3.15

HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM PWM generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM One pulse generation.
Parameters


Return values
504/963
hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT

37.3.16
HAL status

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
37.3.17
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM One pulse generation.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM One pulse generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters



Return values
37.3.18
37.3.19

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM One pulse generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM in Set once mode.
Parameters



Return values
37.3.20
hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM Set once mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
DOCID025834 Rev 3
505/963
UM1725
Return values
37.3.21

HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Function Description
Starts the LPTIM Set once mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters



Return values
37.3.22
37.3.23
37.3.24
37.3.25
506/963
HAL status

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Pulse: : Specifies the compare value. This parameter must
be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the LPTIM Set once mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Function Description
Starts the Encoder interface.
Parameters


hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Encoder interface.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Function Description
Starts the Encoder interface in interrupt mode.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
37.3.26
37.3.27
Parameters


hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Encoder interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Starts the Timeout function.
Parameters



Return values
37.3.28
37.3.29

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Timeout: : Specifies the TimeOut value to rest the counter.
This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and
0xFFFF.
HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Timeout function.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Starts the Timeout function in interrupt mode.
Parameters



hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Timeout: : Specifies the TimeOut value to rest the counter.
This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and
0xFFFF.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
507/963
UM1725
Return values
37.3.30
37.3.31
37.3.32
37.3.33
37.3.34
508/963

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Timeout function in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Function Description
Starts the Counter mode.
Parameters


hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Counter mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Function Description
Starts the Counter mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters


hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Period: : Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter
must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Stops the Counter mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
37.3.35
37.3.36
37.3.37
37.3.38
37.3.39
37.3.40
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hlptim)
Function Description
This function returns the current counter value.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

Counter value.
HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
This function return the current Autoreload (Period) value.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

Autoreload value.
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hlptim)
Function Description
This function return the current Compare (Pulse) value.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

Compare value.
HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hlptim)
Function Description
This function handles LPTIM interrupt request.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Compare match callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Autoreload match callback in non blocking mode.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
509/963
UM1725
37.3.41
37.3.42
37.3.43
37.3.44
37.3.45
510/963
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *
hlptim)
Function Description
Trigger detected callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Compare write callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Autoreload write callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Direction counter changed from Down to Up callback in non
blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Direction counter changed from Up to Down callback in non
blocking mode.
Parameters

hlptim: : LPTIM handle
Return values

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
37.3.46
HAL_LPTIM_GetState
Function Name
HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_GetState
(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Function Description
Returns the LPTIM state.
Parameters

hlptim: LPTIM handle
Return values

HAL state
37.4
LPTIM Firmware driver defines
37.4.1
LPTIM
LPTIM Clock Polarity
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_FALLING
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING_FALLING
LPTIM Clock Prescaler
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV2
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV4
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV8
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV16
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV32
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV64
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV128
LPTIM Clock Sample Time
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_DIRECTTRANSITION
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_2TRANSITIONS
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_4TRANSITIONS
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_8TRANSITIONS
LPTIM Clock Source
LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_APBCLOCK_LPOSC
LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ULPTIM
LPTIM Counter Source
LPTIM_COUNTERSOURCE_INTERNAL
LPTIM_COUNTERSOURCE_EXTERNAL
LPTIM Exported Macros
__HAL_LPTIM_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
Reset LPTIM handle
511/963
UM1725
state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: LPTIM
handle
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE

Enable/Disable the
LPTIM peripheral.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: LPTIM
handle
Return value:

None
__HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE
__HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS
Description:

Starts the LPTIM
peripheral in Continuous
or in single mode.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: DMA
handle
Return value:

None
__HAL_LPTIM_START_SINGLE
__HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET
Description:

Writes the passed
parameter in the
Autoreload register.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LPTIM
handle
__VALUE__: :
Autoreload value
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET
Description:

512/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
None
Writes the passed
parameter in the
Compare register.
UM1725
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LPTIM
handle
__VALUE__: : Compare
value
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG

Checks whether the
specified LPTIM flag is
set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LPTIM
handle
__FLAG__: : LPTIM flag
to check This parameter
can be a value of:

LPTIM_FLAG_DO
WN : Counter
direction change up
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_UP :
Counter direction
change down to up
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_ARR
OK : Autoreload
register update OK
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_CMP
OK : Compare
register update OK
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_EXT
TRIG : External
trigger edge event
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_ARR
M : Autoreload
match Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_CMP
M : Compare match
Flag.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
The: state of the
specified flag (SET or
RESET).
Clears the specified
513/963
UM1725
LPTIM flag.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LPTIM
handle.
__FLAG__: : LPTIM flag
to clear. This parameter
can be a value of:

LPTIM_FLAG_DO
WN : Counter
direction change up
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_UP :
Counter direction
change down to up
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_ARR
OK : Autoreload
register update OK
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_CMP
OK : Compare
register update OK
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_EXT
TRIG : External
trigger edge event
Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_ARR
M : Autoreload
match Flag.

LPTIM_FLAG_CMP
M : Compare match
Flag.
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT

Enable the specified
LPTIM interrupt.
Parameters:


514/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: : LPTIM
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: :
LPTIM interrupt to set.
This parameter can be a
value of:

LPTIM_IT_DOWN :
Counter direction
change up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_UP :
Counter direction
UM1725





change down to up
Interrupt.
LPTIM_IT_ARROK
: Autoreload
register update OK
Interrupt.
LPTIM_IT_CMPOK
: Compare register
update OK
Interrupt.
LPTIM_IT_EXTTRI
G : External trigger
edge event
Interrupt.
LPTIM_IT_ARRM :
Autoreload match
Interrupt.
LPTIM_IT_CMPM :
Compare match
Interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT
None.
Description:

Disable the specified
LPTIM interrupt.
Parameters:


DOCID025834 Rev 3
__HANDLE__: : LPTIM
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: :
LPTIM interrupt to set.
This parameter can be a
value of:

LPTIM_IT_DOWN :
Counter direction
change up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_UP :
Counter direction
change down to up
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARROK
: Autoreload
register update OK
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_CMPOK
: Compare register
update OK
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_EXTTRI
G : External trigger
edge event
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARRM :
515/963

UM1725
Autoreload match
Interrupt.
LPTIM_IT_CMPM :
Compare match
Interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE
None.
Description:

Checks whether the
specified LPTIM interrupt
is set or not.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: : LPTIM
handle.
__INTERRUPT__: :
LPTIM interrupt to
check. This parameter
can be a value of:

LPTIM_IT_DOWN :
Counter direction
change up Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_UP :
Counter direction
change down to up
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARROK
: Autoreload
register update OK
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_CMPOK
: Compare register
update OK
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_EXTTRI
G : External trigger
edge event
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_ARRM :
Autoreload match
Interrupt.

LPTIM_IT_CMPM :
Compare match
Interrupt.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_OPTR_CONFIG
Interrupt: status.
Description:

LPTIM Option Register.
Parameters:
516/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


__HANDLE__: LPTIM
handle
__VALUE__: This
parameter can be a
value of :

LPTIM_OP_PAD_A
F

LPTIM_OP_PAD_P
A4

LPTIM_OP_PAD_P
B9

LPTIM_OP_TIM_D
AC
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
None
Description:

Enable interrupt on the
LPTIM Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None
Description:

Disable interrupt on the
LPTIM Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None
Description:

Enable event on the
LPTIM Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
None.
Description:

Disable event on the
LPTIM Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLIN
G_EDGE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
None.
Description:

Enable falling edge
trigger on the LPTIM
Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
517/963
UM1725
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLI
NG_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable falling edge
trigger on the LPTIM
Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING
_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising edge
trigger on the LPTIM
Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising edge
trigger on the LPTIM
Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING
_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable rising & falling
edge trigger on the
LPTIM Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISIN
G_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable rising & falling
edge trigger on the
LPTIM Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:

518/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
None.
Check whether the
LPTIM Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line
interrupt flag is set or
UM1725
not.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Line: Status.
Description:

Clear the LPTIM Wakeup Timer associated Exti
line flag.
Return value:

__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GENERATE_SWI
T
None.
Description:

Generate a Software
interrupt on the LPTIM
Wake-up Timer
associated Exti line.
Return value:

None.
LPTIM External Trigger Polarity
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_RISING
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_FALLING
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_RISING_FALLING
LPTIM Flag Definition
LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN
LPTIM_FLAG_UP
LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK
LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK
LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG
LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM
LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM
LPTIM Interrupts Definition
LPTIM_IT_DOWN
LPTIM_IT_UP
LPTIM_IT_ARROK
LPTIM_IT_CMPOK
LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG
LPTIM_IT_ARRM
LPTIM_IT_CMPM
Register Definition
LPTIM_OP_PAD_AF
DOCID025834 Rev 3
519/963
UM1725
LPTIM_OP_PAD_PA4
LPTIM_OP_PAD_PB9
LPTIM_OP_TIM_DAC
LPTIM Output Polarity
LPTIM_OUTPUTPOLARITY_HIGH
LPTIM_OUTPUTPOLARITY_LOW
LPTIM Private Macros
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALERDIV1
IS_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SAMPLE_TIME
IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_POLARITY
IS_LPTIM_TRG_SOURCE
IS_LPTIM_EXT_TRG_POLARITY
IS_LPTIM_TRIG_SAMPLE_TIME
IS_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE
IS_LPTIM_COUNTER_SOURCE
IS_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD
IS_LPTIM_COMPARE
IS_LPTIM_PERIOD
IS_LPTIM_PULSE
LPTIM Trigger Sample Time
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_DIRECTTRANSITION
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_2TRANSITIONS
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_4TRANSITIONS
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_8TRANSITIONS
LPTIM Trigger Source
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_0
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_1
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_2
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_3
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_4
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_5
LPTIM Updating Mode
520/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
LPTIM_UPDATE_IMMEDIATE
LPTIM_UPDATE_ENDOFPERIOD
LPTIM WAKEUP Timer EXTI Line
LPTIM_EXTI_LINE_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT
External interrupt line 23 Connected to the
LPTIM EXTI Line
DOCID025834 Rev 3
521/963
UM1725
38
HAL LTDC Generic Driver
38.1
HAL LTDC Generic Driver
38.2
LTDC Firmware driver registers structures
38.2.1
LTDC_ColorTypeDef
Data Fields




uint8_t Blue
uint8_t Green
uint8_t Red
uint8_t Reserved
Field Documentation




38.2.2
uint8_t LTDC_ColorTypeDef::Blue
Configures the blue value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint8_t LTDC_ColorTypeDef::Green
Configures the green value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint8_t LTDC_ColorTypeDef::Red
Configures the red value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint8_t LTDC_ColorTypeDef::Reserved
Reserved 0xFF
LTDC_InitTypeDef
Data Fields













522/963
uint32_t HSPolarity
uint32_t VSPolarity
uint32_t DEPolarity
uint32_t PCPolarity
uint32_t HorizontalSync
uint32_t VerticalSync
uint32_t AccumulatedHBP
uint32_t AccumulatedVBP
uint32_t AccumulatedActiveW
uint32_t AccumulatedActiveH
uint32_t TotalWidth
uint32_t TotalHeigh
LTDC_ColorTypeDef Backcolor
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Field Documentation













38.2.3
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::HSPolarity
configures the horizontal synchronization polarity. This parameter can be one value of
LTDC_HS_POLARITY
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::VSPolarity
configures the vertical synchronization polarity. This parameter can be one value of
LTDC_VS_POLARITY
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::DEPolarity
configures the data enable polarity. This parameter can be one of value of
LTDC_DE_POLARITY
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::PCPolarity
configures the pixel clock polarity. This parameter can be one of value of
LTDC_PC_POLARITY
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::HorizontalSync
configures the number of Horizontal synchronization width. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::VerticalSync
configures the number of Vertical synchronization height. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::AccumulatedHBP
configures the accumulated horizontal back porch width. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = LTDC_HorizontalSync and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::AccumulatedVBP
configures the accumulated vertical back porch height. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = LTDC_VerticalSync and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::AccumulatedActiveW
configures the accumulated active width. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = LTDC_AccumulatedHBP and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::AccumulatedActiveH
configures the accumulated active height. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = LTDC_AccumulatedVBP and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::TotalWidth
configures the total width. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::TotalHeigh
configures the total height. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
LTDC_ColorTypeDef LTDC_InitTypeDef::Backcolor
Configures the background color.
LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef
Data Fields








uint32_t WindowX0
uint32_t WindowX1
uint32_t WindowY0
uint32_t WindowY1
uint32_t PixelFormat
uint32_t Alpha
uint32_t Alpha0
uint32_t BlendingFactor1
DOCID025834 Rev 3
523/963
UM1725





uint32_t BlendingFactor2
uint32_t FBStartAdress
uint32_t ImageWidth
uint32_t ImageHeight
LTDC_ColorTypeDef Backcolor
Field Documentation













38.2.4
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::WindowX0
Configures the Window Horizontal Start Position. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::WindowX1
Configures the Window Horizontal Stop Position. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::WindowY0
Configures the Window vertical Start Position. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::WindowY1
Configures the Window vertical Stop Position. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::PixelFormat
Specifies the pixel format. This parameter can be one of value of LTDC_Pixelformat
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::Alpha
Specifies the constant alpha used for blending. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::Alpha0
Configures the default alpha value. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::BlendingFactor1
Select the blending factor 1. This parameter can be one of value of
LTDC_BlendingFactor1
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::BlendingFactor2
Select the blending factor 2. This parameter can be one of value of
LTDC_BlendingFactor2
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::FBStartAdress
Configures the color frame buffer address
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::ImageWidth
Configures the color frame buffer line length. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0x1FFF.
uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::ImageHeight
Specifies the number of line in frame buffer. This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
LTDC_ColorTypeDef LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::Backcolor
Configures the layer background color.
LTDC_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields



524/963
LTDC_TypeDef * Instance
LTDC_InitTypeDef Init
LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef LayerCfg
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef State
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation






LTDC_TypeDef* LTDC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
LTDC Register base address
LTDC_InitTypeDef LTDC_HandleTypeDef::Init
LTDC parameters
LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef LTDC_HandleTypeDef::LayerCfg[MAX_LAYER]
LTDC Layers parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef LTDC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
LTDC Lock
__IO HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef LTDC_HandleTypeDef::State
LTDC state
__IO uint32_t LTDC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
LTDC Error code
38.3
LTDC Firmware driver API description
38.3.1
How to use this driver
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Program the required configuration through the following parameters: the LTDC
timing, the horizontal and vertical polarity, the pixel clock polarity, Data Enable polarity
and the LTDC background color value using HAL_LTDC_Init() function
Program the required configuration through the following parameters: the pixel format,
the blending factors, input alpha value, the window size and the image size using
HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() function for foreground or/and background layer.
Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT() and
HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT functions.
Optionally, enable the Dither using HAL_LTDC_EnableDither().
Optionally, configure and enable the Color keying using
HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying() and HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying functions.
Optionally, configure LineInterrupt using HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent() function
If needed, reconfigure and change the pixel format value, the alpha value value, the
window size, the window position and the layer start address for foreground or/and
background layer using respectively the following functions:
HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat(), HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha(),
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize(), HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition(),
HAL_LTDC_SetAddress.
To control LTDC state you can use the following function: HAL_LTDC_GetState()
LTDC HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in LTDC HAL driver.





__HAL_LTDC_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC.
__HAL_LTDC_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC.
__HAL_LTDC_LAYER_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC Layer.
__HAL_LTDC_LAYER_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC Layer.
__HAL_LTDC_RELOAD_CONFIG: Reload Layer Configuration.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
525/963
UM1725





__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG: Get the LTDC pending flags.
__HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the LTDC pending flags.
__HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified LTDC interrupts.
__HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified LTDC interrupts.
__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified LTDC interrupt has
occurred or not.
You can refer to the LTDC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
38.3.2
Initialization and Configuration functions
This section provides functions allowing to:


Initialize and configure the LTDC
De-initialize the LTDC
This section contains the following APIs:






38.3.3
HAL_LTDC_Init()
HAL_LTDC_DeInit()
HAL_LTDC_MspInit()
HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit()
HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback()
HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback()
IO operation functions
This section provides function allowing to:

Handle LTDC interrupt request
This section contains the following APIs:



38.3.4
HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler()
HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback()
HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This section provides functions allowing to:











Configure the LTDC foreground or/and background parameters.
Set the active layer.
Configure the color keying.
Configure the C-LUT.
Enable / Disable the color keying.
Enable / Disable the C-LUT.
Update the layer position.
Update the layer size.
Update pixel format on the fly.
Update transparency on the fly.
Update address on the fly.
This section contains the following APIs:

526/963
HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725















38.3.5
HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying()
HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT()
HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying()
HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying()
HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT()
HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT()
HAL_LTDC_EnableDither()
HAL_LTDC_DisableDither()
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize()
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition()
HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat()
HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha()
HAL_LTDC_SetAddress()
HAL_LTDC_SetPitch()
HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent()
Peripheral State and Errors functions
This subsection provides functions allowing to


Check the LTDC state.
Get error code.
This section contains the following APIs:


38.3.6
38.3.7
38.3.8
HAL_LTDC_GetState()
HAL_LTDC_GetError()
HAL_LTDC_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_Init (LTDC_HandleTypeDef *
hltdc)
Function Description
Initializes the LTDC according to the specified parameters in the
LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DeInit (LTDC_HandleTypeDef
* hltdc)
Function Description
Deinitializes the LTDC peripheral registers to their default reset
values.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

None
HAL_LTDC_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_LTDC_MspInit (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
Initializes the LTDC MSP.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
527/963
UM1725
38.3.9
38.3.10
38.3.11
38.3.12
38.3.13
528/963
Parameters

hltdc: : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

None
HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
DeInitializes the LTDC MSP.
Parameters

hltdc: : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

None
HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
Error LTDC callback.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

None
HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback (LTDC_HandleTypeDef *
hltdc)
Function Description
Line Event callback.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

None
HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
Handles LTDC interrupt request.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
Error LTDC callback.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
38.3.14
38.3.15
HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback
Function Name
void HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback (LTDC_HandleTypeDef *
hltdc)
Function Description
Line Event callback.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

None
HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *
pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Configure the LTDC Layer according to the specified parameters
in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
Parameters



Return values
38.3.16
HAL status
HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t RGBValue, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Function Description
Configure the color keying.
Parameters

Return values
38.3.17

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
pLayerCfg: pointer to a LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for the Layer.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
RGBValue: the color key value
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t * pCLUT, uint32_t
CLUTSize, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Load the color lookup table.
Parameters




hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
pCLUT: pointer to the color lookup table address.
CLUTSize: the color lookup table size.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
DOCID025834 Rev 3
529/963
UM1725
the following values: 0 or 1
Return values
38.3.18
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Enable the color keying.
Parameters

HAL status
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Disable the color keying.
Parameters


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Enable the color lookup table.
Parameters


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Disable the color lookup table.
Parameters

Return values
530/963

Function Name
Return values
38.3.21

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1
HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying
Return values
38.3.20
HAL status
HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying
Return values
38.3.19


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1

HAL status
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
38.3.22
38.3.23
38.3.24
HAL_LTDC_EnableDither
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableDither
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
Enables Dither.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_DisableDither
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableDither
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
Disables Dither.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize,
uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Set the LTDC window size.
Parameters

Return values
38.3.25

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0,
uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Set the LTDC window position.
Parameters

Return values
38.3.26



hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
XSize: LTDC Pixel per line
YSize: LTDC Line number
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1



hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
X0: LTDC window X offset
Y0: LTDC window Y offset
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat
DOCID025834 Rev 3
531/963
Function Name
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Pixelformat, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Function Description
Reconfigure the pixel format.
Parameters

Return values
38.3.27
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Alpha, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Function Description
Reconfigure the layer alpha value.
Parameters



hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Alpha: new alpha value.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_SetAddress
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAddress
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Address, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Function Description
Reconfigure the frame buffer Address.
Parameters

Return values
38.3.29

HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha
Return values
38.3.28


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Pixelformat: new pixel format value.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1.


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Address: new address value.
LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of
the following values: 0 or 1.

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_SetPitch
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPitch
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LinePitchInPixels,
uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function Description
Function used to reconfigure the pitch for specific cases where the
attached LayerIdx buffer have a width that is larger than the one
intended to be displayed on screen.
Parameters


532/963
hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
LinePitchInPixels: New line pitch in pixels to configure for
LTDC layer 'LayerIdx'.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
38.3.30
38.3.32
LayerIdx: LTDC layer index concerned by the modification of
line pitch.

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Line)
Function Description
Define the position of the line interrupt .
Parameters

Return values
38.3.31


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Line: Line Interrupt Position.

HAL status
HAL_LTDC_GetState
Function Name
HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef HAL_LTDC_GetState
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
Return the LTDC state.
Parameters

hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_LTDC_GetError
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_LTDC_GetError (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Function Description
Return the LTDC error code.
Parameters

hltdc: : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values

LTDC Error Code
38.4
LTDC Firmware driver defines
38.4.1
LTDC
LTDC Alpha
LTDC_ALPHA
LTDC Cte Alpha mask
LTDC BACK COLOR
LTDC_COLOR
Color mask
LTDC Blending Factor1
LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR1_CA
Blending factor : Cte Alpha
LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR1_PAxCA
Blending factor : Cte Alpha x Pixel Alpha
LTDC Blending Factor2
LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR2_CA
Blending factor : Cte Alpha
DOCID025834 Rev 3
533/963
UM1725
LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR2_PAxCA
Blending factor : Cte Alpha x Pixel Alpha
LTDC DE POLARITY
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL
Data Enable, is active low.
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH
Data Enable, is active high.
LTDC Error Code
HAL_LTDC_ERROR_NONE
LTDC No error
HAL_LTDC_ERROR_TE
LTDC Transfer error
HAL_LTDC_ERROR_FU
LTDC FIFO Underrun
HAL_LTDC_ERROR_TIMEOUT
LTDC Timeout error
LTDC Exported Macros
__HAL_LTDC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset LTDC handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the LTDC
handle.
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LTDC_ENABLE

Enable the LTDC.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_LTDC_DISABLE

Disable the LTDC.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
Return value:

__HAL_LTDC_LAYER_ENABLE
None.
Description:

Enable the LTDC Layer.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
__LAYER__: Specify the layer to be
enabled This parameter can be 0 or 1
Return value:

534/963
None.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
__HAL_LTDC_LAYER_DISABLE
Description:

Disable the LTDC Layer.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
__LAYER__: Specify the layer to be
disabled This parameter can be 0 or 1
Return value:

__HAL_LTDC_RELOAD_CONFIG
None.
Description:

Reload Layer Configuration.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG

Get the LTDC pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
__FLAG__: Get the specified flag. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag

LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun
Interrupt flag

LTDC_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error
interrupt flag

LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload
Interrupt Flag
Return value:

__HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG
The: state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
Description:

Clears the LTDC pending flags.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
__FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
This parameter can be any combination
of the following values:

LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag

LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun
Interrupt flag

LTDC_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error
interrupt flag

LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload
DOCID025834 Rev 3
535/963
UM1725
Interrupt Flag
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT

Enables the specified LTDC interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the LTDC
interrupt sources to be enabled. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt flag

LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun
Interrupt flag

LTDC_IT_TE: Transfer Error
interrupt flag

LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload
Interrupt Flag
Return value:

None
Description:
__HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT

Disables the specified LTDC interrupts.
Parameters:


__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the LTDC
interrupt sources to be disabled. This
parameter can be any combination of the
following values:

LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt flag

LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun
Interrupt flag

LTDC_IT_TE: Transfer Error
interrupt flag

LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload
Interrupt Flag
Return value:

__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE
None
Description:

Checks whether the specified LTDC
interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:


536/963
__HANDLE__: LTDC handle
__INTERRUPT__: specifies the LTDC
interrupt source to check. This parameter
can be one of the following values:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725




LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt flag
LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun
Interrupt flag
LTDC_IT_TE: Transfer Error
interrupt flag
LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload
Interrupt Flag
Return value:

The: state of INTERRUPT (SET or
RESET).
LTDC Exported Types
MAX_LAYER
LTDC Flag
LTDC_FLAG_LI
LTDC_FLAG_FU
LTDC_FLAG_TE
LTDC_FLAG_RR
LTDC HS POLARITY
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL
Horizontal Synchronization is active low.
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH
Horizontal Synchronization is active high.
LTDC Interrupts
LTDC_IT_LI
LTDC_IT_FU
LTDC_IT_TE
LTDC_IT_RR
LTDC LAYER Config
LTDC_STOPPOSITION
LTDC Layer stop position
LTDC_STARTPOSITION
LTDC Layer start position
LTDC_COLOR_FRAME_BUFFER
LTDC Layer Line length
LTDC_LINE_NUMBER
LTDC Layer Line number
LTDC PC POLARITY
LTDC_PCPOLARITY_IPC
input pixel clock.
LTDC_PCPOLARITY_IIPC
inverted input pixel clock.
LTDC Pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB8888
ARGB8888 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB888
RGB888 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565
RGB565 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB1555
ARGB1555 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB4444
ARGB4444 LTDC pixel format
DOCID025834 Rev 3
537/963
UM1725
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_L8
L8 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL44
AL44 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL88
AL88 LTDC pixel format
LTDC Private Macros
LTDC_LAYER
IS_LTDC_LAYER
IS_LTDC_HSPOL
IS_LTDC_VSPOL
IS_LTDC_DEPOL
IS_LTDC_PCPOL
IS_LTDC_HSYNC
IS_LTDC_VSYNC
IS_LTDC_AHBP
IS_LTDC_AVBP
IS_LTDC_AAW
IS_LTDC_AAH
IS_LTDC_TOTALW
IS_LTDC_TOTALH
IS_LTDC_BLUEVALUE
IS_LTDC_GREENVALUE
IS_LTDC_REDVALUE
IS_LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR1
IS_LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR2
IS_LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT
IS_LTDC_ALPHA
IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST
IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP
IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST
IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP
IS_LTDC_CFBP
IS_LTDC_CFBLL
IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR
IS_LTDC_LIPOS
LTDC SYNC
LTDC_HORIZONTALSYNC
Horizontal synchronization width.
LTDC_VERTICALSYNC
Vertical synchronization height.
LTDC VS POLARITY
538/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL
Vertical Synchronization is active low.
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH
Vertical Synchronization is active high.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
539/963
UM1725
39
HAL LTDC Extension Driver
39.1
HAL LTDC Extension Driver
39.2
LTDCEx Firmware driver API description
39.2.1
Initialization and Configuration functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

Initialize and configure the LTDC
This section contains the following APIs:


39.2.2
39.2.3
540/963
HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromVideoConfig()
HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig()
HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromVideoConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromVideoConfig
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef * VidCfg)
Function Description
Retrieve common parameters from DSI Video mode configuration
structure.
Parameters


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
VidCfg: pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that
contains the DSI video mode configuration parameters
Return values

HAL status
Notes

The implementation of this function is taking into account the
LTDC polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC
specification
HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef
HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig
(LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef *
CmdCfg)
Function Description
Retrieve common parameters from DSI Adapted command mode
configuration structure.
Parameters


hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
CmdCfg: pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that
contains the DSI command mode configuration parameters
Return values

HAL status
Notes

The implementation of this function is taking into account the
LTDC polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC
specification
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
39.3
LTDCEx Firmware driver defines
DOCID025834 Rev 3
541/963
UM1725
40
HAL NAND Generic Driver
40.1
HAL NAND Generic Driver
40.2
NAND Firmware driver registers structures
40.2.1
NAND_IDTypeDef
Data Fields




uint8_t Maker_Id
uint8_t Device_Id
uint8_t Third_Id
uint8_t Fourth_Id
Field Documentation




40.2.2
uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Maker_Id
uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Device_Id
uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Third_Id
uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Fourth_Id
NAND_AddressTypeDef
Data Fields



uint16_t Page
uint16_t Zone
uint16_t Block
Field Documentation



40.2.3
uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Page
NAND memory Page address
uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Zone
NAND memory Zone address
uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Block
NAND memory Block address
NAND_InfoTypeDef
Data Fields


542/963
uint32_t PageSize
uint32_t SpareAreaSize
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725



uint32_t BlockSize
uint32_t BlockNbr
uint32_t ZoneSize
Field Documentation





40.2.4
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::PageSize
NAND memory page (without spare area) size measured in K. bytes
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::SpareAreaSize
NAND memory spare area size measured in K. bytes
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::BlockSize
NAND memory block size number of pages
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::BlockNbr
NAND memory number of blocks
uint32_t NAND_InfoTypeDef::ZoneSize
NAND memory zone size measured in number of blocks
NAND_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields





FMC_NAND_TypeDef * Instance
FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef State
NAND_InfoTypeDef Info
Field Documentation





FMC_NAND_TypeDef* NAND_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Init
NAND device control configuration parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Lock
NAND locking object
__IO HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::State
NAND device access state
NAND_InfoTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Info
NAND characteristic information structure
40.3
NAND Firmware driver API description
40.3.1
How to use this driver
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control NAND
flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface with NAND devices.
This driver is used as follows:

NAND flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NAND_Init()
with control and timing parameters for both common and attribute spaces.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
543/963
UM1725







Read NAND flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
HAL_NAND_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NAND_ID_TypeDef
structure declared by the function caller.
Access NAND flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
HAL_NAND_Read_Page()/HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea(),
HAL_NAND_Write_Page()/HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea() to read/write
page(s)/spare area(s). These functions use specific device information (Block, page
size..) predefined by the user in the HAL_NAND_Info_TypeDef structure. The
read/write address information is contained by the Nand_Address_Typedef structure
passed as parameter.
Perform NAND flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_NAND_Reset().
Perform NAND flash erase block operation using the function
HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(). The erase block address information is contained in the
Nand_Address_Typedef structure passed as parameter.
Read the NAND flash status operation using the function HAL_NAND_Read_Status().
You can also control the NAND device by calling the control APIs
HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()/ HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable() to respectively
enable/disable the ECC code correction feature or the function HAL_NAND_GetECC()
to get the ECC correction code.
You can monitor the NAND device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_NAND_GetState()
This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NAND flash
operations. If a NAND flash device contains different operations and/or
implementations, it should be implemented separately.
40.3.2
NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the NAND memory
This section contains the following APIs:






40.3.3
HAL_NAND_Init()
HAL_NAND_DeInit()
HAL_NAND_MspInit()
HAL_NAND_MspDeInit()
HAL_NAND_IRQHandler()
HAL_NAND_ITCallback()
NAND Input and Output functions
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NAND memory
This section contains the following APIs:









544/963
HAL_NAND_Read_ID()
HAL_NAND_Reset()
HAL_NAND_Read_Page()
HAL_NAND_Write_Page()
HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea()
HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea()
HAL_NAND_Erase_Block()
HAL_NAND_Read_Status()
HAL_NAND_Address_Inc()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
40.3.4
NAND Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically the NAND
interface.
This section contains the following APIs:



40.3.5
HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()
HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable()
HAL_NAND_GetECC()
NAND State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NAND controller and the data
flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


40.3.6
HAL_NAND_GetState()
HAL_NAND_Read_Status()
HAL_NAND_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Init (NAND_HandleTypeDef *
hnand, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *
ComSpace_Timing, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *
AttSpace_Timing)
Function Description
Perform NAND memory Initialization sequence.
Parameters


hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
ComSpace_Timing: pointer to Common space timing
structure
AttSpace_Timing: pointer to Attribute space timing structure

HAL status

Return values
40.3.7
40.3.8
HAL_NAND_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_DeInit
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
Perform NAND memory De-Initialization sequence.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NAND_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_NAND_MspInit (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
NAND MSP Init.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
545/963
UM1725
40.3.9
40.3.10
40.3.11
40.3.12
HAL_NAND_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_NAND_MspDeInit (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
NAND MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

None
HAL_NAND_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_NAND_IRQHandler (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
This function handles NAND device interrupt request.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NAND_ITCallback
Function Name
void HAL_NAND_ITCallback (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
NAND interrupt feature callback.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

None
HAL_NAND_Read_ID
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_ID
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_IDTypeDef *
pNAND_ID)
Function Description
Read the NAND memory electronic signature.
Parameters

Return values
40.3.13
40.3.14
546/963

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pNAND_ID: NAND ID structure

HAL status
HAL_NAND_Reset
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Reset
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
NAND memory reset.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NAND_Read_Page
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead)
Function Description
Read Page(s) from NAND memory block.
Parameters

Return values
40.3.15
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite)
Function Description
Write Page(s) to NAND memory block.
Parameters




hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: : pointer to NAND address structure
pBuffer: : pointer to source buffer to write
NumPageToWrite: : number of pages to write to block

HAL status
HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead)
Function Description
Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory.
Parameters

Return values
40.3.17

HAL_NAND_Write_Page
Return values
40.3.16



hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: : pointer to NAND address structure
pBuffer: : pointer to destination read buffer
NumPageToRead: : number of pages to read from block



hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: : pointer to NAND address structure
pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write
NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read

HAL status
HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite)
Function Description
Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory.
Parameters




hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: : pointer to NAND address structure
pBuffer: : pointer to source buffer to write
NumSpareAreaTowrite: : number of spare areas to write to
DOCID025834 Rev 3
547/963
UM1725
block
Return values
40.3.18
40.3.20
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Erase_Block
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress)
Function Description
NAND memory Block erase.
Parameters


hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: : pointer to NAND address structure

HAL status
HAL_NAND_Read_Status
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status (NAND_HandleTypeDef *
hnand)
Function Description
NAND memory read status.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

NAND status
HAL_NAND_Address_Inc
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NAND_Address_Inc (NAND_HandleTypeDef *
hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress)
Function Description
Increment the NAND memory address.
Parameters


Return values
40.3.21
40.3.22
548/963
HAL status
HAL_NAND_Erase_Block
Return values
40.3.19


hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
The new status of the increment address operation. It can be:
NAND_VALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is valid
addressNAND_INVALID_ADDRESS: When the new address
is invalid address
HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
Enables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
40.3.23
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NAND_GetECC
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetECC
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, uint32_t * ECCval, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Disables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
Parameters

Return values
40.3.24
40.3.25


hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
ECCval: pointer to ECC value
Timeout: maximum timeout to wait

HAL status
HAL_NAND_GetState
Function Name
HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetState
(NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Function Description
return the NAND state
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_NAND_Read_Status
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status (NAND_HandleTypeDef *
hnand)
Function Description
NAND memory read status.
Parameters

hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NAND module.
Return values

NAND status
40.4
NAND Firmware driver defines
40.4.1
NAND
NAND Exported Macros
__HAL_NAND_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset NAND handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the NAND
DOCID025834 Rev 3
549/963
UM1725
handle.
Return value:

None
NAND Private Constants
NAND_DEVICE1
NAND_DEVICE2
NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT
CMD_AREA
ADDR_AREA
NAND_CMD_AREA_A
NAND_CMD_AREA_B
NAND_CMD_AREA_C
NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1
NAND_CMD_WRITE0
NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1
NAND_CMD_ERASE0
NAND_CMD_ERASE1
NAND_CMD_READID
NAND_CMD_STATUS
NAND_CMD_LOCK_STATUS
NAND_CMD_RESET
NAND_VALID_ADDRESS
NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS
NAND_TIMEOUT_ERROR
NAND_BUSY
NAND_ERROR
NAND_READY
NAND Private Macros
ARRAY_ADDRESS
Description:

NAND memory address computation.
Parameters:


__ADDRESS__: NAND memory address.
__HANDLE__: NAND handle.
Return value:

ADDR_1ST_CYCLE
550/963
NAND: Raw address value
Description:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

NAND memory address cycling.
Parameters:

__ADDRESS__: NAND memory address.
Return value:

NAND: address cycling value.
ADDR_2ND_CYCLE
ADDR_3RD_CYCLE
ADDR_4TH_CYCLE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
551/963
UM1725
41
HAL NOR Generic Driver
41.1
HAL NOR Generic Driver
41.2
NOR Firmware driver registers structures
41.2.1
NOR_IDTypeDef
Data Fields




uint16_t Manufacturer_Code
uint16_t Device_Code1
uint16_t Device_Code2
uint16_t Device_Code3
Field Documentation




41.2.2
uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Manufacturer_Code
Defines the device's manufacturer code used to identify the memory
uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Device_Code1
uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Device_Code2
uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Device_Code3
Defines the device's codes used to identify the memory. These codes can be
accessed by performing read operations with specific control signals and addresses
set.They can also be accessed by issuing an Auto Select command
NOR_CFITypeDef
Data Fields




uint16_t CFI_1
uint16_t CFI_2
uint16_t CFI_3
uint16_t CFI_4
Field Documentation




552/963
uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_1
< Defines the information stored in the memory's Common flash interface which
contains a description of various electrical and timing parameters, density information
and functions supported by the memory
uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_2
uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_3
uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_4
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
41.2.3
NOR_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields





FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef * Instance
FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef * Extended
FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef Init
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation





FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef* NOR_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef* NOR_HandleTypeDef::Extended
Extended mode register base address
FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::Init
NOR device control configuration parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::Lock
NOR locking object
__IO HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::State
NOR device access state
41.3
NOR Firmware driver API description
41.3.1
How to use this driver
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control NOR
flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface with NOR devices. This
driver is used as follows:







NOR flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NOR_Init() with
control and timing parameters for both normal and extended mode.
Read NOR flash memory manufacturer code and device IDs using the function
HAL_NOR_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NOR_ID_TypeDef
structure declared by the function caller.
Access NOR flash memory by read/write data unit operations using the functions
HAL_NOR_Read(), HAL_NOR_Program().
Perform NOR flash erase block/chip operations using the functions
HAL_NOR_Erase_Block() and HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip().
Read the NOR flash CFI (common flash interface) IDs using the function
HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(). The read information is stored in the NOR_CFI_TypeDef
structure declared by the function caller.
You can also control the NOR device by calling the control APIs
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()/ HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable() to
respectively enable/disable the NOR write operation
You can monitor the NOR device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_NOR_GetState()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
553/963
UM1725
This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NOR flash operations.
If a NOR flash device contains different operations and/or implementations, it
should be implemented separately.
NOR HAL driver macros list
Below the list of most used macros in NOR HAL driver.

41.3.2
NOR_WRITE : NOR memory write data to specified address
NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the NOR memory
This section contains the following APIs:





41.3.3
HAL_NOR_Init()
HAL_NOR_DeInit()
HAL_NOR_MspInit()
HAL_NOR_MspDeInit()
HAL_NOR_MspWait()
NOR Input and Output functions
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NOR memory
This section contains the following APIs:









41.3.4
HAL_NOR_Read_ID()
HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode()
HAL_NOR_Read()
HAL_NOR_Program()
HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer()
HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer()
HAL_NOR_Erase_Block()
HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip()
HAL_NOR_Read_CFI()
NOR Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically the NOR
interface.
This section contains the following APIs:


41.3.5
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable()
NOR State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NOR controller and the data
flow.
This section contains the following APIs:


41.3.6
554/963
HAL_NOR_GetState()
HAL_NOR_GetStatus()
HAL_NOR_Init
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
41.3.7
41.3.8
41.3.9
41.3.10
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Init (NOR_HandleTypeDef *
hnor, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef * Timing,
FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef * ExtTiming)
Function Description
Perform the NOR memory Initialization sequence.
Parameters



hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
Timing: pointer to NOR control timing structure
ExtTiming: pointer to NOR extended mode timing structure
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_DeInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef *
hnor)
Function Description
Perform NOR memory De-Initialization sequence.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_NOR_MspInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
NOR MSP Init.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

None
HAL_NOR_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_NOR_MspDeInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
NOR MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Return values

None
HAL_NOR_MspWait
Function Name
void HAL_NOR_MspWait (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor,
uint32_t Timeout)
Function Description
NOR BSP Wait for Ready/Busy signal.
Parameters

Return values
41.3.11

hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for NOR module.
Timeout: Maximum timeout value

None
HAL_NOR_Read_ID
DOCID025834 Rev 3
555/963
41.3.12
41.3.13
41.3.14
41.3.15
556/963
Function Name
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_ID
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, NOR_IDTypeDef * pNOR_ID)
Function Description
Read NOR flash IDs.
Parameters


hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
pNOR_ID: : pointer to NOR ID structure
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
Returns the NOR memory to Read mode.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_Read
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read (NOR_HandleTypeDef *
hnor, uint32_t * pAddress, uint16_t * pData)
Function Description
Read data from NOR memory.
Parameters



hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
pAddress: pointer to Device address
pData: : pointer to read data
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_Program
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Program
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t * pAddress, uint16_t *
pData)
Function Description
Program data to NOR memory.
Parameters



hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
pAddress: Device address
pData: : pointer to the data to write
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *
pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
Function Description
Reads a half-word buffer from the NOR memory.
Parameters



hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
uwAddress: NOR memory internal address to read from.
pData: pointer to the buffer that receives the data read from
the NOR memory.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
41.3.16
41.3.17
41.3.18
41.3.19
41.3.20

uwBufferSize: : number of Half word to read.

HAL status
HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *
pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
Function Description
Writes a half-word buffer to the NOR memory.
Parameters




hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
uwAddress: NOR memory internal start write address
pData: pointer to source data buffer.
uwBufferSize: Size of the buffer to write
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_Erase_Block
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Block
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t BlockAddress, uint32_t
Address)
Function Description
Erase the specified block of the NOR memory.
Parameters



hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
BlockAddress: : Block to erase address
Address: Device address
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t Address)
Function Description
Erase the entire NOR chip.
Parameters


hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
Address: : Device address
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_Read_CFI
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_CFI
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, NOR_CFITypeDef * pNOR_CFI)
Function Description
Read NOR flash CFI IDs.
Parameters


hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
pNOR_CFI: : pointer to NOR CFI IDs structure
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable
DOCID025834 Rev 3
557/963
UM1725
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
41.3.21
41.3.22
41.3.23
Function Description
Enables dynamically NOR write operation.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
Disables dynamically NOR write operation.
Parameters

hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_NOR_GetState
Function Name
HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetState
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Function Description
return the NOR controller state
Parameters

hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
Return values

NOR controller state
HAL_NOR_GetStatus
Function Name
HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetStatus
(NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t Address, uint32_t
Timeout)
Function Description
Returns the NOR operation status.
Parameters



hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
Address: Device address
Timeout: NOR programming Timeout
Return values

NOR_Status The returned value can be:
HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR or
HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT
41.4
NOR Firmware driver defines
41.4.1
NOR
NOR Exported Macros
__HAL_NOR_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset NOR handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the NOR handle.
Return value:
558/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

None
NOR Private Constants
MC_ADDRESS
DEVICE_CODE1_ADDR
DEVICE_CODE2_ADDR
DEVICE_CODE3_ADDR
CFI1_ADDRESS
CFI2_ADDRESS
CFI3_ADDRESS
CFI4_ADDRESS
NOR_TMEOUT
NOR_MEMORY_8B
NOR_MEMORY_16B
NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1
NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2
NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3
NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4
NOR Private Defines
NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST
NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI
NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND
NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD
NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH
NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH
NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH
NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET
NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST
NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND
NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT
NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM
NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD
NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH
NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH
NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE
NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI
NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG
DOCID025834 Rev 3
559/963
UM1725
NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM
NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE
NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5
NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6
NOR Private Macros
NOR_ADDR_SHIFT
Description:

NOR memory address shifting.
Parameters:



__NOR_ADDRESS__: NOR base address
NOR_MEMORY_WIDTH: NOR memory width
ADDRESS: NOR memory address
Return value:

NOR_WRITE
NOR: shifted address value
Description:

NOR memory write data to specified address.
Parameters:


ADDRESS: NOR memory address
DATA: Data to write
Return value:

560/963
None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
42
HAL PCCARD Generic Driver
42.1
HAL PCCARD Generic Driver
42.2
PCCARD Firmware driver registers structures
42.2.1
PCCARD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields




FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef * Instance
FMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef Init
__IO HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef State
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
Field Documentation




FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef* PCCARD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address for PCCARD device
FMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef PCCARD_HandleTypeDef::Init
PCCARD device control configuration parameters
__IO HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef PCCARD_HandleTypeDef::State
PCCARD device access state
HAL_LockTypeDef PCCARD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
PCCARD Lock
42.3
PCCARD Firmware driver API description
42.3.1
How to use this driver
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control
PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface with
PCCARD devices. This driver is used for:






PCCARD/Compact Flash memory configuration sequence using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Init()/HAL_CF_Init() with control and timing parameters for both
common and attribute spaces.
Read PCCARD/Compact Flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID()/HAL_CF_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the
CompactFlash_ID structure declared by the function caller.
Access PCCARD/Compact Flash memory by read/write operations using the
functions HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/ HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector() HAL_CF_Read_Sector()/HAL_CF_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector.
Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash Reset chip operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Reset()/HAL_CF_Reset.
Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash erase sector operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector()/HAL_CF_Erase_Sector.
Read the PCCARD/Compact Flash status operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus()/HAL_CF_ReadStatus().
DOCID025834 Rev 3
561/963
UM1725

You can monitor the PCCARD/Compact Flash device HAL state by calling the
function HAL_PCCARD_GetState()/HAL_CF_GetState()
This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact
flash operations. If a PCCARD/Compact Flash device contains different
operations and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
42.3.2
PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the PCCARD memory
This section contains the following APIs:




42.3.3
HAL_PCCARD_Init()
HAL_PCCARD_DeInit()
HAL_PCCARD_MspInit()
HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit()
PCCARD Input and Output functions
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory
This section contains the following APIs:







42.3.4
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID()
HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()
HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector()
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector()
HAL_PCCARD_Reset()
HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler()
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback()
PCCARD State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller and the
data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:



42.3.5
HAL_PCCARD_GetState()
HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus()
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus()
HAL_PCCARD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard,
FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef * ComSpaceTiming,
FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef * AttSpaceTiming,
FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef * IOSpaceTiming)
Function Description
Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence.
Parameters



562/963
hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
ComSpaceTiming: Common space timing structure
AttSpaceTiming: Attribute space timing structure
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
42.3.6
42.3.7
42.3.8
42.3.9
IOSpaceTiming: IO space timing structure

HAL status
HAL_PCCARD_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_DeInit
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCCARD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hpccard)
Function Description
PCCARD MSP Init.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

None
HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hpccard)
Function Description
PCCARD MSP DeInit.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

None
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard, uint8_t
CompactFlash_ID, uint8_t * pStatus)
Function Description
Read Compact Flash's ID.
Parameters

Return values
42.3.10



hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
CompactFlash_ID: Compact flash ID structure.
pStatus: pointer to compact flash status

HAL status
HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector
DOCID025834 Rev 3
563/963
Function Name
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard, uint16_t * pBuffer,
uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t * pStatus)
Function Description
Read sector from PCCARD memory.
Parameters

Return values
42.3.11
564/963
HAL status
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard, uint16_t * pBuffer,
uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t * pStatus)
Function Description
Write sector to PCCARD memory.
Parameters




hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
pBuffer: pointer to source write buffer
SectorAddress: Sector address to write
pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status

HAL status
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress,
uint8_t * pStatus)
Function Description
Erase sector from PCCARD memory.
Parameters

Return values
42.3.13

HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector
Return values
42.3.12



hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer
SectorAddress: Sector address to read
pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status


hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
SectorAddress: Sector address to erase
pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status

HAL status
HAL_PCCARD_Reset
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
Reset the PCCARD memory.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
42.3.14
42.3.15
42.3.16
42.3.17
42.3.18

HAL status
HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hpccard)
Function Description
This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback (PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hpccard)
Function Description
PCCARD interrupt feature callback.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

None
HAL_PCCARD_GetState
Function Name
HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
return the PCCARD controller state
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

HAL state
HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus
Function Name
HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
Get the compact flash memory status.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

New status of the PCCARD operation. This parameter can
be: CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous
operation generate a Timeout errorCompactFlash_READY:
when memory is ready for the next operation
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus
Function Name
HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus
DOCID025834 Rev 3
565/963
UM1725
(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef * hpccard)
Function Description
Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status
command.
Parameters

hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure
that contains the configuration information for PCCARD
module.
Return values

The status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter
can be: CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is
busyCompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the
next operationCompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous
operation generates error
42.4
PCCARD Firmware driver defines
42.4.1
PCCARD
PCCARD Exported Macros
__HAL_PCCARD_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:

Reset PCCARD handle state.
Parameters:

__HANDLE__: specifies the PCCARD
handle.
Return value:

PCCARD Private Constants
PCCARD_DEVICE_ADDRESS
PCCARD_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE_ADDRESS
PCCARD_COMMON_SPACE_ADDRESS
PCCARD_IO_SPACE_ADDRESS
PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR
ATA_DATA
ATA_SECTOR_COUNT
ATA_SECTOR_NUMBER
ATA_CYLINDER_LOW
ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH
ATA_CARD_HEAD
ATA_STATUS_CMD
ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE
ATA_COMMON_DATA_AREA
ATA_CARD_CONFIGURATION
ATA_READ_SECTOR_CMD
566/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
None
UM1725
ATA_WRITE_SECTOR_CMD
ATA_ERASE_SECTOR_CMD
ATA_IDENTIFY_CMD
PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR
PCCARD_BUSY
PCCARD_PROGR
PCCARD_READY
PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE
PCCARD Private Defines
PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID
PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR
PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR
PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS
PCCARD_STATUS_OK
PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK
DOCID025834 Rev 3
567/963
UM1725
43
HAL PCD Generic Driver
43.1
HAL PCD Generic Driver
43.2
PCD Firmware driver registers structures
43.2.1
PCD_HandleTypeDef
Data Fields








PCD_TypeDef * Instance
PCD_InitTypeDef Init
PCD_EPTypeDef IN_ep
PCD_EPTypeDef OUT_ep
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
__IO PCD_StateTypeDef State
uint32_t Setup
void * pData
Field Documentation








PCD_TypeDef* PCD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
PCD_InitTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::Init
PCD required parameters
PCD_EPTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::IN_ep[15]
IN endpoint parameters
PCD_EPTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::OUT_ep[15]
OUT endpoint parameters
HAL_LockTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
PCD peripheral status
__IO PCD_StateTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::State
PCD communication state
uint32_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::Setup[12]
Setup packet buffer
void* PCD_HandleTypeDef::pData
Pointer to upper stack Handler
43.3
PCD Firmware driver API description
43.3.1
How to use this driver
The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
568/963
Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: PCD_HandleTypeDef
hpcd;
Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the PCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
a.
5.
6.
43.3.2
Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using

__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE();

__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)
b.
Initialize the related GPIO clocks
c.
Configure PCD pin-out
d.
Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
a.
hpcd.pData = pdev;
Enable PCD transmission and reception:
a.
HAL_PCD_Start();
Initialization and de-initialization functions
This section provides functions allowing to:
This section contains the following APIs:




43.3.3
HAL_PCD_Init()
HAL_PCD_DeInit()
HAL_PCD_MspInit()
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit()
IO operation functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:














43.3.4
HAL_PCD_Start()
HAL_PCD_Stop()
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler()
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback()
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback()
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback()
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback()
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback()
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback()
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback()
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback()
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback()
Peripheral Control functions
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data transfers.
This section contains the following APIs:









HAL_PCD_DevConnect()
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect()
HAL_PCD_SetAddress()
HAL_PCD_EP_Open()
HAL_PCD_EP_Close()
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive()
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount()
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit()
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall()
DOCID025834 Rev 3
569/963
UM1725




43.3.5
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall()
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush()
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup()
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup()
Peripheral State functions
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
This section contains the following APIs:

43.3.6
43.3.7
43.3.8
43.3.9
43.3.10
570/963
HAL_PCD_GetState()
HAL_PCD_Init
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Initializes the PCD according to the specified parameters in the
PCD_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_DeInit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
DeInitializes the PCD peripheral.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_MspInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_MspInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Initializes the PCD MSP.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
DeInitializes PCD MSP.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_Start
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Start The USB OTG Device.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
43.3.11
43.3.12
43.3.13
43.3.14
43.3.15
43.3.16
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_Stop
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Stop The USB OTG Device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Handles PCD interrupt request.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Data OUT stage callback.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Data IN stage callback.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Setup stage callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback
DOCID025834 Rev 3
571/963
43.3.17
43.3.18
43.3.19
43.3.20
43.3.21
572/963
Function Name
UM1725
void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
USB Start Of Frame callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
USB Reset callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Suspend event callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Resume event callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Incomplete ISO OUT callback.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Function Description
Incomplete ISO IN callback.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
epnum: endpoint number
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
43.3.22
43.3.23
43.3.24
43.3.25
43.3.26
43.3.27

None
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Connection event callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd)
Function Description
Disconnection event callback.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

None
HAL_PCD_DevConnect
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Connect the USB device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Disconnect the USB device.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_SetAddress
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t address)
Function Description
Set the USB Device address.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
address: new device address
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_EP_Open
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open
DOCID025834 Rev 3
573/963
UM1725
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t
ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
43.3.28
43.3.29
43.3.30
43.3.31
574/963
Function Description
Open and configure an endpoint.
Parameters




hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
ep_mps: endpoint max packet size
ep_type: endpoint type
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_EP_Close
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Deactivate an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t * pBuf,
uint32_t len)
Function Description
Receive an amount of data.
Parameters




hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer
len: amount of data to be received
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount
Function Name
uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Get Received Data Size.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

Data Size
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t * pBuf,
uint32_t len)
Function Description
Send an amount of data.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Return values
43.3.32
43.3.33
43.3.34
43.3.35
43.3.36


pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer
len: amount of data to be sent

HAL status
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Set a STALL condition over an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Function Description
Flush an endpoint.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
ep_addr: endpoint address
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Activate remote wakeup signalling.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
De-activate remote wakeup signalling.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
DOCID025834 Rev 3
575/963
UM1725
Return values
43.3.37

HAL status
HAL_PCD_GetState
Function Name
PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState (PCD_HandleTypeDef
* hpcd)
Function Description
Return the PCD handle state.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL state
43.4
PCD Firmware driver defines
43.4.1
PCD
PCD Exported Macros
__HAL_PCD_ENABLE
__HAL_PCD_DISABLE
__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG
__HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT
__HAL_PCD_UNGATE_PHYCLOCK
__HAL_PCD_GATE_PHYCLOCK
__HAL_PCD_IS_PHY_SUSPENDED
USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_RISING_EDGE
USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_FALLING_EDGE
USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_RISING_EDGE
USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_FALLING_EDGE
USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_LINE
External
interrupt
line 20
Connecte
d to the
USB HS
EXTI Line
USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_LINE
External
interrupt
line 18
Connecte
d to the
USB FS
EXTI Line
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
576/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDG
E
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
PCD Instance definition
IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE
PCD PHY Module
PCD_PHY_ULPI
PCD_PHY_EMBEDDED
PCD Private Macros
PCD_MIN
PCD_MAX
PCD Speed
PCD_SPEED_HIGH
PCD_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL
PCD_SPEED_FULL
Turnaround Timeout Value
USBD_HS_TRDT_VALUE
USBD_FS_TRDT_VALUE
DOCID025834 Rev 3
577/963
UM1725
44
HAL PCD Extension Driver
44.1
HAL PCD Extension Driver
44.2
PCDEx Firmware driver API description
44.2.1
Extended features functions
This section provides functions allowing to:

Update FIFO configuration
This section contains the following APIs:





44.2.2
44.2.3
44.2.4
44.2.5
578/963
HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo()
HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo()
HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM()
HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM()
HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback()
HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
Function Description
Set Tx FIFO.
Parameters



hpcd: PCD handle
fifo: The number of Tx fifo
size: Fifo size
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint16_t size)
Function Description
Set Rx FIFO.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
size: Size of Rx fifo
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Activate LPM feature.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
44.2.6
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM
(PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Function Description
Deactivate LPM feature.
Parameters

hpcd: PCD handle
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback
Function Name
void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback (PCD_HandleTypeDef *
hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
Function Description
Send LPM message to user layer callback.
Parameters


hpcd: PCD handle
msg: LPM message
Return values

HAL status
44.3
PCDEx Firmware driver defines
44.3.1
PCDEx
DOCID025834 Rev 3
579/963
UM1725
45
HAL PWR Generic Driver
45.1
HAL PWR Generic Driver
45.2
PWR Firmware driver registers structures
45.2.1
PWR_PVDTypeDef
Data Fields


uint32_t PVDLevel
uint32_t Mode
Field Documentation


uint32_t PWR_PVDTypeDef::PVDLevel
PVDLevel: Specifies the PVD detection level. This parameter can be a value of
PWR_PVD_detection_level
uint32_t PWR_PVDTypeDef::Mode
Mode: Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a
value of PWR_PVD_Mode
45.3
PWR Firmware driver API description
45.3.1
Initialization and de-initialization functions
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers and backup
SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write accesses. To enable access to the
RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:


Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
This section contains the following APIs:



45.3.2
HAL_PWR_DeInit()
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess()
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess()
Peripheral Control functions
PVD configuration


580/963
The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold
selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the PVD
threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16 and can generate an
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725

interrupt if enabled. This is done through __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT()
macro.
The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
Wake-up pin configuration


Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is forced in
input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
There is one Wake-up pin: Wake-up Pin 1 on PA.00.

For STM32F446xx there are two Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00 and Pin2 on
PC.13

For STM32F410xx/STM32F412xG there are three Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on
PA.00, Pin2 on PC.00 and Pin3 on PC.01
Low Power modes configuration
The devices feature 3 low-power modes:



Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode
Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off.
Sleep mode


Entry: The Sleep mode is entered by using the
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON,
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) functions with

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction

PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction The
Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family and is kept as
parameter just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families (STM32L).
Exit: Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
Stop mode
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, and the HSE
RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents are preserved. The
voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. To minimize the
consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before entering the Stop mode
using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function. It can be switched on again by
software after exiting the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown()
function.


Entry: The Stop mode is entered using the
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON) function with:

Main regulator ON.

Low Power regulator ON.
Exit: Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
Standby mode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
581/963
UM1725

The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on
the Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.2V domain
is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are
also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers,
RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby circuitry. The voltage regulator is
OFF.

Entry:

The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
function.

Exit:

WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wake-up,
tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
Auto-wake-up (AWU) from low-power mode


The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wake-up event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on an
external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode).
RTC auto-wake-up (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes

To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.

To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it is
necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using
the HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.

To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Wake-up event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC Wake-up event using the
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
This section contains the following APIs:














45.3.3
582/963
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD()
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD()
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD()
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin()
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin()
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode()
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode()
HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback()
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit()
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit()
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend()
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend()
HAL_PWR_DeInit
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DeInit (void )
Function Description
Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default
reset values.
Return values

None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
45.3.4
45.3.5
45.3.6
45.3.7
45.3.8
45.3.9
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess (void )
Function Description
Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
backup data registers and backup SRAM).
Return values

None
Notes

If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess (void )
Function Description
Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
backup data registers and backup SRAM).
Return values

None
Notes

If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD (PWR_PVDTypeDef * sConfigPVD)
Function Description
Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage
Detector(PVD).
Parameters

sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the PVD.
Return values

None
Notes

Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet
for more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to
each detection level.
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD (void )
Function Description
Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Return values

None
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD (void )
Function Description
Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Return values

None
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
Function Description
Enables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
DOCID025834 Rev 3
583/963
UM1725
45.3.10
45.3.11
Parameters

WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 available only
on STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F412xG
devicesPWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 available only on
STM32F410xx/STM32F412xG devices
Return values

None
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
Function Description
Disables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
Parameters

WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 available only
on STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F412xG
devicesPWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 available only on
STM32F410xx/STM32F412xG devices
Return values

None
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t
SLEEPEntry)
Function Description
Enters Sleep mode.
Parameters


Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator
ONPWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with
low power regulator ON
SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI
or WFE instruction. This parameter can be one of the
following values: PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP
mode with WFI instructionPWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter
SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
Return values

None
Notes

In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run
mode.
In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this
mode with systick interrupt when used as time base for
Timeout
This parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family and is
kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the lower
power families.


45.3.12
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode
Function Name
584/963
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t
STOPEntry)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
Function Description
Enters Stop mode.
Parameters


Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator
ONPWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with
low power regulator ON
STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or
WFE instruction. This parameter can be one of the following
values: PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI
instructionPWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with
WFE instruction
Return values

None
Notes

In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run
mode.
When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up
event, the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an
additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop
mode. By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop
mode, the consumption is higher although the startup time is
reduced.


45.3.13
45.3.14
45.3.15
45.3.16
HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode (void )
Function Description
Enters Standby mode.
Return values

None
Notes

In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
Reset pad (still available)RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured
for tamper, time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC clock
calibration out.RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or
time-stamp.WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled.
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler (void )
Function Description
This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
Return values

None
Notes

This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback (void )
Function Description
PWR PVD interrupt callback.
Return values

None
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit
DOCID025834 Rev 3
585/963
UM1725
45.3.17
45.3.18
45.3.19
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit (void )
Function Description
Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to
Thread mode.
Return values

None
Notes

Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
the processor re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption
handling is over. Setting this bit is useful when the processor
is expected to run only on interruptions handling.
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit (void )
Function Description
Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode
to Thread mode.
Return values

None
Notes

Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is
set, the processor re-enters SLEEP mode when an
interruption handling is over.
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend (void )
Function Description
Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
Return values

None
Notes

Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
this causes WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from
inactive to pended.
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend
Function Name
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend (void )
Function Description
Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
Return values

None
Notes

Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set,
this causes WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from
inactive to pended.
45.4
PWR Firmware driver defines
45.4.1
PWR
PWR CR Register alias address
DBP_BIT_NUMBER
CR_DBP_BB
PVDE_BIT_NUMBER
586/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
CR_PVDE_BB
PMODE_BIT_NUMBER
CR_PMODE_BB
PWR CSR Register alias address
EWUP_BIT_NUMBER
CSR_EWUP_BB
PWR Exported Macro
Description:
__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG

Check PWR flag is set or
not.
Parameters:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
__FLAG__: specifies the
flag to check. This
parameter can be one of the
following values:

PWR_FLAG_WU:
Wake Up flag. This flag
indicates that a wakeup
event was received
from the WKUP pin or
from the RTC alarm
(Alarm A or Alarm B),
RTC Tamper event,
RTC TimeStamp event
or RTC Wakeup. An
additional wakeup
event is detected if the
WKUP pin is enabled
(by setting the EWUP
bit) when the WKUP
pin level is already
high.

PWR_FLAG_SB:
StandBy flag. This flag
indicates that the
system was resumed
from StandBy mode.

PWR_FLAG_PVDO:
PVD Output. This flag
is valid only if PVD is
enabled by the
HAL_PWR_EnablePV
D() function. The PVD
is stopped by Standby
mode For this reason,
this bit is equal to 0
after Standby or reset
until the PVDE bit is
set.

PWR_FLAG_BRR:
587/963

UM1725
Backup regulator ready
flag. This bit is not
reset when the device
wakes up from Standby
mode or by a system
reset or power reset.
PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY
: This flag indicates
that the Regulator
voltage scaling output
selection is ready.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG
The: new state of
__FLAG__ (TRUE or
FALSE).
Description:

Clear the PWR's pending
flags.
Parameters:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
__FLAG__: specifies the
flag to clear. This parameter
can be one of the following
values:

PWR_FLAG_WU:
Wake Up flag

PWR_FLAG_SB:
StandBy flag
Description:

Enable the PVD Exti Line
16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD EXTI Line
16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
None.
Description:

Enable event on PVD Exti
Line 16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:

588/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
None.
Disable event on PVD Exti
UM1725
Line 16.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable the PVD Extended
Interrupt Rising Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD Extended
Interrupt Rising Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Enable the PVD Extended
Interrupt Falling Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD Extended
Interrupt Falling Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

PVD EXTI line
configuration: set rising &
falling edge trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLIN
G_EDGE
None.
Description:

Disable the PVD Extended
Interrupt Rising & Falling
Trigger.
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:

DOCID025834 Rev 3
None.
checks whether the
specified PVD Exti interrupt
flag is set or not.
589/963
UM1725
Return value:

EXTI: PVD Line Status.
Description:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG

Clear the PVD Exti flag.
Return value:

None.
Description:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT

Generates a Software
interrupt on PVD EXTI line.
Return value:

None
PWR Flag
PWR_FLAG_WU
PWR_FLAG_SB
PWR_FLAG_PVDO
PWR_FLAG_BRR
PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY
PWR Private macros to check input parameters
IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL
IS_PWR_PVD_MODE
IS_PWR_REGULATOR
IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY
IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY
PWR PVD detection level
PWR_PVDLEVEL_0
PWR_PVDLEVEL_1
PWR_PVDLEVEL_2
PWR_PVDLEVEL_3
PWR_PVDLEVEL_4
PWR_PVDLEVEL_5
PWR_PVDLEVEL_6
PWR_PVDLEVEL_7
PWR PVD EXTI Line
PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD
External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI Line
PWR PVD Mode
PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL
590/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
basic mode is used
UM1725
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge
trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Falling
edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with
Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING
Event Mode with Rising edge trigger
detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING
Event Mode with Falling edge trigger
detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING
Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge
trigger detection
PWR PVD Mode Mask
PVD_MODE_IT
PVD_MODE_EVT
PVD_RISING_EDGE
PVD_FALLING_EDGE
PWR Register alias address
PWR_OFFSET
PWR_CR_OFFSET
PWR_CSR_OFFSET
PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB
PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB
PWR Regulator state in SLEEP/STOP mode
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON
PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON
PWR SLEEP mode entry
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE
PWR STOP mode entry
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE
PWR WakeUp Pins
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
DOCID025834 Rev 3
591/963
UM1725
46
HAL PWR Extension Driver
46.1
HAL PWR Extension Driver
46.2
PWREx Firmware driver API description
46.2.1
Peripheral extended features functions
Main and Backup Regulators configuration




The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from the
CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is retained even in
Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator is enabled. It can be
considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is always present. You can use the
HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to enable the low power backup regulator.
When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD) the
backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to save
battery life.
The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read protected to
prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private key, from being accessed.
The backup SRAM can be erased only through the Flash interface when a protection
level change from level 1 to level 0 is requested. Refer to the description of Read
protection (RDP) in the Flash programming manual.
The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between
performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at the
maximum frequency. This is done through
__HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG() macro which configure VOS bit
in PWR_CR register Refer to the product datasheets for more details.
FLASH Power Down configuration


By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters
power down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory is in
power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop
mode.
For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, the scale can be modified only
when the PLL is OFF and the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock.
The new value programmed is active only when the PLL is ON. When the PLL is OFF,
the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected. Refer to the datasheets for more details.
Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration

592/963
For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, in Run mode: the main
regulator has 2 operating modes available:

Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a
given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3)
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725


Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a
higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale
2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive()
function and disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or
exit from Over-drive mode please follow the sequence described in Reference
manual.
For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, in Stop mode: the main
regulator or low power regulator supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain,
thus preserving the content of registers and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are
available:

Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This
mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is
used in Scale 3 or low voltage mode.

Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in
low voltage mode.
This section contains the following APIs:











46.2.2
46.2.3
46.2.4
46.2.5
HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg()
HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg()
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown()
HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown()
HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange()
HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling()
HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityRisingEdge()
HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityFallingEdge()
HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive()
HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive()
HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode()
HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg (void )
Function Description
Enables the Backup Regulator.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg (void )
Function Description
Disables the Backup Regulator.
Return values

HAL status
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown
Function Name
void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown (void )
Function Description
Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
Return values

None
HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown
Function Name
void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown (void )
DOCID025834 Rev 3
593/963
UM1725
46.2.6
46.2.7
Function Description
Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
Return values

HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange
Function Name
uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange (void )
Function Description
Return Voltage Scaling Range.
Return values

The configured scale for the regulator voltage(VOS bit field).
The returned value can be one of the following:
PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage
output Scale 1 mode
PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage
output Scale 2 mode
PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage
output Scale 3 mode
HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling
(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
Function Description
Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
Parameters

VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to
achieve a tradeoff between performance and power
consumption. This parameter can be one of the following
values: PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator
voltage output range 1 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is
168 MHz. It can be extended to 180 MHz by activating the
over-drive mode.PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2:
Regulator voltage output range 2 mode, the maximum value
of fHCLK is 144 MHz. It can be extended to, 168 MHz by
activating the over-drive
mode.PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator
voltage output range 3 mode, the maximum value of fHCLK is
120 MHz.
Return values

HAL Status
Notes

To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK): Set the HSI
or HSE as system clock frequency using the
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to
configure the PLL.Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling()
API to adjust the voltage scale.Set the new system clock
frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock
source is selected as system clock source, otherwise the API
returns HAL_ERROR.
When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically
selected and the VOS bits value in the PWR_CR1 register are
not taken in account.
This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to
configure the voltage scale 1 or 2.
The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON.




594/963
None
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
46.2.8
46.2.9
46.2.10
HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityRisingEdge
Function Name
void HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityRisingEdge
(void )
Function Description
Enables Wakeup Pin Detection on high level (rising edge).
Return values

HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityFallingEdge
Function Name
void HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityFallingEdge
(void )
Function Description
Enables Wakeup Pin Detection on low level (falling edge).
Return values

Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive (void )
Function
Description
Activates the Over-Drive mode.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

This function can be used only for
STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F
479xx devices. This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to
operate at a higher frequency than the normal mode for a given
voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the
application is not running critical tasks and when the system clock
source is either HSI or HSE. During the Over-drive switch activation,
no peripheral clocks should be enabled. The peripheral clocks must
be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive
Function Name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive (void )
Function
Description
Deactivates the Over-Drive mode.
Return values

HAL status
Notes

This function can be used only for
STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F
479xx devices. This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to
operate at a higher frequency than the normal mode for a given
voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the
application is not running critical tasks and when the system clock
source is either HSI or HSE. During the Over-drive switch activation,
no peripheral clocks should be enabled. The peripheral clocks must
be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.

46.2.12
None
HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive

46.2.11
None
HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode
DOCID025834 Rev 3
595/963
Function
Name
UM1725
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode
(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
Function
Description
Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode.
Parameters


Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. This
parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Main Regulator in
under-drive mode and Flash memory in power-down when the device
is in Stop under-drive
modePWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Low
Power Regulator in under-drive mode and Flash memory in powerdown when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE
instruction. This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI
instructionPWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE
instruction
Return
values

None
Notes

This mode is only available for
STM32F42xxx/STM324F3xxx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F
479xx devices.
This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already
active
This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode. In this mode,
the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is
only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in
low voltage mode
If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
exiting Stop mode. When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive
mode, an additional startup delay is induced when waking up from
Stop mode.
In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. By keeping
the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption is higher
although the startup time is reduced.






46.3
PWREx Firmware driver defines
46.3.1
PWREx
PWRx CSR Register alias address
BRE_BIT_NUMBER
CSR_BRE_BB
WUPP_BIT_NUMBER
CSR_WUPP_BB
PWREx Exported Constants
596/963
DOCID025834 Rev 3
UM1725
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CON
FIG
Description:

macros configure the main internal
regulator output voltage.
Parameters:

__REGULATOR__: specifies the
regulator output voltage to achieve a
tradeoff between performance and power
consumption when the device does not
operate at the maximum frequency (refer
to the datasheets for more details). This
parameter can be one of the following
values:

PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SC
ALE1: Regulator voltage output
Scale 1 mode

PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SC
ALE2: Regulator voltage output
Scale 2 mode

PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SC
ALE3: Regulator voltage output
Scale 3 mode
Return value:

__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE
None
Notes:

These macros can be used only for
STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING
_ENABLE
Notes:

These macros can be used only for
STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING
_DISABLE
__HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE
Notes:

This mode is enabled only with STOP low
power mode. In this mode, the 1.2V
domain is preserved in reduced leakage
mode. This mode is only available when
the main regulator or the low power
regulator is in low voltage mode. If the
Under-drive mode was enabled, it is
a
Similar pages